0001504461 false 03/31 0001504461 2019-10-29 2019-10-30 0001504461 ngl:LimitedPartnersCapitalAccountCommonUnitsMember 2019-10-29 2019-10-30 0001504461 us-gaap:PreferredClassBMember 2019-10-29 2019-10-30 0001504461 ngl:PreferredClassCMember 2019-10-29 2019-10-30 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares

 

 

  

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

  

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

 

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): October 30, 2019

 

NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   001-35172   27-3427920
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
  (Commission File Number)   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

6120 South Yale Avenue

Suite 805

Tulsa, Oklahoma 74136
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

 

(918) 481-1119
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Not applicable
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report.)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Units Representing Limited Partner Interests   NGL   New York Stock Exchange
9.00% Class B Fixed-to-Floating Rate Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Units   NGL-PB   New York Stock Exchange
9.625% Class C Fixed-to-Floating Rate Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Units   NGL-PC   New York Stock Exchange

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933(§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company ¨

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

 

  

 

 

 

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

 

Preferred Units and Warrants

 

Pursuant to the Class D Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2019 (the “Class D Purchase Agreement”) by and among EIG Neptune Equity Aggregator, L.P., FS Energy and Power Fund and Foundation Infrastructure Partners through GCM Pellit Holdings, LLC (together, the “Investors”) and NGL Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), the Partnership, on October 31, 2019, consummated the issuance and sale to the Investors of $200 million (in aggregate initial liquidation preference) of the Partnership’s Class D Preferred Units (the “Class D Preferred Units”) and warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase an aggregate of 8,500,000 common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (“Common Units”), for an aggregate purchase price of $200 million.

 

The Warrants are subject to vesting and exercise terms described in Item 3.02 hereof. The Partnership used the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Class D Preferred Units and Warrants to fund a portion of the purchase price for the Hillstone Acquisition (as defined below).

 

The information regarding the Warrants set forth in Item 3.02 hereof is incorporated by reference into this Item 1.01.

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement

 

Upon the closing of the issuance and sale of the Class D Preferred Units and the Warrants pursuant to the Class D Purchase Agreement, the Partnership and the Investors entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 31, 2019 (the “Amended Registration Rights Agreement”), which amended and restated the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 2, 2019 previously entered by and among the Partnership and certain of the Investors.

 

Pursuant to the Amended Registration Rights Agreement, the Partnership agreed to prepare and file a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) within 180 days of the Initial Closing Date (July 2, 2019), to permit the public resale of (i) the outstanding Class D Preferred Units of the Partnership held by the Investors, (ii) the Common Units issued or issuable to the Investors upon the exercise of the Warrants and (iii) any Common Units issued to the Investors in lieu of cash, as liquidated damages under the Amended Registration Rights Agreement. The Partnership also agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective no later than 360 days after the Initial Closing Date (the “Registration Statement Deadline”).

 

The Amended Registration Rights Agreement provides that if the Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the Registration Statement Deadline, the Partnership will be liable to the Investors for liquidated damages in accordance with a formula, subject to the limitations set forth in the Amended Registration Rights Agreement. Such liquidated damages would be payable in cash, or if payment in cash would breach any covenant or cause a default under a credit facility or any other debt instrument filed by the Partnership as an exhibit to a periodic report filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), then such liquidated damages would be payable in the form of newly issued Common Units. In addition, the Amended Registration Rights Agreement grants the Investors piggyback registration rights. These registration rights are transferable to affiliates of the Investors and, in certain circumstances, to third parties.

 

The description of the Amended Registration Rights Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amended Registration Rights Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 4.1 hereto, and is incorporated into this Item 1.01 by reference.

 

Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement

 

On October 30, 2019, the Partnership, NGL Energy Operating LLC, in its capacity as borrowers’ agent, and the other subsidiary borrowers party thereto entered into Amendment No. 9 (the “Credit Agreement Amendment”) to the Partnership’s Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement Amendment amended the Credit Agreement to, among other things, adjust the allocation of the commitments of the lenders to make revolving loans thereunder and, effective with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2019, eliminate the leverage ratio financial covenant and adjust the senior secured leverage ratio, total leverage indebtedness ratio and interest coverage ratio financial covenants set forth therein. As amended by the Credit Agreement Amendment, the Credit Agreement provides for up to $1.790 billion in aggregate lending commitments, consisting of (i) a $600 million revolving credit facility for the Partnership’s working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes and (ii) a $1.190 billion revolving credit facility for acquisitions, internal growth projects, other capital expenditures and general corporate purposes.

 

1

 

 

The Credit Agreement Amendment is filed as Exhibit 10.3 hereto and incorporated into this Item 1.01 by reference. The above description of the material terms of the Credit Agreement Amendment does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Exhibit 10.3.

 

Amendment to Term Credit Agreement

 

On October 30, 2019, the Partnership and NGL Energy Operating LLC, in its capacity as borrower, entered into Amendment No. 1 (the “Term Credit Agreement Amendment”) to the Partnership’s Term Credit Agreement with Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions party thereto (the “Term Credit Agreement”). The Term Credit Agreement Amendment amended the Term Credit Agreement to, among other things, conform the financial covenants in the Term Credit Agreement to the financial covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Credit Agreement Amendment.

 

The Term Credit Agreement Amendment is filed as Exhibit 10.4 hereto and incorporated into this Item 1.01 by reference. The above description of the material terms of the Term Credit Agreement Amendment does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Exhibit 10.4.

 

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

 

On October 31, 2019, the Partnership, through a wholly owned subsidiary, completed the acquisition of Hillstone Environmental Partners, LLC (the “Hillstone Acquisition”) by purchasing 100% of its outstanding equity interests for approximately $600 million in cash, subject to certain adjustments, pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement dated as of September 25, 2019 (the “Hillstone Purchase Agreement”) by and among NGL Water Solutions Permian, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership, Water Remainco, LLC, Hillstone Environmental Partners, LLC, GGCOF HEP Blocker II, LLC, GGCOF HEP Blocker, LLC, Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund-A, L.P., GGCOF AIV L.P. and GGCOF HEP Blocker II Holdings, LLC.

 

The material terms of the Hillstone Purchase Agreement were previously reported in Item 1.01 of the Partnership’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 30, 2019 and are incorporated herein by reference. The description of the Hillstone Purchase Agreement included or incorporated by reference in this Current Report on Form 8-K is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Hillstone Purchase Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 2.1 hereto, and is incorporated into this Item 2.01 by reference.

 

Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

 

The information included in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

 

On October 31, 2019, the Partnership completed the private placement transaction contemplated by the Class D Purchase Agreement (the “Private Placement”), pursuant to which it issued and sold to the Investors an aggregate of 200,000 Class D Preferred Units and Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 8,500,000 Common Units for an aggregate purchase price of $200.0 million. The Private Placement resulted in aggregate net proceeds to the Partnership of approximately $195.5 million, after deducting a $4.0 million closing fee payable to affiliates of the Investors as well as expenses and expense reimbursements related to the Private Placement.

 

The Private Placement was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof, as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering. The terms of the Class D Preferred Units and the Common Units issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are set forth in the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement (as defined in Item 5.03 hereof).

 

The material terms of the Class D Purchase Agreement and the Private Placement were previously reported in Items 1.01 and 3.02 of the Partnership’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 30, 2019 and are incorporated herein by reference. The description of the Warrants is qualified in its entirety by reference to each of the full text of the Form of Par Warrant and the Form of Premium Warrant, which are filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2, respectively, hereto and are incorporated into this Item 3.02 by reference.

 

2

 

 

Item 3.03 Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders

 

Pursuant to the Class D Purchase Agreement, on October 31, 2019, the Partnership issued and sold to the Investors an aggregate of 200,000 Class D Preferred Units and Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 8,500,000 Common Units. The terms of the Class D Preferred Units and the Common Units issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are set forth in the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement (as defined in Item 5.03 hereof). As described in the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement, the Class D Preferred Units entitle the holders of the Class D Preferred Units (each, a “Class D Preferred Unitholder”) to certain rights that are senior to the rights of the holders of Common Units, such as rights to certain distributions and rights upon liquidation of the Partnership.

 

If the Partnership fails to pay the redemption price in full in cash on the applicable payment due date, then the Partnership shall not, without the consent of a representative of the Class D Preferred Unitholders, declare or make any distributions in respect of any Class D Junior Securities (as defined in the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement), including Common Units. In addition, if any accumulated and unpaid distributions are past due and outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the consent of a representative of the Class D Preferred Unitholders, redeem or repurchase any Class D Junior Securities or Class D Parity Securities (each as defined in the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement). Upon liquidation of the Partnership, each holder of Class D Preferred Units shall be entitled to receive, in respect of each Class D Preferred Unit then-owned, a liquidation preference equal to the greater of the applicable redemption price and the Class D Stated Value (as defined in the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement) of such Class D Preferred Unit on such date.

 

The information regarding the Class D Preferred Units set forth in Items 1.01, 3.02 and 5.03 hereof is incorporated by reference into this Item 3.03.

 

Item 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year

 

Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement

 

In connection with the closing of the Private Placement, on October 31, 2019, NGL Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “General Partner”), executed the Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership (the “Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement”) for the purpose of amending and restating the preferences, rights and other terms applicable to the Partnership’s previously issued and outstanding Class D Preferred Units and establishing the preferences, rights and other terms governing the additional 200,000 Class D Preferred Units issued in the Private Placement. The preferences, rights and other terms governing the Class D Preferred Units are defined in the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement.

 

The amendments to the terms of the Class D Preferred Units included, among other things, (i) an increase in the required internal rate of return and multiple on invested capital that must be achieved upon certain redemptions of Class D Preferred Units, (ii) removal of preemptive rights relating to issuance of parity securities and (iii) imposition of additional approval requirements, including a restriction requiring the consent of the representative of the holders of Class D Preferred Units in order to increase the quarterly distribution on the Partnership’s common units, if the Partnership’s Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement) exceeds 7.0 on March 31, 2020 or exceeds 6.5 on June 30, 2020.

 

The description of the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement contained in this Item 5.03 is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 3.1 hereto and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

The information regarding the Class D Preferred Units set forth in Items 3.02 and 3.03 hereof is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.03.

 

Item 8.01 Other Events

 

On November 1, 2019, the Partnership issued a press release announcing the closing of the Hillstone Acquisition and the Private Placement. A copy of the press release is attached as Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Neither this Current Report on Form 8-K nor the press release attached hereto constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any security and shall not constitute an offer, solicitation or sale in any jurisdiction in which such offering, solicitation or sale would be unlawful.

 

3

 

 

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

To the extent financial statements are required by Item 9.01(a) and pro forma financial information is required by Item 9.01(b), they will be filed with the SEC by an amendment to this Current Report on Form 8-K no later than 71 days after the date on which this Current Report on Form 8-K is required to be filed.

 

(d) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

     
2.1   Equity Purchase Agreement, dated September 25, 2019, by and among NGL Energy Partners LP, NGL Water Solutions Permian, LLC, Water Remainco, LLC, Hillstone Environmental Partners, LLC, GGCOF HEP Blocker II, LLC, GGCOF HEP Blocker, LLC, Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund-A, L.P., GGCOF AIV L.P. and GGCOF HEP Blocker II Holdings, LLC.*
3.1   Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of NGL Energy Partners LP, dated as of October 31, 2019
4.1   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 31, 2019, by and among NGL Energy Partners LP, EIG Neptune Equity Aggregator, L.P., FS Energy and Power Fund and GCM Pellit Holdings, LLC
10.1   Form of Par Warrant
10.2   Form of Premium Warrant
10.3   Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement, dated October 30, 2019, by and among the NGL Energy Partners LP, NGL Energy Operating LLC, the other subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, and the other financial institutions party thereto
10.4   Amendment No. 1 to Term Credit Agreement, dated October 30, 2019, by and among NGL Energy Partners LP, NGL Energy Operating LLC, the other subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC and the other financial institutions party thereto
99.1   Press release dated November 1, 2019
101   Cover Page formatted as Inline XBRL
104   Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 


* Exhibits and Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Partnership agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of any such omitted Exhibit or Schedule to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

4

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

  NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
   
  By: NGL Energy Holdings LLC,
  its general partner
     
     
Date: November 1, 2019 By: /s/ H. Michael Krimbill
  H. Michael Krimbill
  Chief Executive Officer

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

Equity PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

water remainco, llc,

 

HILLSTONE ENVIRONMENTAL PARTNERS, LLC,

 

GGCOF HEP Blocker II, LLC,

 

GGCOF HEP Blocker, LLC,

 

Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund-A, L.P.,

 

GGCOF AIV, L.P.,

 

GGCOF HEP Blocker II Holdings, LLC,

 

NGL WATER SOLUTIONS PERMIAN, LLC,

 

and, solely for purposes of Article VI, Article VII and Article IX,

 

ngl energy partners, lp

 

Dated as of September 25, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article I CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 2
Section 1.1 Certain Definitions 2
Section 1.2 Terms Defined Elsewhere 13
     
Article II PURCHASE AND SALE TRANSACTIONS 15
Section 2.1 Purchase and Sale 15
Section 2.2 Purchase Price 15
Section 2.3 Estimated Closing Statement 16
Section 2.4 Post-Closing Adjustment 16
Section 2.5 Closing Transactions 18
Section 2.6 Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties 18
Section 2.7 Withholding 22
     
Article III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE COMPANY 22
Section 3.1 Organization; Authority; Enforceability 23
Section 3.2 Noncontravention 23
Section 3.3 Capitalization 23
Section 3.4 Operating Companies 24
Section 3.5 Financial Statements 24
Section 3.6 Absence of Certain Developments 24
Section 3.7 Real Property; Rights-of-Way 26
Section 3.8 Tax Matters 27
Section 3.9 Contracts 29
Section 3.10 Proprietary Rights 30
Section 3.11 Preferential Rights 31
Section 3.12 Litigation 31
Section 3.13 Brokerage 31
Section 3.14 Labor Matters. 31
Section 3.15 Employee Benefit Plans 33
Section 3.16 Insurance 34
Section 3.17 Compliance with Laws; Material Permits 34
Section 3.18 Environmental Matters 35
Section 3.19 Title to Assets 35
Section 3.20 Condition of Assets 35
Section 3.21 Affiliate Transactions 36
Section 3.22 Customers and Suppliers 36
Section 3.23 Books and Records 36
Section 3.24 Undisclosed Liabilities 36
Section 3.25 Bank Accounts 36
     
Article IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS 36
Section 4.1 Organization; Authority; Enforceability 37
Section 4.2 Noncontravention 37
Section 4.3 Ownership 37
Section 4.4 Litigation 37
Section 4.5 Brokerage 37

 

 

 

 

Article V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GGC BLOCKERS 38
Section 5.1 Organization; Authority; Enforceability 38
Section 5.2 Noncontravention 38
Section 5.3 Capitalization 38
Section 5.4 Holding Company Status 38
Section 5.5 Tax Matters 39
Section 5.6 Litigation 40
Section 5.7 Brokerage 40
Section 5.8 Employees and Employee Benefits 40
     
Article VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND BUYER PARENT 40
Section 6.1 Organization; Authority; Enforceability 41
Section 6.2 Noncontravention 41
Section 6.3 Brokerage 41
Section 6.4 Litigation 41
Section 6.5 Solvency 41
Section 6.6 Investment Intent 41
Section 6.7 Funds 42
Section 6.8 Customers and Suppliers 43
Section 6.9 Buyer Parent Undertaking 43
     
Article VII ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS 43
Section 7.1 Interim Covenants 43
Section 7.2 Antitrust Laws 46
Section 7.3 R&W Insurance Policy 47
Section 7.4 Survival; Exclusive Remedy 48
Section 7.5 Certain Tax Matters 48
Section 7.6 Press Release 50
Section 7.7 Expenses 50
Section 7.8 Mutual Release 51
Section 7.9 Directors and Officers 51
Section 7.10 Access to Books and Records 52
Section 7.11 Insurance 53
Section 7.12 Retained Claims 53
Section 7.13 Employee Matters 53
Section 7.14 Section 280G of the Code 54
Section 7.15 Credit Support Obligations 55
Section 7.16 Buyer Debt Financing 55
Section 7.17 Debt Financing Cooperation of Sellers 57
Section 7.18 Preferred Investment 59
Section 7.19 Exclusive Dealing 59
Section 7.20 Intercompany Agreements; Hillstone Asset Assignment; IP Assignment. 60
Section 7.21 Disclaimer; Investigation by Buyer; No Other Representations; Non-Reliance of Buyer 61
Section 7.22 No Recourse 62
Section 7.23 Further Assurances 63
     
Article VIII TERMINATION 63
Section 8.1 Termination 63
Section 8.2 Effect of Termination 64

 

 

 

 

Article IX MISCELLANEOUS 65
Section 9.1 Non-Solicitation 65
Section 9.2 Amendment and Waiver 66
Section 9.3 Notices 66
Section 9.4 Assignment 67
Section 9.5 Severability 67
Section 9.6 Interpretation 67
Section 9.7 Entire Agreement 68
Section 9.8 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery 68
Section 9.9 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction 68
Section 9.10 Specific Performance 69
Section 9.11 No Third-Party Beneficiaries 69
Section 9.12 Legal Representation 69
Section 9.13 Schedules 70
Section 9.14 Seller Representative 70
Section 9.15 Buyer Parent Guaranty. 72
Section 9.16 Waiver of Claims Against Financing Sources 73

 

SCHEDULES

 

Pre-Effective Time Capital Expenditures Schedule

Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Matters Schedule

Credit Support Obligations Schedule

Excluded Employee Arrangements Schedule

Permitted Liens Schedule

Transaction Accounting Principles Schedule

Operating Companies Schedule

Permitted Leakage Schedule

Working Capital Schedule

 

Schedule 2.6(b)(v)(F) Resignations
Schedule 3.1 Organization
Schedule 3.2 Noncontravention
Schedule 3.3(b) Capitalization Exceptions
Schedule 3.4 Operating Companies
Schedule 3.5(a) Financial Statements
Schedule 3.5(b) Outstanding Indebtedness
Schedule 3.6 Certain Developments
Schedule 3.7(a) Owned Real Property
Schedule 3.7(b) Leased Real Property
Schedule 3.7(e) Rights-of-Way
Schedule 3.8(a) Tax Returns
Schedule 3.8(b) Tax Audit
Schedule 3.8(c) Tax Extension
Schedule 3.9(a) Material Contracts
Schedule 3.9(b) Material Contracts Exceptions
Schedule 3.10(b) Proprietary Rights
Schedule 3.10(c) Proprietary Rights Exceptions
Schedule 3.12 Litigation
Schedule 3.14(a) Labor Matters
Schedule 3.15(a) Employee Benefit Plans

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.15(b) Post-Employment Benefits
Schedule 3.15(d) Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans
Schedule 3.15(e) Acceleration of Benefits
Schedule 3.16 Insurance
Schedule 3.17(a) Compliance with Laws
Schedule 3.17(b) Permit Matters
Schedule 3.17(c) Governmental Orders
Schedule 3.18 Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.19 Title to Assets
Schedule 3.20 Condition of Assets
Schedule 3.21 Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 3.22 Customers and Suppliers
Schedule 3.24 Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 3.25 Bank Accounts
Schedule 4.3 Seller Ownership of the Purchased Equity
Schedule 5.2 Noncontravention
Schedule 5.5(a) Tax Returns
Schedule 5.5(b) Tax Audit
Schedule 5.5(c) Tax Extension
Schedule 7.13 Continuing Employees
Schedule 7.20(a) Intercompany Agreements Exceptions
Schedule 7.20(b) Assigned Assets
Schedule 7.20(c)

Assigned IP

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A        Pre-Closing Reorganization Agreement

Exhibit B        Seller Bring Down Certificate

Exhibit C        Purchased Equity Assignment

Exhibit D-1     Hillstone Asset Assignment

Exhibit D-2     IP Assignment

Exhibit E         Escrow Agreement

Exhibit F        Transition Services Agreement

Exhibit G        Buyer Bring Down Certificate

Exhibit H        Buyer Parent Undertaking

Exhibit I          Binder Agreement and R&W Insurance Policy

 

 

 

 

EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Equity Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September 25, 2019, by and among: (a) Hillstone Environmental Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”); (b) Water RemainCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Hillstone Parent”, and in its capacity as Seller Representative hereunder, “Seller Representative”); (c) GGCOF HEP Blocker II, LLC and GGCOF HEP Blocker, LLC, each a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “GGC Blockers,” and together with the Company Group, the “Acquired Entities”); (d) (i) Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund-A, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, (ii) GGCOF AIV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and (iii) GGCOF HEP Blocker II Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “Selling Blocker Equityholders,” and together with Hillstone Parent, “Sellers”); (e) NGL Water Solutions Permian, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company (“Buyer”); and (f) solely for purposes of Article VI, Article VII and Article IX, NGL Energy Partners, LP (“Buyer Parent”). Each of the Company, Hillstone Parent, the GGC Blockers, the Selling Blocker Equityholders and Buyer may be referred to herein as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, immediately following the transactions contemplated by that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Hillstone Parent and the Company (together with all documents and certificates delivered or required to be delivered in connection therewith, the “Pre-Signing Reorganization Agreements” and such reorganization, the “Pre-Signing Reorganization”), Hillstone Parent directly owns 100% of the Equity Interests of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date and following a series of transactions (collectively, the “Pre-Closing Reorganization”) contemplated by the form of agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Pre-Closing Reorganization Agreement”, and together with the Pre-Signing Reorganization Agreements, the “Reorganization Agreements”), the GGC Blockers will directly own 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company indirectly owned by the GGC Blockers and GGCOF AIV, L.P. and GGC Opportunity Fund Management, L.P. as of the date hereof (the “Indirect Company Interests”);

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the Closing and following the Pre-Closing Reorganization, Hillstone Parent will continue to own 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company that do not constitute Indirect Company Interests (the “Direct Company Interests,” and together with the Indirect Company Interests, the “Company Interests”);

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the Closing and following the Pre-Closing Reorganization, the Selling Blocker Equityholders will directly own 100% of the Equity Interests of the GGC Blockers (the “Blocker Interests,” and together with the Direct Company Interests, the “Purchased Equity”);

 

WHEREAS, the Parties acknowledge and agree that HEP ShaleApps, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HEP ShaleApps”), is neither a member of the Company Group nor an Acquired Entity hereunder;

 

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, (a) Buyer desires to purchase from Hillstone Parent, and Hillstone Parent desires to sell to Buyer, the Direct Company Interests and (b) Buyer desires to purchase from the Selling Blocker Equityholders, and the Selling Blocker Equityholders desire to sell to Buyer, the Blocker Interests;

 

 

 

 

Whereas, the Purchased Equity constitutes, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Company Interests such that, immediately following the Closing, Buyer shall own beneficially and of record 100% of the Equity Interests of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, simultaneous with the execution of this Agreement, Buyer shall pay to Seller Representative $49,875,000 (the “Deposit”), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account(s) designated in writing by Seller Representative, as a deposit subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, Buyer has or shall, simultaneous with the execution of this Agreement, deliver to Seller Representative the Buyer Parent Undertaking, the Debt Commitment Letters and the Class D Preferred Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and understandings contained herein and intending to be legally bound, the Parties and, solely for purposes of Article VI, Article VII and Article IX, Buyer Parent hereby agree as follows:

 

Article I
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1      Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth below.

 

Adjustment Escrow Funds” means the Cash consideration consisting of $10,000,000 that pursuant to Section 2.6(c)(iv)(C) shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent at Closing.

 

Advisory Agreement” means that certain Advisory Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2015, by and between HEP Holdco, LLC, the Company, HEP Hidden Bench Holdco, LLC and GGC Administration, L.P.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person. As used in this definition, the term “control,” including the correlative terms “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any member of the Company Group or any Seller be deemed an Affiliate of any other portfolio companies of investment funds managed by GGC.

 

Affiliated Group” means a group of Persons that elects, is required to, or otherwise files a Tax Return or pays a Tax as an affiliated group, consolidated group, combined group, unitary group, or other group recognized by applicable Tax Law.

 

Blocker Income Tax Amount” means the aggregate amount of unpaid Income Taxes of the GGC Blockers for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including, without limitation, any Income Taxes attributable to the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreements), which shall be calculated (a) without taking into account any items of income or gain that relate to or arise in connection with any borrowing undertaken by Buyer, any Acquired Entity, or any of their Affiliates, or the use of the proceeds of such borrowing, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) taking into account any income Tax deductions (including those described in Section 7.5(e)) that are allocated to the Pre-Closing Tax Period. The Blocker Income Tax Amount for any GGC Blocker for any jurisdiction shall never be less than zero dollars ($0).

 

2

 

 

Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of Colorado.

 

Buyer Parent Undertaking” means that certain undertaking, substantially in the form of the Hillstone Undertaking, duly executed as of the date hereof by Buyer Parent (or an Affiliate thereof), pursuant to which Buyer Parent (or such Affiliate) undertakes the obligations of the Undertaking Persons (as defined in the Hillstone Undertaking) currently set forth in the Hillstone Undertaking.

 

Capital Expenditure Liabilities” means any Liabilities (including accounts payable) arising from or out of Capital Expenditures.

 

Capital Expenditures” means any amounts expended by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group in furtherance of the construction, connection, development, completion, expansion, acquisition and/or useful life improvement of the assets of the Company Group.

 

Cash” means an amount equal to (a) cash and cash equivalents of the Acquired Entities on a consolidated basis, as of the Effective Time, determined in accordance with GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any cash or cash equivalents attributable to Hillstone Permian Poker Lake and its obligations under the XTO Contract); provided that, Cash shall include deposits in transit, deposited checks or other payments the Acquired Entities have received but which have not yet cleared, and be net of outstanding but uncleared checks, bank drafts or transfer instructions written or issued by any of the Acquired Entities as of the Effective Time plus (b) any cash and cash equivalents funded by the Acquired Entities prior to the Effective Time in respect of the projects set forth on the Pre-Effective Time Capital Expenditures Schedule. Except as set forth in the parenthetical in preceding clause (a) or to the extent attributable to Indebtedness, the defined term “Cash” shall exclude any security deposits, escrowed funds, customer deposits and any other cash or cash equivalents or such reserves which, pursuant to any applicable Laws, professional standard (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Laws or professional standard governing the insurance industry, including any reserve requirements based on actuarial reports) or contractual obligation (other than obligations under the Hillstone Credit Agreement or with respect to the XTO Contract), are required to be retained and cannot be spent, distributed or released by the Acquired Entities as of the Effective Time.

 

Clayton Act” means the Clayton Act of 1914.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any reference to any particular Code section shall be interpreted to include any revision of or successor to that section regardless of how numbered or classified.

 

Company Group” means, collectively, the Company and the Operating Companies.

 

Confidentiality Agreement” means that certain Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2019, by and between the Company and NGL Water Solutions, LLC.

 

Contract” means any legally binding written or oral contract, agreement, instrument, license, obligation, undertaking or understanding (including any amendments thereto), but excluding any Lease or Rights-of-Way.

 

3

 

 

Credit Support Obligations” means any letters of credit, guarantees, surety bonds and other credit support instruments issued by Hillstone Parent, or by any of Hillstone Parent’s Affiliates (other than the Acquired Entities) on behalf of any member of the Company Group, to any member of the Company Group, or on behalf of any member of the Company Group to any third party or Governmental Entity, in each case, which are set forth on the Credit Support Obligations Schedule.

 

Data Protection Laws” means any and all Laws applicable to the business of the Company Group related to the collection, storage, use, disclosure, retention, destruction, or cross-border transfer of Personal Data.

 

Disclosure Schedules” means the Disclosure Schedules delivered by Sellers to Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Effective Time” means 12:01 a.m. Mountain Time on July 1, 2019.

 

Enterprise Value” means $600,000,000.

 

Environmental Laws” means all federal, state, local and foreign Laws and regulations in effect on the date hereof concerning pollution or protection of the environment.

 

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, trust rights, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, equity, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any of the Acquired Entities, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

Escrow Agent” means Citibank, N.A.

 

Excluded Employment Arrangements” means the Contracts listed on the Excluded Employee Arrangements Schedule.

 

Federal Trade Commission Act” means the Federal Trade Commission Act of 1914.

 

Final Purchase Price” means an amount equal to (a) Enterprise Value, (b) plus Final Cash, (c) (i) plus the amount, if any, that Final Working Capital is greater than the Target Working Capital or (ii) minus the amount, if any, that Final Working Capital is less than the Target Working Capital, (d) plus the Final Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount, (e) minus the Final Indebtedness, (f) minus the Final Transaction Expenses, (g) minus the Final Leakage, (h) minus the Final Reorganization Liabilities.

 

Financing Sources” means the Persons that have committed to provide or arrange or otherwise entered into agreements in connection with all or any part of the debt financing under the Debt Commitment Letters in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the parties to any joinder agreements or credit agreements entered pursuant thereto or relating thereto, together with their respective Affiliates, and any Representatives of any of the foregoing.

 

4

 

 

Fraud” means, with respect to a Party, actual fraud by such Party (as determined pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction) with regard to the representations and warranties made by such Party in this Agreement (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule), which involves a knowing and intentional misrepresentation by such Party of such representations or a knowing and intentional concealment of facts with respect to such representations, with the intent of inducing any other Party to act or refrain from acting in reliance upon it (as opposed to any fraud claim based on constructive knowledge, negligent misrepresentation or a similar theory under applicable Law).

 

Fundamental Representations” means the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1 (Organization; Authority; Enforceability), Section 3.2 (Noncontravention) solely as it relates to Governing Documents, Section 3.3 (Capitalization), Section 3.13 (Brokerage), Section 4.1 (Organization; Authority; Enforceability), Section 4.2 (Noncontravention) solely as it relates to Governing Documents, Section 4.3 (Ownership), Section 4.5 (Brokerage), Section 5.1 (Organization; Authority; Enforceability), Section 5.2 (Noncontravention) solely as it relates to Governing Documents, Section 5.3 (Capitalization), Section 5.7 (Brokerage), Section 6.1 (Organization; Authority; Enforceability), Section 6.2 (Noncontravention) solely as it relates to Governing Documents, Section 6.3 (Brokerage) and Section 6.6 (Investment Intent).

 

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

GGC” means Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

GGC Permitted Funding” means Indebtedness incurred on or after the date hereof in respect of which GGC or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group and the GGC Blockers) is a lender for purposes of funding the Permitted Capital Expenditures that (a) provides for prepayment at any time without penalty, (b) bears interest at a rate of 10% or less per annum, (c) does not create any Lien on any assets of the Acquired Entities and (d) is otherwise on arms’-length terms.

 

Governing Documents” means (a) in the case of a corporation, its certificate of incorporation (or analogous document) and bylaws; (b) in the case of a limited liability company, its certificate of formation (or analogous document) and limited liability company operating agreement; or (c) in the case of a Person other than a corporation or limited liability company, the documents by which such Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs.

 

Governmental Entity” means any nation or government, any state, province, county, local or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, arbitrator or other body or administrative, regulatory or quasi-judicial authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

 

Hazardous Materials” means all substances, materials, pollutants, chemicals or wastes that are regulated under Environmental Laws because of their hazardous, toxic or dangerous properties or characteristics, including but not limited to any Hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or any derivatives, fractions, byproducts or distillates thereof, NORM or other radioactive materials or wastes, radon, per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, asbestos and polychlorinated biphenyls.

 

HEP Operations” means HEP Operations, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

5

 

 

Hillstone Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2018, by and among HEP Intermediate Holdco, LLC, HEP Intermediate Holdco Sub, LLC, as borrower, the other persons party thereto designated as credit parties, Owl Rock Capital Corporation, as agent for the lenders and for itself as a lender and the other financial institutions party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof, as amended by that First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2018, that Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2019, that Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2019, that Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2019, and as may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified after the date hereof in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Hillstone Permian Poker Lake” means Hillstone Permian Poker Lake, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Hillstone Undertaking” means that certain Undertaking, dated as of March 15, 2019, made by each of the Undertaking Persons (as defined therein) in favor of XTO.

 

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Hydrocarbon” means oil, gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons and all products refined or separate therefrom.

 

Income Tax” means any Tax that is based on, or computed with respect to, net income or earnings, gross income or earnings, capital or, net worth (and any franchise Tax or other Tax in connection with doing business imposed in lieu thereof) and any related penalties or interest.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Acquired Entities on a consolidated basis and without duplication, and calculated in accordance with the Transaction Accounting Principles: (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all indebtedness evidenced by any note, bond, debenture, mortgage or other debt instrument or debt security; (c) all obligations with respect to capital leases as defined by GAAP, (d) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property, assets or services including earn-outs and unpaid payments (whether contingent or non-contingent) associated with prior acquisitions (including the Shalewater Earnout Matters), but excluding any trade payables or accrued expenses arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, (e) all obligations, including any breakage costs or fees, with respect to any interest rate, currency swap, cap, forward, or other similar arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in any price or rate that are terminated at or prior to the Closing, (f) all reimbursement and other obligations with respect to funded letters of credit, guarantees, surety bonds, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar arrangements, in each case, only to the extent such instruments and arrangements referenced in this clause (f) are drawn, (g) the Blocker Income Tax Amount, (h) guarantees by any the Acquired Entities (to the extent of such guarantees) of any indebtedness of any other Person of the type described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (g), (i) indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (h) secured by any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on or in respect of any property or assets (whether real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible) of any of the Acquired Entities and (j) any fees under the Advisory Agreement attributable to any period after the date of this Agreement until the Closing; provided that, “Indebtedness” shall not include (i) any intercompany Indebtedness between any of the Acquired Entities, on the one hand, and one or more of the other Acquired Entities, on the other hand, (ii) any Transaction Expenses, (iii) any Liabilities specified in, or contemplated by, the definition of “Working Capital”, (iv) any Capital Expenditure Liabilities and (v) any of the Credit Support Obligations that are required to be replaced pursuant to Section 7.20. To the extent any Indebtedness will be retired or discharged at the Closing, other than for purposes of any adjustment to the Initial Purchase Price or the Final Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.4, “Indebtedness” shall also include any and all amounts necessary and sufficient to retire such Indebtedness with respect to Acquired Entities, including principal (including the current portion thereof) or scheduled payments, accrued interest or finance charges, and other fees, penalties or payments (prepayment or otherwise) necessary and sufficient to retire such Indebtedness in full with respect to the Acquired Entities at Closing.

 

6

 

 

Indebtedness for Borrowed Money” means, in aggregate, the Indebtedness described in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of Indebtedness, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate amount of any GGC Permitted Funding.

 

Initial Purchase Price” means an amount equal to (a) Enterprise Value, (b) plus Estimated Cash, (c) (i) plus the amount if any, that Estimated Working Capital is greater than the Target Working Capital or (ii) minus the amount, if any, that Estimated Working Capital is less than the Target Working Capital, (d) plus the Estimated Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount, (e) minus the Estimated Indebtedness, (f) minus the Estimated Transaction Expenses, (g) minus the Estimated Leakage, (h) minus the Estimated Reorganization Liabilities.

 

Knowledge” (a) as used in the phrase “to the Knowledge of the Company” or phrases of similar import means the actual knowledge of Jay Parkinson, C.B. Lackey and Daniel Huang, in each case, after reasonable due inquiry of their respective senior-level reports and (b) as used in the phrase “Buyer’s Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of Doug White, Jim Winter and Christian Dobrauc, in each case, after reasonable due inquiry of their respective senior-level reports.

 

Laws” means all laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, treaties, injunctions, judgments, decrees, orders of, or any other legally binding agreement with, any Governmental Entity, including common law. All references to “Law” shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto, and any successor Law, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

Leakage” means any dividends, distributions or payments of cash or property, in each case, by or for the account of any member of the Company Group made to any Seller or such Seller’s Affiliates (expressly excluding the Acquired Entities) or to pay any Transaction Expenses for the benefit of any Seller or such Seller’s Affiliates (expressly excluding the Company Group), from the Effective Time through the Closing; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, (a) the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreements, (b) any transfers of the Retained Claims or payments of the Retained Claims Amounts, in each case, that are made in accordance with Section 7.12, (c) any dividends or distributions of cash or property, in each case, by or for the account of any member of the Company Group made to HEP ShaleApps solely to the extent attributable to lease payments due and payable pursuant to a written Contract related to the Hillstone Assigned Assets; (d) any payments between any member of the Company Group and any Seller or such Seller’s Affiliates made in connection with those items set forth on the Permitted Leakage Schedule or with respect to GGC Permitted Funding; and (e) the payment of any obligations reflected in Final Working Capital or Final Indebtedness shall, in each case, not constitute Leakage for any purpose hereunder.

 

Leased Real Property” means all leasehold or subleasehold estates and other rights to use or occupy any land, buildings, structures, improvements, fixtures or other interest in real property held by the Company Group.

 

Leases” means all leases, licenses, concessions and other agreements pursuant to which the Company Group holds or otherwise occupies any Leased Real Property.

 

Liabilities” means any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable.

 

7

 

 

Liens” means, with respect to any specified asset, any and all liens, mortgages, hypothecations, claims, encumbrances, options, pledges, preferences, priorities, licenses, easements, covenants, restrictions and security interests thereon.

 

Losses” means all losses, direct damages, Liabilities judgments, awards, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable expenses and costs (including interest, reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees); provided that “Losses” shall not include any special, punitive or exemplary damages (other than to the extent recoverable in a third party claim).

 

Material Adverse Effect” means any event, change, circumstance, development, effect, or state of facts that, individually or in the aggregate, (a) has, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material and adverse effect upon the assets, Liabilities, business operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Acquired Entities, taken as a whole or (b) would result in any material delay, material impediment or material adverse effect on the ability of the Acquired Entities or the Sellers to perform their obligations hereunder or consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole; provided, however, that none of the following will constitute a Material Adverse Effect, or will be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (i) changes that are the result of factors generally affecting the industries or markets in which the Company Group operates, whether international, national, regional, state, provincial or local; (ii) any adverse change, effect or circumstance arising solely out of the announcement (intentional or otherwise) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) changes in Law or GAAP (or other accounting principles or regulatory policy) or the interpretation thereof; (iv) any failure of the Company Group to achieve any periodic earnings, revenue, expense, sales or other estimated projection, forecast or budget prior to the Closing (it being understood that the underlying facts giving rise to such failure may be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred); (v) changes that are the result of economic factors affecting the international, national, regional, state, provincial or local economy or financial markets; (vi) any change in the financial, banking, or securities markets, in each case, including any disruption thereof and any change in the price of any commodity, security or market index; (vii) any earthquake, hurricane, tsunami, tornado, flood, mudslide, wild fire or other natural disaster or act of god, (viii) any international, national, regional, state, provincial or local regulatory, political or social conditions in any jurisdiction in which the Company Group conducts business; (ix) the engagement by the United States in hostilities or the escalation thereof, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence or the escalation of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any United States territories, possessions or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any United States military installation, equipment or personnel; (x) any consequences arising from Buyer’s compliance with its obligations under Section 7.2 or the application of Antitrust Laws (including any action or judgment arising under Antitrust Laws) to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (xi) actions or omissions required to be taken or not taken, and any consequences thereof, by any member of the Company Group in accordance with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or consented to in writing by Buyer or any of its Affiliates; provided, that, with respect to a matter described in any of the foregoing clauses (iii), (v), (vi), (viii) and (ix), such matter shall only be excluded to the extent such matter does not have a disproportionate effect on the Acquired Entities, taken as a whole, relative to other comparable entities operating in the industries in which the Company Group operates.

 

NORM” means naturally occurring radioactive material.

 

Operating Companies” means the Persons set forth on the Operating Companies Schedule.

 

Owned Real Propertymeans all land, together with all buildings, structures, improvements and fixtures located thereon, and all easements and other rights and interests appurtenant thereto, owned by the Company Group.

 

8

 

 

Pass-Through Tax Return” means any income Tax Return filed by or with respect to any member of the Company Group to the extent that (a) such member of the Company Group is treated as a pass-through entity for purposes of such Tax Return and (b) the results of operations reflected on such Tax Return are also reflected on the Tax Returns of Hillstone Parent or the direct or indirect owners of Equity Interests in Hillstone Parent.

 

Permitted Liens” means (a) any exceptions or other matters expressly disclosed on policies of title insurance or surveys with respect to the property that are set forth on the Permitted Liens Schedule, (b) Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that are not yet due and payable or, in all instances, if due and payable that are being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in the Financial Statements, (c) mechanics’, materialmen’s, workmen’s, repairmen’s, warehousemen’s, carrier’s and other similar Liens arising or incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business which are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in the Financial Statements, (d) Liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation Laws or similar legislation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security, (e) in the case of Owned Real Property, Leased Real Property and Rights-of-Way, municipal bylaws, development agreements, restrictions or regulations, and zoning, entitlement, land use, building or planning restrictions or regulations, in each case, promulgated by any Governmental Entity and, in each case, for which the Company Group is in compliance, (f) in the case of Leased Real Property or Rights-of-Way, any Liens to which the underlying fee or any other interest in the underlying leased premises or lands is subject, including rights of the landlord under the Lease or lands and all superior, underlying and ground Leases and renewals, extensions, amendments or substitutions thereof, (g) matters of record, including any Rights-of-Way, covenant, servitude, permit, surface lease, condition, restriction, and other rights included in or burdening the assets of any member of the Company Group for the purpose of surface or subsurface operations, roads, alleys, highways, railways, pipelines, transmission lines, transportation lines, distribution lines, power lines, telephone lines, removal of timber, grazing, logging operations, canals, ditches, reservoirs, and other like purposes, or for the joint or common use of real estate, rights of way, facilities, and equipment, (h) any Rights-of-Way, easements, restrictive covenants, conditions, leases, and other similar encumbrances or matters of record on title to real or personal property, or any exceptions or other matters expressly disclosed in policies of title insurance or surveys with respect to any property, that do not (in each case) materially detract from the value of or materially interfere with the use, occupancy, and operation of any of the assets or properties of the Company Group in the operation of the business as currently conducted thereon, (i) Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, and similar instruments securing any Indebtedness of any member of the Company Group that will be released at Closing, (j) Liens arising under the Hillstone Credit Agreement, (k) licenses of Proprietary Rights granted in the Ordinary Course of Business and (l) those Liens set forth on the Permitted Liens Schedule.

 

Person” means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, entity or Governmental Entity.

 

Personal Data” has the same meaning as the term “personal data,” “personal information,” or the equivalent under applicable Data Protection Laws.

 

Phase II Development” means such stage of development under the XTO Contract for the necessary infrastructure to support the second receipt point under the XTO Contract.

 

Post-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period that begins after the Closing Date and the portion of any Straddle Period that begins after the Closing Date.

 

9

 

 

Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amountmeans an amount equal to the aggregate cash capital contributions made by or on behalf of (a) the Company to any member of the Company Group other than the Company (directly or indirectly through another member of the Company Group) during the period commencing on the Effective Time and ending on the date of this Agreement and (b) Hillstone Parent to any member of the Company Group (directly or indirectly through another member of the Company Group) during the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the Closing Date, in each case, for purposes of funding (without any obligation to incur) any Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Capital Expenditures, it being understood that “Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount” excludes (x) cash capital contributions to the extent solely made among the Operating Companies or by the Company or Hillstone Parent from cash attributable to the Operating Companies, in each case, during the period commencing on the Effective Time and ending on the date of this Agreement, (y) cash contributions to the extent funded by the Indebtedness for Borrowed Money and (z) capital contributions to the extent constituting Cash that is included in the calculation of the Initial Purchase Price or the Final Purchase Price, as applicable.

 

Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Capital Expenditures” means the Capital Expenditures set forth on the Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Matters Schedule.

 

Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date and the portion of any Straddle Period ending at the end of the Closing Date.

 

Preferential Rights” means preferential purchase rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights that are applicable to the transfer of the Acquired Entities in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Proceeding” means any action, claim, suit, litigation or other proceeding at Law or in equity (whether civil, criminal or administrative) by or before any Governmental Entity.

 

Proprietary Rights” means all of the following, in any jurisdiction throughout the world: (a) patents, patent disclosures and inventions and any reissue, continuation, continuation-in-part, divisional, extension or reexamination thereof; (b) trademarks, service marks and trade dress, logos, slogans, Internet domain names and other indicia of origin (collectively, “Trademarks”); (c) works of authorship, copyrights, copyrightable works, and rights in databases and software; (d) registrations, applications for registration, and renewals of any of the foregoing; and (e) trade secrets recognized under applicable Law as “trade secrets.”

 

Reorganization Liabilities” means the aggregate amount of all Losses incurred by Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities after the Closing) to the extent related to the Pre-Signing Reorganization or the Pre-Closing Reorganization, but excluding any such Losses to the extent attributable to Blocker Income Tax Amounts.

 

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s members, partners, trustees, directors, managers, officers, employees, attorneys, consultants, advisors, representatives and other agents acting on behalf of such Person.

 

Restricted Customers” means the following customers of the Acquired Entities: (a) EOG Resources, Inc., (b) XTO, (c) Antero Resources Corporation, (d) Devon Energy Corporation, (e) Whiting Petroleum Corporation and (f) Anadarko Petroleum Corporation.

 

Retained Claims” means all claims made by any Acquired Entity for losses resulting from or attributable to the fire at the Roosevelt Facility of the Company Group located in Loving County, Texas that occurred on August 2, 2018, including, all causes of action, counterclaims, defenses, insurance claims and subsequent or related Proceedings arising therefrom or relating thereto and control and direction of any negotiation, litigation, arbitration, settlement or other compromise thereof.

 

10

 

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Securities Liens” means Liens arising out of, under or in connection with (a) applicable federal, state and local securities Laws and (b) restrictions on transfer, hypothecation or similar actions contained in any Governing Documents.

 

Shalewater Earnout Matters” means any obligations or other Liabilities to the extent relating to (a) the earnout set forth in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and among James Chance Richie, Shalewater Solutions, LLC, HEP ShaleApps and the Company or (b) the matters contemplated by that certain Original Complaint in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, dated as of January 22, 2019, as filed by James Chance Richie relating thereto.

 

Sherman Act” means the Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890.

 

Solvent” means, that, as of any date of determination, (a) the fair value of the assets of Buyer and the Acquired Entities on a consolidated basis, as of such date, exceeds the sum of all Liabilities of Buyer and the Acquired Entities, including contingent and other Liabilities, as of such date, (b) the fair saleable value of the assets of Buyer and the Acquired Entities on a consolidated basis, as of such date, exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable Liabilities of Buyer and the Acquired Entities on their existing debts (including contingent Liabilities) as such debts become absolute and matured, and (c) Buyer and the Acquired Entities on a consolidated basis will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital for the operation of the business in which they are engaged or will be engaged following such date.

 

Straddle Period” means any taxable period that begins on or before (but does not end on) the Closing Date.

 

Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which (a) at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or equity, (b) a general partner interest or (c) a managing member interest, is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.

 

Target Working Capital” means an amount equal to $5,609,988.

 

Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall, profits, customs, capital stock, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, escheat, unclaimed or abandoned property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, value added, alternative, add-on minimum or other taxes, duties, fees or assessments in the nature of a tax imposed by (or otherwise payable to) any Governmental Entity, and any interest or penalties with respect to such taxes, in each case whether disputed or not.

 

Tax Returns” means returns, declarations, reports, claims for refund, information returns or other documents (including any related or supporting schedules, statements or information, and including any amendments thereof) filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of Taxes of any Party or the administration of any Laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Taxes.

 

11

 

 

Tax Sharing Agreement” means any agreement (including any provision of a Contract) pursuant to which an Acquired Entity is obligated to indemnify any Person (other than another Acquired Entity) for, or otherwise pay, any Tax of another Person (other than another Acquired Entity), or share any Tax benefit with another Person (other than another Acquired Entity).

 

Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax.

 

Trademarks” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Proprietary Rights.”

 

Transaction Accounting Principles” means the accounting principles set forth on the Transaction Accounting Principles Schedule.

 

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement and all documents and certificates delivered or required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including the Escrow Agreement, the Reorganization Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Buyer Parent Undertaking, the Hillstone Asset Assignment and the IP Assignment.

 

Transaction Expenses” means, without duplication: (a) all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of third-party advisors), incurred by, or on behalf of, or to be paid by, any of the Acquired Entities from the Effective Time through the Closing or otherwise payable by any of the Acquired Entities at Closing, in each case, in connection with the sale of the Acquired Entities, negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby (including the Reorganization Agreements) and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the fees, costs and expenses of any investment bankers, financial advisors, law firms (including K&E and NHLG), accounting or audit firm, brokers, finds consultants or similar advisors, (b) all sale, change in control, retention, transaction or similar bonuses or payments payable by any of the Acquired Entities from the Effective Time through the Closing solely as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the employer portion of any related payroll Taxes, (c) any management or monitoring fees (including any expense reimbursement) payable by the Acquired Entities to GGC or any of its Affiliates (other than another Acquired Entity) that are attributable to any period from the Effective Time through the Closing or otherwise payable by any of the Acquired Entities at or after Closing, (d) amounts payable in connection with obtaining consent from any third party to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Reorganization Agreements, (e) 50% of any Transfer Taxes in accordance with Section 7.5(d), (f) any bonuses payable to any employee of the Company Group (other than project bonuses made or paid in the Ordinary Course of Business) that are attributable to any period on or prior to the Effective Time that were either paid between the Effective Time and the Closing or that were otherwise accrued and unpaid as of the Closing (including the employer portion of any related payroll Taxes) and (g) any out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by any of the Acquired Entities from the Effective Time through the Closing in respect of the Retained Claims, provided that, in no event shall “Transaction Expenses” include any fees, costs or expenses (i) initiated or otherwise incurred at the request of Buyer or any of its Affiliates or Representatives, (ii) incurred in respect of the R&W Insurance Policy, (iii) related to any financing activities of Buyer or any of its Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or (iv) that otherwise constitute Leakage.

 

Treasury Regulations” means the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, and any reference to any particular Treasury Regulations section shall be interpreted to include any final or temporary revision of or successor to that section regardless of how numbered or classified.

 

12

 

 

WARN Act” means the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, or any similar or related Law.

 

Working Capital” means (a) the current assets (excluding Cash and Income Tax assets) of the Acquired Entities set forth on the Working Capital Schedule attached hereto, minus (b) the current Liabilities (excluding outstanding checks, current and deferred Income Taxes, Indebtedness, Capital Expenditure Liabilities, the Shalewater Earnout Matters and Transaction Expenses) of the Acquired Entities set forth on the Working Capital Schedule attached hereto, in each case, determined as of the Effective Time and determined in accordance with the Transaction Accounting Principles. The Working Capital Schedule attached hereto sets forth (i) the balance sheet accounts in respect of current assets and current Liabilities that shall be the exclusive accounts used for purposes of determining Estimated Working Capital and Final Working Capital, and (ii) an illustrative calculation of Working Capital as of June 30, 2019 using such balance sheet accounts.

 

XTO” means XTO Delaware Basin, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

XTO Contract” means that certain Produced Water Disposal Services Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2019, by and between Hillstone Permian Poker Lake and XTO Delaware Basin, LLC.

 

XTO Letter of Credit” means that certain Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. 210959552-20539201, issued by First Republic Bank for the benefit of Hillstone Permian Poker Lake.

 

Section   1.2         Terms Defined Elsewhere. Each of the following terms has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Article or Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Defined Term Reference
Acquired Entities Preamble
Adjustment Escrow Account Section 2.6(c)(iv)(C)
Agreement Preamble
Alternative Transaction Section 7.19
Antitrust Laws Section 7.2(c)
Assigned IP Section 7.20(c)
Binder Agreement Section 7.3
Blocker Interests Recitals
Buyer Preamble
Buyer Parent Preamble
Buyer Parent Guaranty Section 9.15(a)
Buyer Tax Contest Section 7.5(b)
Class D Preferred Agreement Section 6.7
Closing Section 2.5
Closing Date Section 2.5
Closing Item Section 2.4(a)
Closing Statement Section 2.4(a)
Company Preamble
Company Employee Benefit Plan Section 3.15(a)
Company Interests Recitals
Company Proprietary Rights Section 3.10(a)
Continuing Employees Section 7.13
control Section 1.1
D&O Provisions Section 7.9(a)
Debt Commitment Letters Section 6.7

 

13

 

 

Defined Term Reference
Debt Documents Section 7.16(b)
Deposit Recitals
Direct Company Interests Recitals
Dispute Notice Section 2.4(b)
Environmental Permits Section 3.18
Escrow Agreement Section 2.6(b)(v)(D)
Estimated Cash Section 2.3
Estimated Closing Statement Section 2.3
Estimated Indebtedness Section 2.3
Estimated Leakage Section 2.3
Estimated Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount Section 2.3
Estimated Reorganization Liabilites Section 2.3
Estimated Transaction Expenses Section 2.3
Estimated Working Capital Section 2.3
Excess Amount Section 2.4(d)
Final Cash Section 2.4(a)
Final Indebtedness Section 2.4(a)
Final Leakage Section 2.4(a)
Final Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount Section 2.4(a)
Final Reorganization Liabilities Section 2.4(a)
Final Transaction Expenses Section 2.4(a)
Final Working Capital Section 2.4(a)
Financial Statements Section 3.5
GGC Blockers Preamble
HEP ShaleApps Recitals
Hillstone Asset Assignment Section 2.6(b)(v)(C)
Hillstone Assigned Assets Section 7.20
Hillstone Parent Preamble
Indemnified Persons Section 7.9(a)
Indirect Company Interests Recitals
IP Assignment Section 2.6(b)(v)(C)
IRS Section 3.15(a)
K&E Section 9.12
Latest Balance Sheet Section 3.5
Material Contract Section 3.9(b)
Material Permits Section 3.17(b)
New Plans Section 7.13
NHLG Section 9.12
Non-Party Affiliate Section 7.22
Obligations Section 9.15(a)
Ordinary Course of Business Section 9.6
Outside Date Section 8.1(c)
Payoff Letter Section 2.6(b)(v)(G)
Party and Parties Preamble
Parachute Payment Waiver Section 7.14
Performance Demand Section 9.15(a)
Permitted Capital Expenditures Section 3.6(s)
Pre-Closing Reorganization Recitals
Pre-Closing Reorganization Agreement Recitals
Pre-Signing Reorganization Recitals

 

14

 

 

Defined Term Reference
Pre-Signing Reorganization Agreements Recitals
Post-Closing Representation Section 9.12
Pre-Closing Period Section 7.1(c)(i)
Preferred Investment Section 6.7
Purchased Equity Recitals
Purchased Equity Assignment Section 2.6(b)(v)(B)
Purchase Price Allocation Schedule Section 7.5(f)
Remedial Action Section 7.2(c)
Reorganization Agreements Recitals
Resolution Period Section 2.4(b)
Restriction Section 7.2(c)
Retained Claims Amounts Section 7.12
Review Period Section 2.4(b)
Rights-of-Way Section 3.7(e)
R&W Insurance Policy Section 7.3
Seller Representative Preamble
Selling Blocker Equityholders Preamble
Seller Tax Contest Section 7.5(a)
Sellers Preamble
Shortfall Amount Section 2.4(e)
Substitute Financing Section 7.16(d)
Tail Policy Section 7.9(b)
Target Restriction Section 7.2(c)
Tax Contest Section 7.5(b)
Transfer Taxes Section 7.5(d)
Transition Services Agreement Section 2.6(b)(v)(H)
Valuation Firm Section 2.4(b)
Waiving Parties Section 9.12

 

Article II
PURCHASE AND SALE TRANSACTIONS

 

Section   2.1         Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, (a) Hillstone Parent shall sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from Hillstone Parent, the Direct Company Interests, and (b) the Selling Blocker Equityholders shall sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from the Selling Blocker Equityholders, the Blocker Interests, in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than Securities Liens (but which Securities Liens were complied with in connection with transfer by Sellers of the Purchased Equity to Buyer pursuant to this Section 2.1).

 

Section   2.2         Purchase Price. The aggregate consideration (to be delivered in the manner described in Section 2.6(c)(iv)) for the Purchased Equity shall be an aggregate amount equal to the Initial Purchase Price. The Initial Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment after the Closing pursuant to Section 2.4.

 

15

 

 

Section   2.3         Estimated Closing Statement. At least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Seller Representative shall prepare and deliver to Buyer a statement (the “Estimated Closing Statement”) setting forth in reasonable detail Seller Representative’s good faith estimate (and attaching supporting schedules, work papers and all other relevant material details to enable a review thereof by Buyer) of the following items: (a) Cash (the “Estimated Cash”), (b) Working Capital (the “Estimated Working Capital”), (c) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness (including an estimate of the Blocker Income Tax Amount) as of the Effective Time (but in the case of clause (g) of the definition of Indebtedness, as of the Closing) (the “Estimated Indebtedness”), (d) the aggregate amount of Transaction Expenses to the extent not paid prior to or at Closing (the “Estimated Transaction Expenses”), (e) the aggregate amount of Leakage (the “Estimated Leakage”), (f) the Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount (the “Estimated Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount”), (g) the aggregate amount of Reorganization Liabilities (the “Estimated Reorganization Liabilities”), and (h) the resulting calculation of the Initial Purchase Price. Following the delivery of the Estimated Closing Statement, Seller Representative and the Company shall, and shall cause the other Acquired Entities to, cooperate in good faith to answer any questions and resolve any issues raised on behalf of Buyer in connection with their review of the Estimated Closing Statement and supporting information, and Seller Representative and Buyer may, by mutual written agreement, amend the Estimated Closing Statement to reflect resolution of any such issues; provided that, if Seller Representative and Buyer are not able to reach a mutual agreement prior to the Closing Date, the Estimated Closing Statement provided by Seller Representative to Buyer pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2.3 shall be binding and control for purposes of the Closing, and will be used for purposes of calculating the Initial Purchase Price to be delivered at Closing.

 

Section   2.4         Post-Closing Adjustment.

 

(a)           Within ninety (90) calendar days after the Closing Date, provided that such ninety (90) day period shall be automatically tolled during any period in which Sellers fail to afford, or cause its Affiliates to fail to afford, to Buyer access pursuant to Section 2.4(c), Buyer shall deliver to Seller Representative a statement (the “Closing Statement”) setting forth in reasonable detail Buyer’s good faith calculation (and attaching supporting schedules, working papers and all other relevant material details to enable a review thereof by Seller Representative) of the following items (each a “Closing Item”): (i) Cash (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, “Final Cash”), (ii) Working Capital (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, the “Final Working Capital”); (iii) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness as of the Effective Time (but in the case of clause (g) of the definition of Indebtedness, as of the Closing) (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, “Final Indebtedness”); (iv) the aggregate amount of Transaction Expenses to the extent not paid prior to or at Closing (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, the “Final Transaction Expenses”), (v) the aggregate amount of Leakage (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, the “Final Leakage”), (vi) the Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, the “Final Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount”), (vii) the aggregate amount of Reorganization Liabilities (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, the “Final Reorganization Liabilities”), and (viii) the resulting calculation of the Final Purchase Price. Buyer agrees that, following the Closing through the date that the Closing Statement becomes conclusive and binding upon the Parties in accordance with this Section 2.4, it will not (and will cause its Affiliates not to) take any actions with respect to any books, records, policies or procedures on which the Closing Statement is based or on which the Closing Statement is to be based that are materially inconsistent with or that would materially impede or delay the determination of the amount of the Final Cash, the Final Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Leakage or the preparation of the Dispute Notice (defined below) or the Closing Statement in the manner and utilizing the methods required by this Agreement.

 

16

 

 

(b)           Seller Representative shall have thirty (30) calendar days after Seller Representative’s receipt of the Closing Statement (the “Review Period”) within which to review Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Items; provided that, the Review Period shall be automatically tolled during any period in which Buyer fails to afford, or causes the Acquired Entities to fail to afford, Seller Representative access required by Section 2.4(c) below. If Seller Representative disputes any of the Closing Items, Seller Representative shall notify Buyer in writing of its objection to such Closing Item(s) within the Review Period, together with a description in reasonable detail of the basis for and dollar amount of such disputed items (in the case of the dollar amount, to the extent possible) (a “Dispute Notice”). The Closing Items, as set forth in the Closing Statement, shall become final, conclusive and binding on the Parties unless Seller Representative delivers to Buyer a Dispute Notice within the Review Period. If Seller Representative timely delivers a Dispute Notice, any amounts on the Closing Statement not objected to by Seller Representative in the Dispute Notice (or by Buyer as a result of the items disputed by Seller Representative in any such Dispute Notice) shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties, and Buyer and Seller Representative shall, within thirty (30) calendar days following Buyer’s receipt of such Dispute Notice (the “Resolution Period”), use commercially reasonably efforts to attempt to resolve in writing their differences with respect to the matters set forth in the Dispute Notice (and any matters with respect to the Closing Items which Buyer is disputing as a result of the matters set forth in the Dispute Notice, or any disputed matters arising out of the foregoing) and any such resolution shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties. If, at the conclusion of the Resolution Period, any amounts remain in dispute, then each of Buyer and Seller Representative shall submit all items remaining in dispute to Ernst & Young LLP, or if it is unwilling or unable to serve then to a nationally recognized accounting firm mutually acceptable to Buyer and Seller Representative (as applicable, the “Valuation Firm”) for resolution by delivering within fifteen (15) calendar days after the expiration of the Resolution Period to the Valuation Firm their written position with respect to such items remaining in dispute. The fees and expenses of the Valuation Firm shall be allocated based upon the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to each Party bears to the amount actually contested by such Party in the written presentation to the Valuation Firm. For example, if Buyer claims an amount of $1,000, and if Seller Representative contests only $500 of the amount claimed by Buyer, and if the Valuation Firm ultimately resolves the dispute by awarding Buyer $300 of the $500 contested, then the costs and expenses of the Valuation Firm will be allocated 60% (i.e., 300/500) to Seller Representative and 40% (i.e., 200/500) to Buyer. The Valuation Firm shall determine, based solely on the submissions by Buyer and Seller Representative, and not by independent review, only those issues set forth in the Dispute Notice (and those raised by Buyer in response thereto) that remain in dispute and shall determine a value for any such disputed item which is equal to or between the final values proposed by Buyer and Seller Representative in their respective submissions. The Parties shall request that the Valuation Firm make a decision with respect to all disputed items within thirty (30) calendar days after the submissions of the Parties, as provided above, and in any event as promptly as practicable. The final determination with respect to all dispute items shall be set forth in a written statement by the Valuation Firm delivered to Buyer and Seller Representative and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties except in the case of manifest error. Buyer and Seller Representative shall promptly execute any reasonable engagement letter requested by the Valuation Firm and shall each cooperate fully with the Valuation Firm, including by providing the information, data and work papers used by each Party and its Representatives (including accountants) to prepare or calculate the Closing Items, making its personnel and accountants reasonably available to explain any such information, data or work papers, so as to enable the Valuation Firm to make such determination as quickly and as accurately as practicable.

 

(c)           From and after Seller Representative’s receipt of the Closing Statement until the Closing Items are finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, Sellers, their respective Affiliates and their respective auditors, accountants and other Representatives shall be permitted reasonable access to the Acquired Entities and their auditors, accountants, personnel, books and records and any other documents or information reasonably requested by Seller Representative in connection with the review and analysis of the Closing Statement and the resolution of disputes in connection therewith (including the information, data and work papers used by Buyer or the Acquired Entities’ auditors or accountants to prepare and calculate the Closing Items). From and after Closing until the Closing Items are finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, Buyer, their respective Affiliates and their respective auditors, accountants and other Representatives shall be permitted reasonable access to the Sellers and their auditors, accountants, personnel, books and records and any other documents or information reasonably requested by Seller Representative in connection with the preparation, review and analysis of the Closing Statement and the resolution of disputes in connection therewith (including the information, data and work papers used by Sellers their respective auditors or accountants to prepare and calculate the Estimated Closing Statement).

 

17

 

 

(d)           If the Final Purchase Price exceeds the Initial Purchase Price (such excess amount, if any, the “Excess Amount”), within three (3) Business Days after the Final Purchase Price is finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, (i) Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company to, pay directly to Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account(s) designated by Seller Representative, an aggregate amount equal to the Excess Amount and (ii) Buyer and Sellers shall direct the Escrow Agent to release to Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account(s) designated by Seller Representative, all funds in the Adjustment Escrow Account.

 

(e)            If the Final Purchase Price is less than the Initial Purchase Price (such shortfall amount, if any, the “Shortfall Amount”), within three (3) Business Days after the Final Purchase Price is finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4, Buyer and Sellers shall direct the Escrow Agent to release (i) to Buyer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by Buyer, an aggregate amount equal to the Shortfall Amount (solely to the extent of the funds available in the Adjustment Escrow Account) and (ii) to Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account(s) designated by Seller Representative, any funds that remain in the Adjustment Escrow Account following the distribution contemplated by the preceding clause (i).

 

(f)            Any payments made pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be deemed an adjustment to the Final Purchase Price, to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

 

Section   2.5       Closing Transactions. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place by conference call and by exchange of electronic signature pages by email at 9:00 a.m. Mountain Time on the first Business Day after the later of (a) the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 2.6 have been satisfied, or, if permissible, waived in writing by the Party entitled to the benefit of the same (other than those conditions which by their terms are required to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) and (b) the date that is thirty (30) days after delivery by Seller Representative of the notice to XTO required by Section 7.15(b) in accordance with the terms thereof (which delivery shall not occur prior to the date of this Agreement), unless the Parties mutually agree to another date (the date upon which the Closing occurs, the “Closing Date”). The Closing shall be deemed effective for all purposes as of 12:01 a.m. Mountain Time on the Closing Date.

 

Section   2.6       Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties.

 

(a)           Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party. The obligation of each Party to consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection with the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

 

(i)          Hart-Scott-Rodino Act. The waiting period (and any extension thereof) applicable to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated.

 

(ii)         No Orders or Illegality. There shall not be any applicable Law in effect that makes the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or any (A) judgment or injunction or (B) order or decree, in each case, in effect that prevents or enjoins the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

18

 

 

  

(b)            Conditions to Obligations of Buyer and Buyer Parent. The obligation of each of Buyer and Buyer Parent to consummate the transactions to be performed by Buyer and Buyer Parent in connection with the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

 

(i)            Representations and Warranties. (A) The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Article III of this Agreement, of Sellers set forth in Article IV of this Agreement and of the GGC Blockers set forth in Article V of this Agreement (in each case, other than Fundamental Representations) (and in each case, without giving effect to any materiality, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualification therein) shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date (or if such representations and warranties expressly relate to a specific date, such representations and warranties (in each case, without giving effect to any materiality, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualification therein) shall be true and correct as of such date), except, in each case, to the extent such failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (B) the Fundamental Representations of the Company, Sellers, and the GGC Blockers shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date (or if such Fundamental Representations expressly relate to a specific date, such Fundamental Representations shall be true and correct as of such date), except, in each case, for purposes of this clause (B), where the failure of such Fundamental Representations (other than such Fundamental Representations set forth in Section 3.3(a), Section 3.3(c) and the first sentence of Section 5.3 to the extent the failure thereof to be true and correct in all respects would have an adverse economic or voting impact on or for Buyer following the Closing for which this exception shall not apply) results from any de minimis inaccuracies.

 

(ii)            Performance and Obligations of the Company. The Company shall, or shall cause the applicable member of the Company Group to, have performed or complied in all material respects with all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by a member of the Company Group on or prior to the Closing Date (other than the covenant set forth in clause (iv) of Section 7.17(a)). Each of the Sellers, the GGC Blockers and Seller Representative shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by such Seller, GGC Blocker and Seller Representative on or prior to Closing (other than the covenant set forth in clause (iv) of Section 7.17(a)).

 

(iii)            Consummation of Pre-Closing Reorganization. The Pre-Closing Reorganization shall have been consummated in accordance with the Pre-Closing Reorganization Agreement.

 

(iv)            Absence of Material Adverse Effect. Since the Effective Time, there shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v)            Deliveries and Closing Actions. At the Closing:

 

(A)          Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer:

 

(1)            a duly executed certificate from an authorized Person of each of the Sellers, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 2.6(b)(i) and Section 2.6(b)(ii) have been satisfied, as applicable;

 

(2)            a true and complete copy of the resolutions of the board of managers of Hillstone Parent, certified by an authorized Person of Hillstone Parent, approving and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transactions Documents to which it is a party, including the performance by Hillstone Parent of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and

 

19

 

 

(3)            a true and complete copy of the resolutions of the board of managers or other governing body of each of the Selling Blocker Equityholders, certified by an authorized officer of such Selling Blocker Equityholder, approving and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transactions Documents to which it is a party, including the performance by such Person of its obligations hereunder and thereunder;

 

(B)           Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer a counterpart to that certain assignment by and between Buyer and Sellers attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Purchased Equity Assignment”) pursuant to which Sellers shall assign to Buyer the Purchased Equity at the Closing, duly executed by Seller Representative;

 

(C)           Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer (1) that certain assignment and assumption agreement by and between HEP ShaleApps and the Company attached hereto as Exhibit D-1 (the “Hillstone Asset Assignment”) pursuant to which HEP ShaleApps shall assign to the Company the Hillstone Assigned Assets, duly executed by HEP ShaleApps and the Company and (2) that certain intellectual property assignment and assumption agreement by and between one or more members of the Company Group and HEP ShaleApps attached hereto as Exhibit D-2 (the “IP Assignment”) pursuant to which the applicable member(s) of the Company Group shall assign to HEP ShaleApps all of the Assigned IP, duly executed by such member(s) of the Company Group and HEP ShaleApps;

 

(D)           Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer a counterpart to that certain escrow agreement by and among Buyer, Seller Representative and the Escrow Agent attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Escrow Agreement”), duly executed by Seller Representative;

 

(E)           (1) Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer a certificate from Hillstone Parent conforming to the applicable requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2) (modified to take into account Section 1446(f) of the Code) and IRS Notice 2018-29 certifying that Hillstone Parent is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Sections 1445 and 1446(f) of the Code, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, dated as of the Closing Date and duly executed by Hillstone Parent (or a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 for Hillstone Parent meeting the requirements of Proposed Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445-2(b)(2)(v) and 1.1446(f)-2(b)(2)) and (2) either (x) Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer a certificate from each Selling Blocker Equityholder conforming to the applicable requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2) certifying that such Selling Blocker Equityholder is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, dated as of the Closing Date and duly executed by such Selling Blocker Equityholder (or a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 for each Selling Blocker Equityholder meeting the requirements of Proposed Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445-2(b)(2)(v)) or (y) each GGC Blocker shall deliver to Buyer a notice and statement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer conforming to the applicable requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c), dated as of the Closing Date and duly executed by such GGC Blocker, together with written authorization for Buyer to deliver such notice and statement to the IRS on behalf of such GGC Blocker after the Closing;

 

(F)           Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer the written resignations, effective as of the Closing, of those directors, managers and officers (in their capacities as such) of each Acquired Entity appointed or designated to such positions by Sellers or their respective Affiliates as set forth in Schedule 2.6(b)(v)(F);

 

(G)           Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date a customary payoff letter from each holder of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (each, a “Payoff Letter”) and which Payoff Letter shall authorize the release of all Liens securing such Indebtedness; each Payoff Letter is to become effective immediately upon (i) execution by the borrowers of such Indebtedness of such Payoff Letter and (ii) payment in full by Buyer of all obligations with respect thereto;

 

20

 

 

(H)          Seller Representative shall deliver to Buyer that certain transition services agreement by and between HEP ShaleApps and the Company attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “Transition Services Agreement”), duly executed by HEP ShaleApps and the Company; and

 

(I)            Seller Representative shall deliver good standing certificates (or comparable certificates) for the applicable secretary of state (or other applicable Governmental Entity) dated not earlier than fifteen (15) calendar days before the Closing Date for each of the Acquired Entities.

 

(c)            Conditions to Obligations of Sellers, the Company and the GGC Blockers. The obligation of Sellers, the Company and the GGC Blockers to consummate the transactions to be performed by Sellers, the Company and the GGC Blockers in connection with the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

 

(i)            Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Buyer and Buyer Parent set forth in Article VI of this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date in all material respects (or if such representations and warranties expressly relate to a specific date, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date in all material respects).

 

(ii)           Performance and Obligations of Buyer and Buyer Parent. Buyer and Buyer Parent shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by Buyer or Buyer Parent, as applicable, on or prior to the Closing Date; provided that, the covenants to deliver monetary amounts pursuant to Section 2.6(c)(iv)(B), Section 2.6(c)(iv)(C), Section 2.6(c)(iv)(D) and Section 2.6(c)(iv)(E) shall have been complied with in all respects.

 

(iii)          Buyer Parent Undertaking. The Buyer Parent Undertaking shall be in full force and effect, and shall not have been in any respect amended, modified, waived, terminated or otherwise withdrawn by Buyer Parent.

 

(iv)          Deliveries and Closing Actions. At the Closing:

 

(A)          Buyer or Buyer Parent, as applicable, shall deliver to Seller Representative:

 

(1)            a duly executed certificate from an officer of each of Buyer and Buyer Parent in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 2.6(c)(i) and Section 2.6(c)(ii) have been satisfied;

 

(2)            a true and complete copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of Buyer, certified by an authorized Person of Buyer, approving and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transactions Documents to which it is a party, including the performance by Buyer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and

 

(3)            a true and complete copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of Buyer Parent, certified by an authorized Person of Buyer Parent, approving and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transactions Documents to which it is a party, including the performance by Buyer Parent of its obligations hereunder and thereunder;

 

21

 

 

(B)           Buyer shall deliver to Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account(s) designated in writing by Seller Representative to Buyer, in consideration for the Purchased Equity, an amount equal to (x) the Initial Purchase Price, minus (y) the Adjustment Escrow Funds, minus (z) an amount equal to the Deposit (which, subject to Section 8.2, Sellers shall retain and which shall be credited towards payment of the Initial Purchase Price);

 

(C)           Buyer shall deliver the Adjustment Escrow Funds to the Escrow Agent for deposit into a non-interest bearing escrow account (the “Adjustment Escrow Account”), established pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement;

 

(D)           Buyer shall pay an aggregate amount equal to the Estimated Transaction Expenses to the payees thereof as set forth on the Estimated Closing Statement delivered to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.3 by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts designated by such payees;

 

(E)           Buyer shall pay all Indebtedness for Borrowed Money pursuant to Payoff Letters delivered to Buyer prior to the Closing by Seller Representative to the payees set forth on such Payoff Letters by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts designated by such payees;

 

(F)           Buyer shall deliver to Seller Representative a counterpart to the Purchased Equity Assignment, duly executed by Buyer; and

 

(G)           Buyer shall deliver to Seller Representative a counterpart to the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by Buyer.

 

(d)           Frustration of Closing Conditions. None of Sellers, the Company, the GGC Blockers, Buyer or Buyer Parent may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this Section 2.6 to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such Party’s failure to act in good faith or to use reasonable best efforts to cause the conditions to Closing of each such other Party to be satisfied, including as required by Section 7.2.

 

Section 2.7         Withholding. Buyer and the Acquired Entities will be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amount payable pursuant to this Agreement (including payments of Initial Purchase Price, Final Purchase Price and releases of amounts held in the Adjustment Escrow Account) such amounts as Buyer or any Acquired Entity (or any Affiliate thereof) shall determine in good faith they are required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any other provision of applicable Laws; provided that Buyer shall provide Sellers with a written notice of its intention to withhold at least five (5) Business Days prior to any such withholding and Buyer and Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any such Taxes. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by Buyer or the Acquired Entities, such withheld amounts will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding were made.

 

Article III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE COMPANY

 

As an inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that the following representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement (except, as to any representations and warranties that specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date) (it being understood that such representations and warranties shall be made assuming the transactions contemplated by the Hillstone Asset Assignment and the IP Assignment have been consummated):

 

22

 

 

Section 3.1        Organization; Authority; Enforceability. Each member of the Company Group is (a) duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing (or the equivalent) under the Laws of the State of Delaware or the State of Texas and (b) qualified to do business and is in good standing (or the equivalent) in the jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business or locations of its assets or properties makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified to be in good standing (or the equivalent) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, taken as a whole. A list of such jurisdictions is set forth on Schedule 3.1. The Company has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company has been duly authorized in accordance with the Governing Documents of the Company. No other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to approve and authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

Section 3.2      Noncontravention. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company does not (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a default under (whether with or without the giving of notice, the passage of time or both), (c) result in a violation of, (d) give any third party the right to terminate or accelerate, or cause any termination or acceleration of, any material right or material obligation under, (e) result in the creation of any Lien upon the Company Interests under, or (f) other than the filings required pursuant to Section 7.2, require any approval from, or filing with, any Governmental Entity under or pursuant to, (x) the Governing Documents or (y) any Law, order or Contract to which the Company is bound or subject other than, in the case of clause (y), as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 3.3      Capitalization.

 

(a)           The authorized and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company consists entirely of an undivided limited liability company interest which, as of the date hereof, is owned 100% by Hillstone Parent. The Company Interests constitute 100% of the Company’s limited liability company interests. Other than the Company Interests, the Company does not have any other authorized or issued Equity Interests.

 

(b)           Except for this Agreement, the Reorganization Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, or as set forth on Schedule 3.3(b):

 

(i)            there are no outstanding options, warrants, Contracts, calls, puts, rights to subscribe, conversion rights or other similar rights to which the Company is a party or which are binding upon the Company providing for the issuance, disposition or acquisition of any of the Company Interests; and

 

(ii)           the Company is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any Equity Interests, either of itself or of another Person.

 

23

 

 

(c)           As of the Closing, Hillstone Parent will own 100% of the Direct Company Interests. The Direct Company Interests, together with the Indirect Company Interests owned by the GGC Blockers as of the Closing, will constitute 100% of the Company Interests as of the Closing.

 

Section 3.4        Operating Companies. Schedule 3.4 sets forth a true and complete list of the following with respect to each Operating Company: (a) the name and jurisdiction of organization of such Operating Company, (b) the form of organization of such Operating Company, (c) the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such Operating Company directly owned by the Company or any other Operating Company and (d) the directors, managers and officers of such Operating Company. No Operating Company owns, directly or indirectly, any Equity Interests in any Person other than as set forth on Schedule 3.4. Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.4, there are no outstanding options, warrants, Contracts, calls, puts, rights to subscribe, conversion rights or other similar rights to which any Operating Company is a party or which are binding upon any Operating Company providing for the issuance, disposition or acquisition of any Equity Interests of any Operating Company. No Operating Company is subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of the Operating Companies’ Equity Interests.

 

Section 3.5        Financial Statements.

 

(a)           Attached as Schedule 3.5(a) are true, accurate and complete copies of: the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of June 30, 2019 (the “Latest Balance Sheet”), June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, and the related statements of operations and cash flows for the respective twelve (12) months then ended (collectively, the “Financial Statements”). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.5(a) or as otherwise noted therein and subject to the absence of footnotes, each Financial Statement presents fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Company Group taken as a whole (on a consolidated basis) as of the respective dates thereof or the operating results of the Company Group (on a consolidated basis) for the periods covered thereby, in each case in conformity with GAAP, prepared from the books and records of the Company Group in accordance with their respective normal accounting practices, in all material respects.

 

(b)           Schedule 3.5(b) sets forth a true and complete list of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company Group, as well as the outstanding balances thereof as of each of the Effective Time and the date of this Agreement

 

Section 3.6        Absence of Certain Developments. Except for the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreements, the Hillstone Asset Assignment, the IP Assignment, Section 7.20(a) or as set forth on Schedule 3.6, since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business or as required by applicable Laws, as of the date hereof, no member of the Company Group has:

 

(a)           except as among members of the Company Group, sold, leased, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of any (i) tangible material assets or properties (other than the sale or disposal of inventory or obsolete equipment) or (ii) material Proprietary Rights;

 

(b)           made any amendment to its Governing Documents;

 

(c)           made or granted any bonus or any material increase in base salary or other compensation to any director or senior executive, or made or granted any material bonus or any material increase in base salary or other compensation to any other employee other than scheduled bonuses or increases in the Ordinary Course of Business, in each case, excluding project bonuses made or paid by the Company Group in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

24

 

 

(d)           adopted, amended, modified or terminated any employment agreement with any officer or other employee providing for base annual salary greater than $150,000 or any collective bargaining agreement or other labor agreement;

 

(e)            amended (other than as required by applicable Law or as part of an annual renewal for health or welfare benefits), terminated or adopted any Company Employee Benefit Plan;

 

(f)            effectuated any reduction in force, early retirement program, or other voluntary or involuntary employment termination program, or otherwise implemented any employee layoff;

 

(g)           made any changes to its material accounting policies, methods or practices;

 

(h)           incurred any Taxes outside the Ordinary Course of Business,

 

(i)            made, changed or revoked any material election relating to Taxes, entered into any agreement, settlement or compromise with any Taxing Authority relating to any material Tax Liability, filed any material amended Tax Return, or surrendered any right to claim any refund of material Taxes;

 

(j)            other than any actions among the members of the Company Group (but not any other Person), including transfers of Equity Interests in connection with the transactions contemplated by entry into the Hillstone Credit Agreement, (x) issued, sold, delivered, redeemed or purchased any Equity Interests, (y) declared, set aside or paid any dividends on, or made any other distributions (whether in Cash, securities or property) in respect of, any Equity Interests or (z) adjusted, split, combined or reclassified any of its Equity Interests;

 

(k)            amended, terminated or failed to renew any Material Contract (nor has any other party thereto done the same or provided written notice of intent to the same);

 

(l)            incurred or guaranteed any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (other than Indebtedness incurred under the Hillstone Credit Agreement) or (y) made any loans or advances to any other Person, other than advances to employees in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(m)          other than Equity Interests of the Operating Companies contributed to and acquired by the Company or any other member of the Company Group, and other than inventory and other assets acquired in the Ordinary Course of Business, including from vendors, suppliers and other similar contractual counterparties, acquired properties or assets, including Equity Interests of another Person, with a value in excess of $150,000 with respect to any single acquisition or series of related acquisitions or $450,000 in the aggregate, whether through merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination or otherwise;

 

(n)           adopted a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution;

 

(o)           instituted or settled any Proceeding other than any Proceeding in respect of the Shalewater Earnout Matters;

 

(p)           except in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practice, failed to promptly pay and discharge any current Liabilities or became liable to repay any Indebtedness in advance of its stated maturity;

 

(q)           except in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practice, write up or write down any current or future material asset or discount any fee or payment from or by a customer under any Material Contract except to the extent required by applicable Law or GAAP;

 

25

 

 

(r)            canceled any third party indebtedness owed to the Company Group, other than with respect to trade receivables of the Company Group in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practices;

 

(s)           made or incurred, or entered into any commitments that would obligate the Company Group to make or incur, any Capital Expenditures other than (i) the Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Capital Expenditures for the applicable calendar quarter attributable thereto as set forth on the Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Matters Schedule, (ii) Capital Expenditures required pursuant to the Contracts set forth on Schedule 3.6, (iii) maintenance Capital Expenditures in the Ordinary Course of Business not to exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate and (iv) other Capital Expenditures not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate (such Capital Expenditures in clauses (i) through (iv), the “Permitted Capital Expenditures”);

 

(t)            modified, supplemented, amended or terminated (prior to the end of its term) any Material Contract or Material Permit in a manner which is materially adverse to the business of the Company Group taken as a whole;

 

(u)           failed to maintain in effect the policies of insurance set forth on Schedule 3.16 (or equivalent replacement coverage);

 

(v)           made any change in accounting methods, principles or practices used by the Company Group except insofar as expressly required by applicable Law or regulation or by a change in applicable accounting principles;

 

(w)          except in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practice, delayed or postponed the payment of accounts payable or other obligations or Liabilities, accelerated the collection of accounts receivable or advance deposits, or otherwise modified their cash management system; or

 

(x)            authorized, agreed, committed or entered into any Contract to do any of the foregoing.

 

Section 3.7        Real Property; Rights-of-Way.

 

(a)           The real property described on Schedule 3.7(a) constitutes all of the real property owned by the Company Group in fee simple. Schedule 3.7(a) sets forth the owner, the legal description and, where available, the address for each parcel of Owned Real Property. With respect to each parcel of Owned Real Property, (i) the Company Group entity identified on Schedule 3.7(a) owns and has good and indefeasible title to all of its owned real property free and clear of all Liens (except in all cases for Permitted Liens) and (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 3.7(a), no member of the Company Group has leased or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or occupy such Owned Real Property or any portion thereof. Sellers have delivered or made available to the Buyer true, complete and correct copies of the conveyance documents that are in Sellers’ possession vesting title in the applicable member of the Company Group of each parcel of Owned Real Property along with all title insurance policies and surveys related to the Owned Real Property and each lease, license or other occupancy agreement affecting the Owned Real Property.

 

(b)           The real property described on Schedule 3.7(b) constitutes all of the Leases, subleases, licenses and other agreements allowing for the occupancy of real property, by which any member of the Company Group holds an interest, other than the Rights-of-Way and the Owned Real Property. Schedule 3.7(b) sets forth a true, correct, and complete description of each Lease (including any modifications, amendments or supplements thereto), the counterparties to each Lease, and a description of the Leased Real Property. The relevant member of the Company Group has a good, valid and enforceable leasehold interest in each Leased Real Property material to the business of the Company Group free and clear of all Liens (except in all cases for Permitted Liens and obligations of the lessee under the Leases). All Leases are valid and effective against the applicable member of the Company Group and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the counterparties thereto, in accordance with their respective terms, and there is not, under any of such Leases, any existing default in any material respect by any member of the Company Group or, to the Knowledge of the Company, the counterparties thereto, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default in any material respect by any member of the Company Group or, to the Knowledge of the Company, the counterparties thereto. The Company Group has made available to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of all Leases in its possession.

 

26

 

 

(c)           Each member of the Company Group has access to each parcel of Owned Real Property and Leased Real Property owned by such member of the Company Group by direct access from public roads or via valid and enforceable Rights-of-Way, easements or other leasehold or contractual rights held by such member of the Company Group.

 

(d)           As of the date hereof, the Company Group has not received any written notice of, and does not otherwise have Knowledge of, any litigation or other Proceeding, including any condemnation Proceeding or other Proceedings in the nature of eminent domain, pending or threatened which would materially affect any portion of the Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property.

 

(e)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7(e), the Company Group owns or has the right to use (subject to Permitted Liens) such easements or rights-of-way that, together with the Owned Real Property and Leased Real Property, are necessary to use, own and operate the assets and properties of the Company Group in the same manner as such assets are currently used, owned and operated by the Company Group, except for such easements or rights-of-way, the absence of which, would not reasonably be expected to be material to the business of the Company Group, taken as a whole (such easements or rights-of-way to which the Company Group owns or has the right to use, collectively, the “Rights-of-Way”).

 

(f)            There are no material gaps (including any gap arising as a result of any breach by the Company Group of any terms of any Right-of-Way) in any Right-of-Way (except for Rights-of-Way related to the commencement of Phase II Development (i) from the Bureau of Land Management and equivalent state-level Governmental Entities or (ii) to the extent attributable to real property located in Block 76 PSL/Ross, AM Survey, Loving County, Texas for purposes of certain transmission lines) that would be material to the business of the Company Group

 

(g)           To the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred or circumstance exist that allow, or after the giving of notice of the passage of time, or both, would reasonably be expected to allow, material limitation, revocation or termination of any Right-of-Way or could result in any material impairment of the rights of the holder of such Right-of-Way.

 

Section 3.8        Tax Matters.

 

(a)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8(a), each member of the Company Group has complied in all material respects with all Laws relating to Taxes, timely filed all Income Tax and other material Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to it pursuant to applicable Laws, such Tax Returns are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects and have been prepared in compliance with all applicable Laws. Each member of the Company Group has paid all material amounts of Taxes due and payable by it (whether or not shown as payable on any Tax Return). All Taxes of each member of the Company Group not yet due and payable have been fully accrued on the books of such member of the Company Group. There are no Liens for Taxes on any assets of any member of the Company Group, other than Permitted Liens. Each member of the Company Group has withheld (or collected) and paid all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld (or collected) and paid in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, equityholder or other third party and all material sales, use, ad valorem and value added Taxes. Within the last five (5) years, no written claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where any member of the Company Group does not file Tax Returns that such member of the Company Group is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

 

27

 

 

(b)           Except as set forth and identified on Schedule 3.8(b), in the last three (3) years, no member of the Company Group has been audited by any federal, state or local Taxing Authority, and there is no material Tax Proceeding in progress, pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of or with respect to, any member of the Company Group. No member of the Company Group has commenced a voluntary disclosure Proceeding in any state or local or non-U.S. jurisdiction that has not been fully resolved or settled.

 

(c)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8(c), no member of the Company Group has waived, extended, or agreed to extend any applicable statute of limitations relating to any Tax assessment or deficiency of any member of the Company Group, in each case, which extension is currently in effect.

 

(d)           No member of the Company Group has ever been a member of any Affiliated Group. No member of the Company Group is liable for Taxes of any other Person as a result of successor Liability, transferee Liability, or joint or several Liability. No member of the Company Group is party to any Tax Sharing Agreements.

 

(e)           No member of the Company Group has a request for a private letter ruling, a request for administrative relief, a request for technical advice, a request for a change of any method of accounting, or other request pending with any Governmental Entity that relates to the Taxes or Tax Returns of any member of the Company Group. No power of attorney granted by any member of the Company Group with respect to any Taxes is currently in force. No member of the Company Group has executed or filed with any Governmental Entity any agreement or other document extending or having the effect of extending the statute of limitations for assessment, collection or other imposition of any Tax.

 

(f)            No member of the Company Group has engaged in any listed transaction as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

 

(g)           No member of the Company Group is subject to a material Tax holiday or material Tax incentive or grant in any jurisdiction.

 

(h)           Each member of the Company Group (other than HEP Operations Holdings, LLC) is, and has since inception been, treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal Income Tax purposes.

 

(i)            No member of the Company Group is required to include an item of income, or exclude an item of deduction, for any Post-Closing Tax Period (determined with regard to the transactions contemplated hereby) as a result of (i) an installment sale transaction occurring on or before the Closing governed by Section 453 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Laws); (ii) a transaction occurring on or before the Closing reported as an open transaction for U.S. federal Income Tax purposes (or any similar doctrine under state, local, or non-U.S. Laws); (iii) any prepaid amounts or deferred revenue; (iv) a change in method of accounting with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or as a result of an impermissible method used in a Pre-Closing Tax Period); (v) an agreement entered into with any Governmental Entity (including a “closing agreement” under Section 7121 of the Code) on or prior to the Closing Date; or (vi) the application of Section 263A of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local, or non-U.S. Laws). No member of the Company Group has made an election (including a protective election) pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code. No member of the Company Group currently uses the cash method of accounting for Income Tax purposes. No member of the Company Group has any “long-term contracts” that are subject to a method of accounting provided for in Section 460 of the Code or has any deferred income pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 2004-34, Treasury Regulation Section 1.451-5, Section 455 of the Code, or Section 456 of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state or local law). No member of the Company Group has made an election under Section 965(h) of the Code to pay any Tax imposed under Section 965 of the Code in a taxable period ending after the Closing Date.

 

28

 

 

Section 3.9        Contracts.

 

(a)           Except for the Reorganization Agreements, the IP Assignment, the Contracts subject to the Hillstone Asset Assignment, the Excluded Employment Arrangements or as set forth on Schedule 3.9(a), as of the date hereof, no member of the Company Group is a party to, or bound by, any:

 

(i)            collective bargaining agreement, labor Contract or other Contract or similar arrangement with any labor or employee organization, union or labor association applicable to employees of any member of the Company Group;

 

(ii)           employment or individual independent contractor Contract providing for (x) base annual compensation in excess of $150,000 or (y) severance payments or retention, change in control, transaction bonus or similar payments to any employee, individual consultant or individual independent contractor, in each case, in excess of $50,000;

 

(iii)          Contract relating to Indebtedness for Borrowed Money or letter of credit arrangements;

 

(iv)          license or royalty Contract with respect to any Proprietary Rights to which any member of the Company Group is a party as licensee or licensor (other than Contracts relating to commercially available off-the-shelf software licensed for less than $75,000 in annual fees);

 

(v)           Contract which provides for aggregate future payments to or from a member of the Company Group in excess of $250,000 in any calendar year, other than those that can be terminated without material penalty by the Company upon ninety (90) days’ notice or less and can be replaced with a similar Contract on materially equivalent terms in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(vi)          joint venture or partnership agreement;

 

(vii)         power of attorney executed by or on behalf of a member of the Company Group;

 

(viii)        other than this Agreement or any Contract among two or more members of the Company Group (and not any other Person), Contract for the sale, transfer or acquisition of any material asset, Equity Interest or business of the Company or for the grant to any Person of any Preferential Rights to purchase any asset, Equity Interest or business of any member of the Company Group, in each case, under which there are material outstanding obligations of any member of the Company Group;

 

(ix)           Contract which contains a provision expressly prohibiting or materially restricting any member of the Company Group from competing in any line of business or any jurisdiction other than in respect of confidentiality agreements entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business (none of which, except for the confidentiality agreement by and between the Company and Sabalo Energy, LLC, dated as of April 1, 2019, contain any non-compete provisions);

 

(x)            Contract that contains a most-favored nation in favor of any counterparty thereto;

 

29

 

 

(xi)           Contract involving the settlement of any Proceeding or threatened Proceeding;

 

(xii)          Contract between the Company Group and any Affiliate that will continue in effect after the Closing;

 

(xiii)         Contract that requires any member of the Company Group that contain “take or pay” provisions;

 

(xiv)         Contract to which a Governmental Entity is a party (other than surety bonds and other similar Contracts entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business);

 

(xv)          Contract that provides for any material indemnification of any Person by the Company Group entered into outside of the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(xvi)         Contract involving a remaining commitment to pay Capital Expenditures in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate; or

 

(xvii)        Any Contract that is a commitment to do any of the foregoing described in clauses (i) through (xvi).

 

(b)           Except as specifically disclosed on Schedule 3.9(b), as of the date hereof, each Contract listed on Schedule 3.9(a) (each, a “Material Contract”) is legal, valid, binding, enforceable against the applicable member of the Company Group and, to the Knowledge of the Company, against each other party thereto, except as such may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles and except to the extent such Material Contracts have expired or terminated pursuant to their terms. The Company is not in breach of or default under (or alleged in writing to be in breach or default under) in any material respect of the terms of any Material Contract and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no other party thereto is in material breach of or default under (or alleged in writing to be in breach or default under) in any material respect of the terms of any Material Contract. The Company has provided Buyer with true, correct and complete copies of each Material Contract, including all amendments thereto.

 

Section 3.10      Proprietary Rights.

 

(a)           The Company Group owns, or has a right to use, all of the Proprietary Rights used in the conduct of the business of the Company Group as currently conducted (the “Company Proprietary Rights”), free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).

 

(b)           Schedule 3.10(b) sets forth a true, complete and accurate list of the following Company Proprietary Rights owned by any member of the Company Group: (i) issued patents and pending patent applications; (ii) registrations and applications for registration of any copyrights; (iii) registrations and applications for registration of any Trademarks; and (iv) material computer software. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(b), all Company Proprietary Rights owned by any member of the Company Group that have been issued by, or registered or the subject of an application filed with, as applicable, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office or any similar office or agency anywhere in the world, have been duly maintained (including the payment of maintenance fees).

 

(c)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(c), in the two (2) years immediately prior to the date hereof: (i) no written claim contesting the validity, enforceability, registerability, patentability, use or ownership of any Company Proprietary Rights has been received by any member of the Company Group and, to the Knowledge of the Company, none has been threatened in writing; (ii) no member of the Company Group has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, or is currently violating, any Proprietary Rights of any third party; and (iii) no member of the Company Group has received any written notices of any infringement or misappropriation of any Proprietary Rights of any third party. To the Knowledge of the Company, no third party in the past three (3) years immediately prior to the date hereof has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the Company Proprietary Rights owned by the Company Group.

 

30

 

 

(d)           To the Knowledge of the Company, there have been no material failures, security breaches, unauthorized access or other material adverse events affecting the computer software, computer hardware, firmware, networks, interfaces and related computer systems used by the Company Group which have caused material disruption to the business of the Company Group. None of the software included in any software product that is commercially licensed or sold by the Company Group uses or is distributed, integrated or bundled with any software subject to any license identified by the Open Source Initiative as an open source license (opensource.org/licenses) or any similar open source license that, as used, distributed, integrated or bundled by the Company Group, requires or conditions, or would require or condition, the use or distribution of such software on the disclosure, licensing, or distribution of any of the Company Group’s confidential and proprietary source code.

 

(e)           There have been no material failures, security breaches or other material adverse events or incidents related to Personal Data that would require the Company Group to notify individuals, law enforcement or any Governmental Entity or take any remedial action under any applicable Data Protection Law or Contract. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened complaints, actions, fines, or other penalties facing the Company Group in connection with any such failures, security breaches or other material adverse events or incidents.

 

Section 3.11      Preferential Rights. None of the assets of the Company Group are subject to any Preferential Right which may be applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 3.12      Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12, as of the date hereof, there are no (and during the three (3) years preceding the date hereof, there have not been any) material Proceedings pending (of which a member of the Company Group has been served notice) or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, against any member of the Company Group or any material asset of the Company Group before any Governmental Entity. No member of the Company Group is subject or bound by any material outstanding orders. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12, to the Knowledge of the Company, no member of the Company Group has any current intention of initiating any material Proceeding against any other Person.

 

Section 3.13      Brokerage. Except for arrangements with Tudor Pickering Holt & Co and Jefferies LLC for which Sellers shall be solely responsible or which will be included in the calculation of Transaction Expenses, there are no claims for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group.

 

Section 3.14      Labor Matters.

 

(a)           Except as set forth in Schedule 3.14(a), no member of the Company Group is a party to any collective bargaining agreement relating to employees of the Company Group. There are no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, or other material labor disputes pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against any member of the Company Group, and no such disputes have occurred within the past three (3) years. There are no ongoing or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened union organizing activities, certification Proceedings or petitions seeking a representation or certification Proceeding with respect to employees of the Company Group and no such activities have occurred within the past three (3) years. There are no unfair labor practice charges, material grievances or arbitrations pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, against any member of the Company Group and arising under a collective bargaining agreement. With respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each member of Company has, or prior to the Closing will have, satisfied in all material respects all notice and bargaining obligations it owes to any unions representing their employees under applicable Law or any collective bargaining agreement.

 

31

 

 

(b)           No member of the Company Group has received written notice of any material labor or employment related complaints, charges, or claims against such member of the Company Group and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no such complaints, charges or claims threatened in writing to be brought or filed with any Governmental Entity, in each case, based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any individual by any member of the Company Group.

 

(c)           Each member of the Company Group has paid or made provision for payment of all salaries and wages owed and payable by such member of the Company Group to any employee, individual independent contractor or individual consultant, accrued through the date hereof, except where such nonpayment would not reasonably be expected to result in a material Liability to the Company Group.

 

(d)           Each member of the Company Group has been for the last three (3) years in compliance in all material respects with all Laws relating to employment and employment practices and terms and conditions of employment, including Laws relating to the payment of wages, the classification of all employees, individual independent contractors and consultants, equal employment opportunity (including Laws prohibiting discrimination and/or harassment on the basis of race, national origin, religion, disability, age, workers’ compensation, or any other protected class), affirmative action, and other hiring practices, immigration, workers’ compensation, unemployment and the payment of social security and other Taxes.

 

(e)           Each member of the Company Group, for the past three (3) years, has properly classified for all purposes all Persons who have performed services for or on behalf of the Company Group as individual independent contractors and has properly withheld and paid all applicable Taxes and made all required filings in connection with services provided by such Persons to the Company Group in accordance with such classifications, in each case, expect where such noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a material Liability to the Company Group.

 

(f)            There has been no “mass layoff” or “plant closing” (as defined by the WARN Act or any similar state statute) in respect of any member of the Company Group within the one (1) year prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

(g)           No member of the Company Group (nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective officers or directors in their individual capacities) has within the last three (3) years settled any material claims, actions, complaints or other grievances relating to sexual harassment or discrimination involving or relating to any officers, directors or employees. There are no such material claims, actions, complaints or other grievances currently pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against any member of the Company Group.

 

(h)           Seller Representative has provided Buyer a true, complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all employees of the Company Group, including for each such employee his or her (i) name; (ii) title or position; (iii) status as full-time or part-time; (iv) current base compensation rate; and (v) commission, bonus or other incentive-based compensation. No employee of the Company Group works outside the United States.

 

32

 

 

(i)            Seller Representative has provided Buyer a true, complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all individuals who perform services for the Company Group as independent contractors or consultants, including for each such individual his or her (i) name; (ii) title or position; and (iii) compensation rate.

 

Section 3.15      Employee Benefit Plans.

 

(a)           Schedule 3.15(a) sets forth a list of each “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), and each equity based, retirement, profit sharing, bonus, incentive, severance, separation, change in control, retention, deferred compensation, vacation, paid time off, medical, dental, life, or disability plan, program, or policy, and each other material employee compensation or benefit plan, program, policy or Contract (i) that is maintained, sponsored or contributed to (or required to be contributed to) by any member of the Company Group or (ii) pursuant to which any member of the Company Group has any material Liability (including by reason of an ERISA Affiliate), in each case, other than a multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA (each, a “Company Employee Benefit Plan”)). With respect to each Company Employee Benefit Plan, Sellers have made available to Buyer copies of, as applicable, (i) the current plan document (and all amendments thereto) and the current trust Contract related thereto, (ii) the most recent summary plan description and summaries of material modification provided to participants, (iii) the most recent determination or opinion letter received from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), (iv) the most recently filed Form 5500 annual report, (v) the most recent audited financial statements and actuarial or other valuation reports required under applicable Law and (vi) any material notices, letters or other correspondence received by any member of the Company Group from the IRS, Department of Labor or any other Governmental Entity regarding the operation or administration of such Company Employee Benefit Plan within the past three (3) years.

 

(b)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(b) (i) no Company Employee Benefit Plan provides post-employment health insurance benefits other than as required under Section 4980B of the Code, (ii) no member of the Company Group contributes to or has any obligation to contribute to, and no Company Employee Benefit Plan is, a “multiemployer plan,” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, (iii) no member of the Company Group sponsors, and no Company Employee Benefit Plan is, an “employee pension benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, that is or was subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and (iv) no Company Employee Benefit Plan is a “multiple employer plan,” as defined in Section 413(c) of the Code, or any “multiple employer welfare arrangement” within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA.

 

(c)            Each Company Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code has received, or may rely upon, a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS. Each Company Employee Benefit Plan has been maintained, funded and administered in accordance in all material respects with its respective terms and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code. There have been no “prohibited transactions” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA that are not otherwise exempt under Section 408 of ERISA and no breaches of fiduciary duty (as determined under ERISA) with respect to any Company Employee Benefit Plan. There is no Proceeding (other than routine and uncontested claims for benefits) pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, with respect to any Company Employee Benefit Plan or against the assets of any Company Employee Benefit Plan. To the Knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any such Proceedings.

 

(d)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(d), each Company Employee Benefit Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder has been established, operated and maintained in compliance in all material respects with Section 409A of the Code and such regulations and other guidance issued thereunder.

 

33

 

 

(e)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(e), neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, either alone or in connection with any other event(s), will (i) entitle any current or former director, officer, employee or independent contractor of any member of the Company Group to any material compensation or benefit, or (ii) increase the amount of or result in the acceleration of time of payment, funding or vesting of compensation or benefits under any Company Employee Benefit Plan. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the payment of any amount that would, individually or in combination with any other such payment, be an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (determined without regard to the exceptions provided for in Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code), and no Company Employee Benefit Plan provides for the gross-up or reimbursement of Taxes under Section 4999 or 409A of the Code or any similar state or foreign Law or regulation.

 

Section 3.16      Insurance. As of the date hereof, the Company Group has in place policies of insurance in amounts and scope of coverage as set forth in Schedule 3.16 and each such policy is in full force and effect and all premiums have been paid in accordance with the terms of such policy. During the twelve (12) months immediately prior to the date hereof, no member of the Company Group has received any written notice that any such policy will be cancelled or will not be renewed. The terms of the policies of insurance set forth in Schedule 3.16 have been complied with by the Company Group in all material respects. The Company Group is not in material breach or default, and no member of the Company Group has taken any action or failed to take any action which, with notice or the lapse of time, would constitute a material breach or default, or permit termination or any significant modification, of any of the policies of insurance set forth in Schedule 3.16. No Proceedings are pending nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, to revoke, cancel, limit or otherwise modify such policies in any material respect and no written notice of cancellation of any such policies has been received by any member of the Company Group. Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.16, no insurer has denied or disputed coverage of any claim pending under any policies of insurance set forth in Schedule 3.16. Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.16, to the Knowledge of the Company, no member of the Company Group has received any written indication from its insurers of any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as set forth in the first sentence of this Section 3.16, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.16 shall not apply to the Retained Claims.

 

Section 3.17      Compliance with Laws; Material Permits.

 

(a)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17(a), each member of the Company Group is and has been for the past three (3) years in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws (except Environmental Laws, which are addressed exclusively in Section 3.18) and no written notices have been received by any member of the Company Group from any Governmental Entity alleging any material default, breach or violation of any such Laws.

 

(b)           The Company Group holds all material permits, licenses, registrations, determinations, approvals, consents, and authorizations (excluding permits required under Environmental Laws, which are addressed exclusively in Section 3.18, “Material Permits”) required for the ownership and use of its assets and properties and the conduct of its business as currently conducted and is in compliance in all material respects with all terms and conditions of such Material Permits. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(b), no Proceeding is pending or threatened to suspend, revoke, terminate, cancel, withdraw, modify or limit any such Material Permit. The Company Group is in compliance in all material respects with all Material Permits necessary or required to conduct the business of the Company Group in accordance with applicable Law as it is presently being conducted. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no material breach, violation or default under such Material Permit which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would reasonably be expected to give any Governmental Entity grounds to suspend, revoke or terminate any such Material Permit.

 

34

 

 

(c)           Schedule 3.17(c) sets forth a brief description of each outstanding order (except with respect to Environmental Laws, which are addressed exclusively in Section 3.18) with a Governmental Entity to which any member of the Company Group is bound.

 

Section 3.18      Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18, (a) the Company Group is and has been for the past three (3) years in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws; (b) the Company Group maintains, and is and has been for the past three (3) years in compliance in all material respects with, all permits required by applicable Environmental Laws for the ownership, operation, maintenance and use of its assets and properties and the conduct of its business as currently operated (such permits, which, for avoidance of doubt, do not include Material Permits, the “Environmental Permits”), and all such Environmental Permits are in full force and effect; (c)  the Company Group has not received any written notice and is not subject to any Proceedings regarding any actual or alleged material violation by any member of the Company Group of, or material Liabilities of any member of the Company Group under, applicable Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, which notice remains unresolved; (d) no material Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing to suspend, revoke, terminate, cancel, withdraw, modify or limit any Environmental Permit; (e) no member of the Company Group has used, generated, stored, treated, disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, distributed or released any Hazardous Materials on the Leased Real Property or Rights-of-Way or any other location in quantities or in concentrations that require investigation or remediation by the Company Group pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws, where the cost of such investigation and/or remediation would reasonably be expected to result in a material Liability to the Company Group under Environmental Laws; (f) there are no Proceedings pending against any member of the Company Group under applicable Environmental Laws (of which such member of the Company Group has been served notice) which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a material Liability of the Company Group, and no member of the Company Group is subject to any outstanding judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Entity under applicable Environmental Laws which would reasonably be expected to result in a material Liability to the Company Group; (g) no member of the Company Group has expressly assumed, or provided any indemnification with respect to, any material Liability of any other Person under any Environmental Laws or relating to Hazardous Materials; and (h) Sellers have delivered to Buyer all environmental reports, audits and assessments and other material environmental documents bearing on any material Liability of any member of the Company Group and relating to the business of any member of the Company Group or the Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property or Rights-of-Way in its possession.

 

Section 3.19      Title to Assets. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19, the Company Group has good, valid and indefeasible title to, or, in the case of leased or subleased tangible personal property, a valid and binding leasehold interest in, or, in the case of licensed tangible personal property, a valid license in, all of its tangible personal property that is material to the Company Group, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

Section 3.20      Condition of Assets. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20, all equipment and vehicles that are material to the Company Group’s business are, taking into account the age and history of such equipment and vehicles, in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and are usable in the Ordinary Course of Business, except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to materially impair the business of the Company Group as currently conducted.

 

35

 

 

Section 3.21      Affiliate Transactions. Schedule 3.21 sets forth a list of all services provided within the last twelve (12) months to any member of the Company Group by Hillstone Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than any member of the Company Group) and by any member of the Company Group to Hillstone Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than any member of the Company Group), and the charges assessed for all services provided during such time. Except for employment agreements, the Governing Documents of each member of the Company Group, any GGC Permitted Funding or as disclosed in Schedule 3.21, there are no loans, Leases, commitments, guarantees, agreements or other transactions, understandings or arrangements (oral or written) between any member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and any Affiliate thereof or any current or former director, officer, stockholder/equityholder, or employee of such member of the Company Group or any immediate family member or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, on the other hand.

 

Section 3.22      Customers and Suppliers.

 

(a)           Schedule 3.22 sets forth a list of the ten (10) largest customers and ten (10) largest suppliers of the Company Group, as measured by the dollar amount of purchases or sales, as applicable, during twelve (12) months ending June 30, 2019.

 

(b)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22, from the Latest Balance Sheet until the date of this Agreement, no customer or supplier listed on Schedule 3.22 has terminated or materially altered (including any material reductions in the rate or material increases in the prices charged or paid, but excluding any such reductions or increases resulting from factors generally affecting the industries or markets in which the Company Group operates) its relationship with the Company Group and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no customer or supplier listed on Schedule 3.22 has notified any member of the Company Group in writing of its intent to terminate its relationship with the Company Group.

 

Section 3.23      Books and Records. The books of account, minute books, stockholder and other records of each member of the Company Group have been maintained in accordance with applicable Law and in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

Section 3.24      Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.24, there are no Liabilities of any member of the Company Group that would be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the business of the Company Group or in the notes thereto in accordance with GAAP except for (a) Liabilities set forth in the Latest Balance Sheet, as described in the Financial Statements or as expressly required under the XTO Contract; (b) Liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the Latest Balance Sheet; (c) Liabilities which have been incurred in connection with the negotiation or consummation of this Agreement; or (d) Liabilities (other than to the extent attributable to Permitted Capital Expenditures) which, in the aggregate, are not material to the Company Group, taken as a whole.

 

Section 3.25      Bank Accounts. Schedule 3.25 contains a true, correct and complete list of each deposit or securities account and each safety and deposit box maintained by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group with any bank, brokerage house or other financial institution, specifying with respect to each the name and address of the institution, the name under which the account is maintained, the account number, and the name and title or capacity of each Person authorized to have access thereto.

 

Article IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

 

As an inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, each Seller (severally, and not jointly) hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that the following representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement (except, as to any representations and warranties that specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date):

 

36

 

 

Section 4.1        Organization; Authority; Enforceability. Such Seller is an exempted limited partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware or the Cayman Islands, as applicable, and qualified to do business as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which the character of its properties, or in which the transaction of its business, makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing (or equivalent) would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on such Seller’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Such Seller has the exempted limited partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. No other exempted limited partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, proceedings on the part of such Seller are necessary to approve and authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Seller and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of such Seller, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

Section 4.2        Noncontravention. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by such Seller do not (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a default under (whether with or without the giving of notice, the passage of time or both), (c) result in a violation of, (d) give any third party the right to terminate or accelerate, or cause any termination or acceleration of, any material right or obligation under, (e) result in the creation of any Lien upon the Direct Company Interests or applicable Blocker Interests, as applicable, under, or (f) require any approval from, or filing with, any Governmental Entity under or pursuant to, the Governing Documents of such Seller, or any Law, order or material Contract to which such Seller is bound or subject, except, with respect to any Law, order or Contract, as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on such Seller’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 4.3        Ownership. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3, such Seller holds the Direct Company Interests or applicable Blocker Interests, as applicable, free and clear of all Liens other than Securities Liens. Except for the Reorganization Agreements or as set forth on Schedule 4.3, such Seller is not a party to (a) any option, warrant, purchase right or other Contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require such Seller to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Direct Company Interests or applicable Blocker Interests, as applicable, or (b) any voting trust, proxy, or other Contract or understanding with respect to the voting of the Direct Company Interests or applicable Blocker Interests, as applicable.

 

Section 4.4         Litigation. There is no Proceeding pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, before any Governmental Entity (of which such Seller has been served notice), against or affecting such Seller or any of its properties or rights with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.5        Brokerage. Except for arrangements with Tudor Pickering Holt & Co and Jefferies LLC for which Sellers shall be solely responsible or which will be included in the calculation of Transaction Expenses, there are no claims for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of such Seller.

 

37

 

 

Article V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GGC BLOCKERS

 

As an inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, each GGC Blocker (severally, and not jointly) hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that the following representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement (except, as to any representations and warranties that specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date):

 

 

Section 5.1         Organization; Authority; Enforceability. Such GGC Blocker is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware and qualified to do business as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which the character of its properties, or in which the transaction of its business, makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing (or equivalent) would not be reasonably likely to have a material impact on such GGC Blocker’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Such GGC Blocker has the limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. No other limited liability company proceedings on the part of such GGC Blocker is necessary to approve and authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such GGC Blocker and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of such GGC Blocker, enforceable against such GGC Blocker in accordance with its terms, except as such may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

Section 5.2         Noncontravention. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.2, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by such GGC Blocker does not (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a default under (whether with or without the giving of notice, the passage of time or both), (c) result in a violation of, (d) give any third party the right to terminate or accelerate, or cause any termination or acceleration of, any material right or obligation under, (e) result in the creation of any Lien upon the Blocker Interests under, or (f) other than the filings required pursuant to Section 7.2, require any approval from, or filing with, any Governmental Entity under or pursuant to, (x) the Governing Documents of such GGC Blocker or (y) any Law, order or Contract to which such GGC Blocker is bound or subject, other than, in the case of clause (y), as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on such GGC Blocker’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 5.3        Capitalization. All Blocker Interests of such GGC Blocker have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and, following the Pre-Closing Reorganization, will be owned beneficially and of record by the Selling Blocker Equityholders, in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than Security Liens (but which Security Liens were complied with in connection the transfer by the Selling Blocker Equityholders of the Blocker Interests to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.1). Such GGC Blocker has no outstanding options or other rights to acquire from any Acquired Entity, and no obligation to sell, any Blocker Interest or other capital stock or voting securities of any Acquired Entity or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Interests or other capital stock or voting securities of any member of the Company Group.

 

Section 5.4        Holding Company Status. As of the date hereof, such GGC Blocker’s only assets (excluding Equity Interests in (a) pass-through fund vehicles established by GGC and (b) HEP ShaleApps) are its indirect Equity Interests in the Company. Following the Pre-Closing Reorganization, such GGC Blocker’s only assets will be the Indirect Company Interests. Such GGC Blocker has not engaged in any operations other than holding indirect Equity Interests in the Company, indirect Equity Interests in HEP ShaleApps and the Indirect Company Interests. Such GGC Blocker has not entered into any Contract other than pursuant to the Reorganization Agreements, this Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby. Such GGC Blocker has no Liabilities other than with respect to current and accrued income and franchise Taxes and fees related to services provided by its registered agent.

 

38

 

 

Section 5.5        Tax Matters.

 

(a)           Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5(a), such GGC Blocker has complied in all material respects with all Laws relating to Taxes, timely filed all material Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to it pursuant to applicable Laws, such Tax Returns are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects and have been prepared in compliance with all applicable Laws. Such GGC Blocker has paid all material amounts of Taxes due and payable by it (whether or not shown as payable on any Tax Return). All Taxes of such GGC Blocker not yet due and payable have been fully accrued on the books of such GGC Blocker. There are no Liens for Taxes on any assets of any member of such GGC Blocker, other than Permitted Liens. Such GGC Blocker has withheld (or collected) and paid all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld (or collected) and paid in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, equityholder or other third party and all material sales, use, ad valorem and value added Taxes. Within the last five (5) years, no written claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where such GGC Blocker does not file Tax Returns that such GGC Blocker is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

 

(b)           Except as set forth and identified on Schedule 5.5(b), in the last three (3) years, such GGC Blocker has not been audited by any federal, state or local Taxing Authority, and there is no material Tax Proceeding in progress, pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of or with respect to, such GGC Blocker. Such GGC Blocker has not commenced a voluntary disclosure Proceeding in any state or local or non-U.S. jurisdiction that has not been fully resolved or settled.

 

(c)           Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5(c), such GGC Blocker has not waived, extended, or agreed to extend any applicable statute of limitations relating to any Tax assessment or deficiency of such GGC Blocker, in each case, which extension is currently in effect.

 

(d)           Such GGC Blocker has never been a member of any Affiliated Group. Such GGC Blocker is not liable for Taxes of any other Person as a result of successor Liability, transferee Liability, joint or several Liability. Such GGC Blocker is not party to any Tax Sharing Agreements.

 

(e)           Such GGC Blocker does not have a request for a private letter ruling, a request for administrative relief, a request for technical advice, a request for a change of any method of accounting, or other request pending with any Governmental Entity that relates to the Taxes or Tax Returns of such GGC Blocker. No power of attorney granted by such GGC Blocker with respect to any Taxes is currently in force. Such GGC Blocker has not executed or filed with any Governmental Entity any agreement or other document extending or having the effect of extending the statute of limitations for assessment, collection or other imposition of any Tax.

 

(f)            Such GGC Blocker has not been, in the past five (5) years, a party to a transaction reported or intended to qualify as a reorganization under Section 368 of the Code. Such GGC Blocker has not constituted a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of shares that was reported or otherwise constitute a distribution of shares under Section 355(i) of the Code in the two (2) years prior to the date of this Agreement or that could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) that includes the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

39

 

 

(g)           Such GGC Blocker has not engaged in any listed transaction as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

 

(h)           Such GGC Blocker is not subject to a material Tax holiday or Tax incentive or grant in any jurisdiction.

 

(i)            Such GGC Blocker is, and has since inception been, treated as a corporation for U.S. federal Income Tax purposes.

 

(j)            Such GGC Blocker is not required to include an item of income, or exclude an item of deduction, for any Post-Closing Tax Period (determined with regard to the transactions contemplated hereby) as a result of (i) an installment sale transaction occurring on or before the Closing governed by Section 453 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Laws); (ii) a transaction occurring on or before the Closing reported as an open transaction for U.S. federal Income Tax purposes (or any similar doctrine under state, local, or non-U.S. Laws); (iii) any prepaid amounts or deferred revenue; (iv) a change in method of accounting with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or as a result of an impermissible method used in a Pre-Closing Tax Period); (v) an agreement entered into with any Governmental Entity (including a “closing agreement” under Section 7121 of the Code) on or prior to the Closing Date; or (vi) the application of Section 263A of the Code(or any similar provision of state, local, or non-U.S. Laws). Such GGC Blocker has not made an election (including a protective election) pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code. Such GGC Blocker does not currently use the cash method of accounting for Income Tax purposes. Such GGC Blocker does not have any “long-term contracts” that are subject to a method of accounting provided for in Section 460 of the Code or has any deferred income pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 2004-34, Treasury Regulation Section 1.451-5, Section 455 of the Code, or Section 456 of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state or local law). Such GGC Blocker has not made an election under Section 965(h) of the Code to pay any Tax imposed under Section 965 of the Code in a taxable period ending after the Closing Date.

 

Section 5.6        Litigation. There is no Proceeding pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, before any Governmental Entity (of which such GGC Blocker has been served notice), against or affecting such GGC Blocker or any of its properties or rights with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 5.7        Brokerage. Except for arrangements with Tudor Pickering Holt & Co and Jefferies LLC for which Sellers shall be solely responsible or which will be included in the calculation of Transaction Expenses, there are no claims for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of such GGC Blockers.

 

Section 5.8        Employees and Employee Benefits. Such GGC Blocker does not have and has never had any employees. Such GGC Blocker does not sponsor, maintain or contribute to, and has never sponsored, maintained or contributed to, or been required to sponsor, maintain or contribute to, any Company Employee Benefit Plans or any other employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements.

 

Article VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND BUYER PARENT

 

As an inducement to Sellers to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, each of Buyer and Buyer Parent hereby represents and warrants that each of the following representations are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date:

 

40

 

 

Section 6.1         Organization; Authority; Enforceability. Buyer is a limited liability company duly incorporated under the Laws of the State of Colorado and Buyer Parent is a limited partnership duly incorporated under the Laws of the State of Delaware, with the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby to be executed and delivered by Buyer and Buyer Parent and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of Buyer and Buyer Parent and no other proceedings on the part of Buyer or Buyer Parent are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the other agreements contemplated hereby. This Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby to be executed and delivered by Buyer and Buyer Parent constitute valid and binding obligations of Buyer and Buyer Parent, enforceable against Buyer and Buyer Parent in accordance with its terms, except as such may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

Section 6.2        Noncontravention. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by each of Buyer and Buyer Parent do not (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a default under (whether with or without the giving of notice, the passage of time or both), (c) result in a violation of, (d) give any third party the right to terminate or accelerate, or cause any termination or acceleration of, any material right or obligation under, or (e) require any approval from, or filing with, any Governmental Entity under or pursuant to, the Governing Documents of Buyer or Buyer Parent, or any Law, order or material Contract to which Buyer or Buyer Parent is bound or subject.

 

Section 6.3        Brokerage. Except for arrangements for which Buyer or Buyer Parent, as applicable, shall be solely responsible, there are no claims for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of Buyer.

 

Section 6.4        Litigation. There is no Proceeding pending before any Governmental Entity against or affecting Buyer, Buyer Parent or any of their respective properties or rights with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 6.5        Solvency. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Article III, Article IV, and Article V, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the receipt of any financing, and any repayment or refinancing of debt, payment of all amounts required to be paid in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and payment of all related fees and expenses, Buyer, Buyer Parent and the Acquired Entities will be Solvent immediately after consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 6.6        Investment Intent.

 

(a)           Each of Buyer and Buyer Parent understands and acknowledges that the acquisition of the Purchased Equity involves substantial risk. Buyer, Buyer Parent and their respective Representatives have experience as investors in Equity Interests and other securities of companies such as the ones being purchased pursuant to this Agreement, and Buyer and Buyer Parent can bear the economic risk of its investment (which Buyer and Buyer Parent acknowledges may be for an indefinite period) and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that each of Buyer and Buyer Parent is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its respective investment in the Purchased Equity.

 

(b)           Buyer is acquiring the Purchased Equity for its own account, for investment purposes only and not with a view toward, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, or with any present intention of distributing or selling any Purchased Equity, in each case, in violation of the federal securities Laws, any applicable foreign or state securities Laws or any other applicable Law.

 

41

 

 

(c)           Each of Buyer and Buyer Parent qualifies as an “accredited investor,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

(d)           Each of Buyer and Buyer Parent understands and acknowledges that the Purchased Equity has not been registered under the Securities Act, any United States state securities Laws or any other applicable foreign Law. Each of Buyer and Buyer Parent acknowledges that such securities may not be transferred, sold, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act and any other provision of applicable United States federal, United States state, or other Law or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom. Each of Buyer and Buyer Parent acknowledges that there is no public market for the Purchased Equity and that there can be no assurance that a public market will develop.

 

Section 6.7        Funds. On or prior to the date hereof, Buyer has delivered to Seller Representative true and complete signed counterpart(s) of (a) commitment letter(s), dated as of the date hereof, providing for debt financing in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and a redacted version of all related fee letters (with only the fee amount, cap and securities demand provisions redacted, such commitment letters and fee letters, collectively, the “Debt Commitment Letters”); and (b) the Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Buyer Parent and the purchasers thereto (the “Class D Preferred Agreement”), providing for a preferred equity investment of up to $200,000,000.00 by the purchasers thereof (the “Preferred Investment”), which debt financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters, together with the Preferred Investment, shall be sufficient to pay in cash the Initial Purchase Price (as may be adjusted after the Closing pursuant to Section 2.4) in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other amounts to be paid by Buyer hereunder. As of the date hereof, the Debt Commitment Letters and the Preferred Investment are in full force and effect, are not subject to any contingencies or conditions that are not set forth therein, have not been withdrawn, terminated or rescinded, or otherwise amended, modified or supplemented in any respect (and no such amendment, withdrawal, termination or rescission is contemplated), and, with respect to the Debt Commitment Letters in the form provided to Seller Representative, constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer, and to the knowledge of Buyer, each other party thereto, except as the same may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally or (ii) applicable equitable principles (whether considered in an action at law or in equity or otherwise). Other than the Debt Commitment Letters (and related fee letters), neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates has entered into any Contract or arrangement which imposes any contingencies or conditions which would reasonably be expected to delay or prevent the funding of the debt financing contemplated by such Debt Commitment Letters or pursuant to which any Person has the right to withdraw, terminate or rescind, or otherwise amend, modify or supplement the terms of such commitments. As of the date hereof (and assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Article III, Article IV and Article V hereof), to Buyer’s Knowledge, no event has occurred that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach under any term or condition (as applicable) of any of the Debt Commitment Letters or the Preferred Investment, and Buyer has no reasonable basis to believe that any portion of the financing pursuant to the Debt Commitment Letters or the Preferred Investment will not be available at Closing or that consummation of the debt financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by Buyer and Buyer Parent is prohibited by or conflicts with any of the material indebtedness of Buyer Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. Buyer or an Affiliate thereof on its behalf has fully paid any and all commitment or other fees required by the Debt Commitment Letters to be paid by the date hereof and has sufficient cash or readily available funds to pay any other fees required by the Debt Commitment Letters and the Preferred Investment when due. Buyer has not entered into any obligation, commitment, restriction or Liability of any kind that might reasonably be expected to impair or adversely affect its ability to have such debt financing or equity financing as set forth in the Debt Commitment Letters and the Preferred Investment, respectively, immediately available as of the Closing Date.

 

42

 

 

Section 6.8        Customers and Suppliers. Neither Buyer, Buyer Parent nor any of their respective employees, agents, Representatives, financing sources or Affiliates has, without the prior written consent of Hillstone Parent, directly or indirectly contacted any officer, director, employee, shareholder, supplier, distributor, customer or other material business relation of any member of the Company Group prior to the date hereof for the purposes of discussing any member of the Company Group in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 6.9      Buyer Parent Undertaking. A true and complete copy of the Buyer Parent Undertaking has been attached hereto in the form of Exhibit H. The execution and delivery of the Buyer Parent Undertaking by Buyer Parent has been duly authorized in accordance with the Governing Documents of Buyer Parent. No other corporate proceedings on the part of Buyer Parent are necessary to approve and authorize and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Buyer Parent Undertaking.

 

Article VII
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

Section 7.1      Interim Covenants.

 

(a)           Affirmative and Negative Covenants of the Company. From the date hereof until the earlier of (x) the date this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article VIII and (y) the Closing Date, unless Buyer shall otherwise consent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and except for the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreements, the Hillstone Asset Assignment, the IP Assignment or as otherwise contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, including as permitted by Section 7.12, each member of the Company Group shall operate its business in the Ordinary Course of Business and no member of the Company Group shall take or omit to take any action that would have required disclosure pursuant to Section 3.6 if such action had been taken after the date of the Latest Balance Sheet and prior to the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing contained in this Agreement shall: (A) give Buyer, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct in any manner the operations of any member of the Company Group prior to the Closing; (B) prohibit or restrict any member of the Company Group’s ability to make withdrawals, borrow funds or make payments or pre-payments under any agreement related to Indebtedness (including any revolving line of credit or similar facility) or to incur any additional Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (including any GGC Permitted Funding provided that Seller Representative shall provide Buyer written notice of such GGC Permitted Funding promptly after the funding thereof) for purposes of funding (without any obligation to incur) any Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Capital Expenditures for the applicable calendar quarter attributable thereto as set forth on the Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Matters Schedule; (C) prohibit or restrict any member of the Company Group from hiring or terminating the employment of any employee in the Ordinary Course of Business; (D) prohibit or restrict any member of the Company Group from making Capital Expenditures in the Ordinary Course of Business, any Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Capital Expenditures for the applicable calendar quarter attributable thereto as set forth on the Post-Effective Time Reimbursable Matters Schedule or any other Permitted Capital Expenditures; (E) restrict the ability of any member of the Company Group to declare or pay any Cash dividends or distributions prior to the Closing provided that Seller Representative shall have provided Buyer prior written notice of any such dividend or distribution; or (F) prohibit or restrict any issuance of Equity Interests in any member of the Company Group to Hillstone Parent or any other member of the Company Group to the extent attributable to any cash capital contributions made by Hillstone Parent or on behalf of Hillstone Parent as described in the definition of “Post-Effective Time Capital Contribution Reimbursement Amount.”

 

43

 

 

(b)           Reasonable Best Efforts. From the date hereof until the earlier of (A) the date this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article VIII and (B) the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Period”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and to applicable legal requirements, the parties hereto shall cooperate and use their respective reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and do, or cause to be done, and assist and cooperate with the other parties hereto in doing, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable on its part under this Agreement and applicable Laws to consummate and make effective as soon as practicable, the transactions contemplated hereby, including the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.6, preparation and filing as promptly as practicable all documentation to effect all necessary notices, reports, and other filings and to obtain as soon as practicable all consents, registrations, approvals, permits, and authorizations necessary or advisable to be obtained from any third party or any Governmental Entity in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; provided that no party hereto nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to incur any monetary obligation in securing any third party consent under any Contract of the Acquired Entities required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(c)           Access to Information.

 

(i)            During the Pre-Closing Period, upon reasonable prior notice, Sellers shall, and shall cause the Company to, afford the Representatives of Buyer reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the properties, books and records of key personnel, independent accountants, legal counsel, offices and other facilities and properties of the Acquired Entities, in each case, to the extent such properties, books and records relate to, and are in the possession of, the Acquired Entities, and furnish to the Representatives of Buyer such additional financial and operating data and other information regarding the business of the Company Group as Buyer or its Representatives may from time to time reasonably request for purposes of consummating the transactions and preparing to operate the business of the Company Group following the Closing, in each case at the sole cost and expense of Buyer. BUYER SHALL PROTECT, DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS SELLERS, THEIR AFFILIATES (INCLUDING, PRIOR TO THE CLOSING, THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES) AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, MANAGERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, PARTNERS, MEMBERS, EQUITYHOLDERS, COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANTS, FINANCIAL ADVISORS, ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS AND OTHER ADVISORS AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL PROCEEDINGS, LIABILITIES AND LOSSES ARISING OUT OF, RESULTING FROM, OR CAUSED BY, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF BUYER, ITS AFFILIATES, OR ANY PERSON ACTING ON EITHER BUYER’S OR ITS AFFILIATES’ BEHALF IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DUE DILIGENCE CONDUCTED PURSUANT TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ANY SITE VISITS; PROVIDED THAT THE FOREGOING INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY SUCH LOSSES TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OF ANY OF THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND REPRESENTATIVES. The foregoing indemnification and hold harmless obligation shall survive the Closing or termination of this Agreement. Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply fully with all rules, regulations, policies and instructions, including all health and safety policies and procedures, issued by any member of the Company Group or any third-party operator and provided to Buyer regarding the Buyer’s actions while upon, entering or leaving any property, including any insurance requirements that any member of the Company Group reasonably may impose on contractors authorized to perform work on any property owned or operated by any member of the Company Group.

 

(ii)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary:

 

44

 

 

(A)            in no event shall Sellers, the Company or their respective Affiliates be obligated to provide any (1) access or information in violation of any applicable Law, (2) information with respect to bids, the identity of any bidder, confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements, letters of intent, expressions of interest or other proposals received in connection with transactions comparable to those contemplated by this Agreement or any information or analysis relating to any such communications, (3) information the disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to jeopardize any applicable privilege (including the attorney-client privilege) available to any of Sellers, any Acquired Entity or any of their respective Affiliates relating to such information, (4) information the disclosure of which would cause Sellers, any Acquired Entity or any of their respective Affiliates to breach a confidentiality obligation to which it is bound or (5) any Tax Return of Sellers or their respective Affiliates (other than the Acquired Entities); provided that, in event the restrictions in the foregoing clauses (1), (3) or (4) apply, Seller Representative (x) shall provide, and shall cause the Company to provide, Buyer with a reasonably detailed description of the information not so provided pursuant to this Section 7.1(c)(ii)(A), and (y) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, and shall cause the Company to use commercially reasonable efforts to, cooperate in good faith to implement alternative disclosure arrangements to enable Buyer to verify compliance with this Section 7.1(c)(ii)(A) by Sellers and the Company solely to the extent such actions by Seller Representative and the Company in preceding clauses (x) and (y) would not be reasonably expected to result in the violation of such Law or confidentiality obligation or jeopardizing such privilege;

 

(B)            the investigation contemplated by Section 7.1(c)(i) shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the businesses, personnel or operations of any of Sellers, any member of the Acquired Entities or any of their respective Affiliates, and shall not include any Phase II environmental site assessments or any invasive or intrusive investigations or other testing, analysis or sampling (including with respect to environmental matters);

 

(C)            the auditors and accountants of any of Sellers, any Acquired Entity or any of their respective Affiliates shall not be obligated to make any work papers available to any Person except in accordance with such auditors’ and accountants’ normal disclosure procedures and then only after such Person has signed a customary agreement relating to such access to work papers in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such auditors or accountants; and

 

(D)            if so requested by Sellers on advice of outside counsel, Buyer shall enter into a customary joint defense agreement or common interest agreement with Sellers, the Acquired Entities or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to any information provided to Buyer, or to which Buyer gains access, pursuant to this Section 7.1(c)(ii)(D) or otherwise.

 

(d)           Communications. Prior to the Closing, and except in connection with the obligations under Section 7.15, without the prior written consent of Sellers (which each Seller may withhold for any reason or no reason whatsoever in its discretion), Buyer shall not (and shall not permit any of its Affiliates or its or their respective employees, counsel, accountants, consultants, financing sources or other Representatives to) (i) contact any supplier, customer, distributor, contractor or employee of any member of the Company Group, or any Affiliate thereof, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or engage in any discussions with any supplier, customer, distributor, contractor or employee of any member of the Company Group, or any Affiliate thereof, in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby, or to otherwise discuss the business or operations of the Company Group, or (ii) make any announcement or communication to any supplier, customer, distributor, contractor or employee of any member of the Company Group.

 

45

 

 

Section 7.2      Antitrust Laws.

 

(a)           Each of Buyer, Buyer Parent and Sellers will (i) cause the Notification and Report Forms required pursuant to the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby to be filed as soon as possible, but no later than eight (8) Business Days after the date of execution of this Agreement, (ii) request early termination of the waiting period relating to such HSR Act filings, (iii) supply as promptly as reasonably practicable any additional information and documentary material that may be requested by a Governmental Entity pursuant to the HSR Act, and (iv) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to cause the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby as soon as reasonably practicable. The Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly obtain, and to cooperate with each other to promptly obtain, all authorizations, approvals, clearances, consents, actions or non-actions of any Governmental Entity in connection with the above filings, applications or notifications. Each Party and Buyer Parent shall promptly inform the other Parties of any material communication between itself (including its Representatives) and any Governmental Entity regarding any of the transactions contemplated hereby. If a Party, Buyer Parent or any of its respective Affiliates receives any formal or informal request for supplemental information or documentary material from any Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, then such Party (or Buyer Parent, if applicable) shall make, or cause to be made, as soon as reasonably practicable, a response in compliance with such request (subject to the terms hereof). Buyer and Buyer Parent shall, and shall cause its respective Affiliates to, pay all fees and make other payments required by applicable Law to any Governmental Entity in order to obtain any such approvals, consents, or orders, otherwise each Party and Buyer Parent shall pay its own preparation costs and expenses; provided, however, the fees and expenses incurred by the Acquired Entities under this Section 7.2 (expressly excluding the HSR filing fees) related to the transactions contemplated hereby shall be a Transaction Expense.

 

(b)           Seller Representative and Buyer shall keep each other apprised of the status of matters relating to the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, to the extent permissible, promptly furnish the other with copies of notices or other communications between Sellers or Buyer (including their respective Affiliates and Representatives), as the case may be, and any third party or Governmental Entity with respect to such transactions. Seller Representative, on the one hand, and Buyer or Buyer Parent, as applicable, on the other hand, shall give the other party hereto and its counsel a reasonable opportunity to review in advance, to the extent permissible, and consider in good faith the views and input of the other party hereto in connection with, any proposed material written communication to any Governmental Entity relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party hereto agrees not to participate in any substantive meeting, conference, or discussion, either in person or by telephone, with any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement unless it consults with the other party hereto in advance and, to the extent not prohibited by such Governmental Entity, gives the other party hereto the opportunity to attend and participate.

 

(c)           Each of Buyer, Buyer Parent and Sellers shall use reasonable best efforts to resolve objections, if any, as may be asserted by any Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR Act, the Sherman Act, as amended, the Clayton Act, as amended, the Federal Trade Commission Act, as amended, and any other United States federal or state or foreign statutes, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, administrative or judicial doctrines or other Laws that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade or constituting anticompetitive conduct (collectively, the “Antitrust Laws”). Subject to the other terms of this Section 7.2(c), each of Buyer, Buyer Parent and Sellers shall use reasonable best efforts to take such action as may be required to cause the expiration of the notice periods under the HSR Act or other Antitrust Laws with respect to such transactions as promptly as possible after the execution of this Agreement. In connection with and without limiting the foregoing, each of Buyer and Buyer Parent agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take promptly any and all steps necessary to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any Antitrust Laws that may be asserted by any federal, state and local and non-United States antitrust or competition authority, so as to enable the Parties to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as expeditiously as possible (each, a “Remedial Action”), including by (x) committing to and/or effecting, by consent decree, hold separate order or otherwise, the sale or disposition of such assets, securities, facilities or other properties as are required to be divested in order to facilitate the expiration or termination of the HSR Act waiting period and otherwise obtain all applicable merger control clearances under the HSR Act or other Antitrust Laws and (y) contesting and resisting and seeking to have vacated, lifted, reversed or overturned any order of any Governmental Entity that is in effect that prohibits, prevents or restricts the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall be required (i) to hold separate (including by trust or otherwise) or divest any of their respective businesses, product lines or assets, (ii) to agree to any limitation on the operation or conduct of their respective businesses or (iii) to waive any of the conditions set forth in Section 2.6 (any such action or limitation described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) are referred to as a “Restriction”, other than Restrictions that solely apply to the business of the Company Group from and after the Closing Date and that relates solely to physical assets of the Company Group (such Restrictions, the “Target Restrictions”)). For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer shall be entitled to all proceeds of any divestiture or Target Restriction that is required by this Section 7.2 if the Closing occurs and Sellers shall be entitled to the Initial Purchase Price, as adjusted for the Final Purchase Price.

 

46

 

 

(d)           During the Pre-Closing Period, each of Buyer and Buyer Parent shall not, and shall cause its respective Affiliates and ultimate parent entities not to, acquire or agree to acquire, by merging with or into or consolidating with, or by purchasing a portion of the assets of or equity in, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets or Equity Interests, if the entering into of a definitive agreement relating to, or the consummation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation would reasonably be expected to, (i) impose any material delay in the obtaining of, or materially increase the risk of not obtaining, any consents of any Governmental Entity necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period; (ii) materially increase the risk of any Governmental Entity seeking or entering an order prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) materially increase the risk of not being able to remove any such order on appeal or otherwise; or (iv) materially delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 7.3        R&W Insurance Policy.

 

(a)           Buyer has acquired a binding agreement (the “Binder Agreement”) to be issued at Closing of a buyer-side representation and warranty insurance policy (the “R&W Insurance Policy”), attached as Exhibit I, naming Buyer as the “named insured”. Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy the conditions set forth in the Binder Agreement to ensure that the R&W Insurance Policy is fully bound and in full force and effect at the Closing.

 

(b)           In connection with the R&W Insurance Policy, Buyer covenants and agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts not to, and to ensure that its Affiliates do not, take any action (or omit to take any action) the effect of which would, or could reasonably be expected to, void, materially impair or otherwise abrogate any of the coverages provided or made available pursuant to or under the R&W Insurance Policy and Buyer covenants and agrees not to, and to ensure that its Affiliates do not, amend the subrogation provisions in the R&W Insurance Policy in a manner adverse to Sellers. The cost of obtaining the R&W Insurance Policy, including all premiums and any related brokers fees, shall be paid by Buyer at or prior to the Closing. From and after the Closing, Buyer shall notify Seller Representative in connection with any claim made by Buyer under the R&W Insurance Policy and to the extent requested in writing, Seller Representative shall, and shall cause Sellers and their Affiliates to, at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, use good faith efforts to reasonably cooperate with Buyer in connection with any claim made by such Person under the R&W Insurance Policy.

 

47

 

 

 

Section 7.4      Survival; Exclusive Remedy.

 

(a)            None of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement (or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto) shall survive the Closing, other than each covenant and agreement set forth in this Agreement that by its terms is to be performed at or following the Closing, which shall survive the Closing until fully performed. No party hereto or any of its respective Affiliates shall have any Liability with respect to any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement from and after the time that such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement ceases to survive hereunder; provided that, the foregoing shall not limit (i) any claim or recovery that may be available to Buyer under the R&W Insurance Policy or (ii) any claim of Fraud.

 

(b)            From and after the Closing, the remedies provided in Section 2.4, Section 7.4(a) and Section 7.5 shall be the sole and exclusive remedies for any and all claims against any party hereto to the extent arising under, out of, related to or in connection with this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to Section 2.4(b), this Section 7.4, Article VIII and Section 9.10, each party hereto hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action that it or any of their respective Affiliates may have against the other party hereto or any of its Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, whether under any contract, misrepresentation, tort, or strict liability theory, or under applicable Law, and whether in Law or in equity.

 

Section 7.5      Certain Tax Matters.

 

(a)            Buyer shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns of the Acquired Entities required to be filed after the Closing Date. To the extent any Pass-Through Tax Return required to be filed after the Closing Date relates to a Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any Straddle Period), Buyer shall cause such Tax Returns to be prepared in a manner consistent with the applicable Acquired Entity’s past practice and deliver a copy of each such Pass-Through Tax Return to Seller Representative for review and approval no later than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return (taking into account applicable extensions). No failure or delay of Buyer in providing such Tax Returns for Seller Representative to review shall reduce or otherwise affect the obligations or Liabilities of Sellers pursuant to this Agreement except to the extent Sellers are actually prejudiced by such delay or failure. Buyer shall incorporate all reasonable comments received from Seller Representative prior to the due date for filing any such Tax Return (taking into account applicable extensions); provided that, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall use the “interim closing method” under Section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to any applicable Straddle Period Tax Return of the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided, further, that the Company (and any of its applicable Subsidiaries) shall, in Buyer’s sole discretion, make an election under Section 754 of the Code for the taxable year of the Company (or any such Subsidiaries) including the Closing Date. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.5(a), Sellers, at their sole cost and expense, shall be solely responsible for filing all of the Tax Returns required to be filed by any Seller and paying all of the Taxes due and owing by any Seller (including to the extent attributable to income of the Company Group that flows up to Sellers).

 

(b)            Buyer shall notify Seller Representative of receipt of a written notice of any pending or threatened Tax Proceeding with respect to any Acquired Entity if such Tax Proceeding relates to any Pass-Through Tax Return, in each case for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any Straddle Period) (“Tax Contest”). Seller Representative shall have the right, at its own expense, to elect in writing, within ten (10) calendar days of receiving Buyer’s notice, to control any Tax Contest with respect to a Pass-Through Tax Return for a taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date (“Seller Tax Contest”). Buyer shall have the right to participate in any Seller Tax Contest at Buyer’s expense. Seller Representative shall not settle any Seller Tax Contest without the prior written consent of Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Buyer shall control any Tax Contests that are not Seller Tax Contests (“Buyer Tax Contest”). Seller Representative shall be kept informed by Buyer with respect to any Buyer Tax Contest and shall have the right to participate in any Buyer Tax Contest at Seller Representative’s expense. Buyer shall not settle any Buyer Tax Contest without the prior written consent of Seller Representative (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

48

 

 

(c)            Each party hereto shall cooperate (and cause its Affiliates to cooperate) fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by each other party hereto, in connection with the preparation and filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Section 7.5 and any Tax Contest with respect to Taxes and payments in respect thereof. Such cooperation shall include the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such Tax Contest and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Following the Closing, Buyer agrees to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Acquired Entities relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Seller Representative, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Taxing Authority. Each party hereto shall furnish the other Parties with copies of all relevant correspondence received from any Taxing Authority in connection with any Tax Contest.

 

(d)            All transfer, documentary, sales, use, value added, goods and services, stamp, registration, notarial fees and other similar Taxes and fees (collectively, “Transfer Taxes”), shall be paid 50% by Buyer and 50% by Seller, it being understood that Seller shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation pursuant to this Section 7.5(d) as a result of clause (e) in the definition of “Transaction Expenses.” Buyer will file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes, and, if required by applicable Law, Sellers and Buyer will, and will cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate and join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.

 

(e)            The Parties acknowledge and agree that Income Tax deductions in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including with respect to the payment of Transaction Expenses, any other compensatory payments, any unamortized capitalized financing costs and expenses relating to the Acquired Entities’ existing Indebtedness that will be paid at Closing (including any loan fees, any costs related to the redemption of any Indebtedness, any costs related to prepayment penalties or premiums and any accrued (and not previously deducted) original issue discount on any Indebtedness), shall be reported on the income Tax Returns of the Acquired Entities for the Pre-Closing Tax Period. In the case of any income Tax Return of any of the Acquired Entities that does not end on the Closing Date, such expenses shall be allocated to the Pre-Closing Tax Period.

 

(f)            The Parties agree that the purchase and sale of the Direct Company Interests is intended for all applicable Income Tax purposes to be treated as the purchase and sale of partnership interests. Within sixty (60) days of the determination of the Final Working Capital, Buyer shall provide to Seller Representative a schedule allocating the Final Purchase Price among the assets of the Company Group (the “Purchase Price Allocation Schedule”) for Seller Representative’s review and consent. The Purchase Price Allocation Schedule will be prepared in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Code. Any disagreement with respect to the Purchase Price Allocation Schedule that cannot be resolved by the Parties shall be resolved by the Valuation Firm pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b). The Parties shall make appropriate adjustments to the Purchase Price Allocation Schedule to reflect adjustments to the Final Purchase Price. The Parties agree for all Tax reporting purposes (including Section 755 of the Code) to report the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the agreements herein and the Purchase Price Allocation Schedule, as adjusted pursuant to the preceding sentence, and not to take any position during the course of any audit or other Proceeding inconsistent with the agreements as to Tax treatment herein or with such schedule unless required by a determination of the applicable Governmental Entity that is final.

 

49

 

 

(g)            Any transactions occurring or actions taken on the Closing Date but after the Closing by, or with respect to, any Acquired Entity shall be treated (and consistently reported by the Parties) as occurring in a Post-Closing Tax Period.

 

(h)            Buyer shall not, and shall not permit the Acquired Entities to, without the prior written consent of Seller Representative (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed): (i) file or amend any Tax Return relating to any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any Straddle Period) except in accordance with Section 7.5(a); (ii) voluntarily approach any Taxing Authority with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any Straddle Period); or (iii) make or change any Tax election or accounting method with respect to, or that has retroactive effect to, any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any Straddle Period); provided, that Buyer shall not be required to obtain the prior written consent of Seller Representative with respect to any such action that (x) arises incidentally as a result of Buyer’s filing of Tax Returns of an Acquired Entity with respect to a Post-Closing Tax Period consistent with the past practice of such Acquired Entity, or (y) is reasonably required in connection with an audit or other Tax Proceeding initiated by a Taxing Authority (which shall be governed by Section 7.5(b)).

 

Section 7.6      Press Release. Any press or other public release or public announcement concerning the transactions contemplated hereby shall not be issued by the parties hereto or their respective Affiliates and Representatives, in each case, without the consent of each of Buyer and Seller Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Except in connection with the procurement of any necessary consents, approvals, Payoff Letters and similar documentation, the parties hereto shall keep the terms of this Agreement confidential, except to the extent required by applicable Law and except that (a) the parties hereto may disclose such terms to their respective accountants, legal advisors, equityholders, employees and other Representatives as necessary in connection with the ordinary conduct of their respective businesses (so long as such Persons agree to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential) and (b) Buyer may disclose such terms to the other parties to the Debt Commitment Letters and the Class D Preferred Agreement to the extent necessary for Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters and the Preferred Investment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if any public release or public announcement is required by applicable Law or the rules of any stock exchange upon which any party hereto’s or their Affiliates’ securities are traded or quoted, no such consent is required if, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, the disclosing party hereto (or Affiliate thereof) uses its commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate or communicate such press release or public statement with Buyer or Seller Representative on behalf of the non-disclosing parties hereto, as applicable, prior to such public release or public announcement and (b) a party hereto (or Affiliate of a party hereto) may, without consultation or consent, issue a public release or public announcement that is consistent with the prior public releases or public announcements made in compliance with this Section 7.6; provided, that, with respect to immediately preceding clause (b), any usage of a party hereto (or its Affiliates’) name shall require the prior written consent of such party hereto.

 

Section 7.7      Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party hereto shall be liable for and pay all of its own costs and expenses (including attorneys’, accountants’ and investment bankers’ fees and other out-of-pocket expenses) in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, the performance of such party hereto’s obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; provided that, Buyer shall pay and be fully responsible for all (a) filing fees under the HSR Act and other Antitrust Laws and under any such other Laws applicable to Buyer and (b) to avoid any confusion, (i) fees, costs and expenses incurred in respect of the financing by Buyer and its Affiliates of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) fees, costs and expenses incurred in respect of the R&W Insurance Policy, (iii) 50% Transfer Taxes incurred in connection with this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.5(d) and (iv) fees, costs, and expenses of the Tail Policy in accordance with Section 7.9.

 

50

 

 

Section 7.8      Mutual Release.

 

(a)            Effective upon the Closing, each Seller, on its own behalf, and on behalf of its post-Closing Affiliates, hereby knowingly and voluntarily irrevocably waives, releases, and forever discharges, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each of the Acquired Entities from and against any and all rights, claims, defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, demands, Liabilities, and actions and causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which such Seller or its post-Closing Affiliates may have or assert now or in the future, against the Acquired Entities or any of their respective officers, directors, managers, partners, members, other equityholders, employees, agents, counsel, accountants, financial advisors, engineers, consultants, other advisors and successors and assigns of any of the foregoing, whether known or unknown, to the extent relating to any facts, conditions, transactions, events or circumstances prior to Closing, in each case, except in the event of Fraud of Buyer or Buyer Parent; provided that nothing contained in this Section 7.8(a) shall release, waive, relinquish, discharge or otherwise affect the rights or obligations of any party hereto to the extent arising under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents.

 

(b)            Effective upon the Closing, each Acquired Entity, on its own behalf, and on behalf of its post-Closing Affiliates, hereby knowingly and voluntarily irrevocably waives, releases, and forever discharges, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Seller and its post-Closing Affiliates from and against any and all rights, claims, defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, demands, Liabilities, and actions and causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which any such Acquired Entity or its post-Closing Affiliate may have or assert now or in the future, against the Acquired Entities or any of their respective officers, directors, managers, partners, members, other equityholders, employees, agents, counsel, accountants, financial advisors, engineers, consultants, other advisors and successors and assigns of any of the foregoing whether known or unknown, to the extent relating to any facts, conditions, transactions, events or circumstances prior to Closing, in each case, except in the event of Fraud of Sellers; provided that nothing contained in this Section 7.8(b) shall release, waive, relinquish, discharge or otherwise affect (i) the rights or obligations of any party to the extent arising or under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents or (ii) actions and causes of action which any such Acquired Entity or its post-Closing Affiliate may have against any employees, counsel, accountants, engineers and consultants of the Company Group and successors and assigns of any of the foregoing, in each case, to the extent relating to such Persons’ actual intentional fraud or embezzlement of funds against any of the Acquired Entities prior to Closing.

 

Section 7.9      Directors and Officers.

 

(a)            Buyer acknowledges that (i) each Person that prior to the Closing served as a director, officer, manager, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Seller or Acquired Entity or who, at the request of any Seller or Acquired Entity, served as a director, officer, manager, member, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, pension or other employee benefit plan or enterprise (collectively, with such Person’s heirs, executors or administrators, the “Indemnified Persons”) is entitled to indemnification, expense reimbursement and exculpation to the extent provided in the Governing Documents in effect as of the date hereof (“D&O Provisions”), (ii) such D&O Provisions are rights of Contract and (iii) no amendment or modification to any such D&O Provisions shall affect in any manner the Indemnified Persons’ rights, or the Acquired Entities’ obligations, with respect to claims arising from facts or events that occurred on or before the Closing.

 

51

 

 

(b)            At or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall purchase (at Buyer’s sole cost and expense) and maintain in effect for a period of six (6) years thereafter, (i) a tail policy to the current policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Acquired Entities, which tail policy shall be effective for a period from the Closing through and including the date six (6) years after the Closing Date with respect to claims arising from facts or events that occurred on or before the Closing, and which tail policy shall contain substantially the same coverage and amounts as, and contain terms and conditions no less advantageous than, in the aggregate, the coverage currently provided by such current policy and (ii) “run-off” coverage as provided by the Acquired Entities’ respective fiduciary and employee benefit policies, in each case, covering those Persons who are covered on the date hereof by such policies and with terms, conditions, retentions and limits of liability that are no less advantageous than the coverage provided under the Acquired Entities’ existing policies (collectively, the “Tail Policy”); provided, that, in no event shall the total cost of any such policy exceed 275% of the annual premium paid as of the date hereof by the Acquired Entities for such insurance, and, if the total cost for such insurance exceeds such amount, then Buyer may obtain, or cause to be obtained, insurance with the maximum coverage available for a total cost of such amount.

 

Section 7.10    Access to Books and Records. From and after the Closing until the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Closing Date, Buyer and its Affiliates shall provide or cause to be made available reasonable access to Seller Representative and Sellers all books, records, Tax Returns and documents of the Acquired Entities (and the assistance of employees responsible for such books, records and documents) on reasonable advance notice during regular business hours as may be reasonably necessary for (a) investigating, settling, preparing for the defense or prosecution of, defending or prosecuting any Proceeding, (b) preparing reports to Governmental Entities or (c) such other purposes for which access to such documents is reasonably necessary, including preparing and delivering any accounting or other statement provided for under this Agreement or otherwise, preparing Tax Returns, pursuing Tax refunds or responding to or disputing any Tax audit, or the determination of any matter relating to the rights and obligations of Seller Representative or Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates under this Agreement and any documents referred to herein. Buyer shall (at its sole expense) cause the Acquired Entities to maintain and preserve all such Tax Returns, books, records and other documents for six (6) years after the Closing Date and shall offer to transfer such records to Seller Representative and Sellers at the end of any such period. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Buyer shall not be required to provide any access or information to Seller Representative or Sellers, their respective Affiliates or any Representatives of any of the foregoing which Buyer reasonably believes it or, after the Closing, any Acquired Entity, is prohibited from providing to Seller Representative or Sellers, their respective Affiliates or Representatives of any of the foregoing by reason of applicable Law, or which (A) constitutes or allows access to information protected by attorney-client privilege, or which Buyer or the Acquired Entities are legally required to keep confidential or (B) Buyer must prevent access to by reason of a Contract with a third party or which would otherwise expose Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, each of the Acquired Entities) to a material risk of Liability. Seller Representative and each Seller agrees to treat as confidential and safeguard all confidential and proprietary information of the Acquired Entities provided pursuant to this Section 7.10 (and to instruct each of its Representatives that is provided such information by Seller Representative or such Seller), provided that the foregoing confidentiality obligation shall not apply to information that (i) becomes publicly available through no breach by Seller Representative or any Seller of this Agreement, (ii) is disclosed to Seller Representative, any Seller or their respective Affiliates by a third party (provided such third party is not in breach of any confidentiality obligation in respect of such information), (iii) is independently developed by Seller Representative, any Seller or their respective Affiliates or (iv) is disclosed for purposes of compliance with any Seller’s or its Affiliates’ respective financial reporting obligations or for such other bona fide fundraising, marketing, information or reporting activities by such Seller or its Affiliates consistent with past practices and the recipients of such information are subject to customary obligations of confidentiality with respect to such information that is confidential; provided further, that, in the event Seller Representative, any other Seller or any of their respective Affiliates is required by Law or becomes legally compelled (including by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigation, order or other legal process) to disclose any of such information, such Person may do so without liability hereunder so long as, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (x) such Person promptly notifies Buyer prior to any such disclosure and (y) reasonably cooperates with Buyer, at Buyer’s sole expense, in any attempts it may make to obtain a protective order or other appropriate assurance that confidential treatment will be afforded such information.

 

52

 

 

Section 7.11    Insurance. Buyer shall be solely responsible from and after the Closing for providing insurance to the Acquired Entities and their respective business for events or occurrences occurring after the Closing. Subject to Section 7.12, Buyer acknowledges that all insurance arrangements maintained by Sellers and their respective Affiliates (not including the Acquired Entities) for the benefit of the Acquired Entities and their respective Affiliates, if any, will be terminated as of the Closing and no further business interruption, property or Liability shall be covered under any such insurance arrangements.

 

Section 7.12    Retained Claims. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Sellers may, or may cause any of the Acquired Entities to, prosecute the Retained Claims prior to the Closing in their sole discretion. All amounts (including refunds) awarded or otherwise paid to, or recovered by, any of the Acquired Entities, Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates (prior to, at, or after the Closing) in connection therewith shall be referred to as the “Retained Claims Amounts”, and all such Retained Claims Amounts shall be for the benefit of Sellers as provided herein, and, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, including Section 7.1(a), Sellers may, at any time at or prior to the Closing, distribute, transfer, dispose of, extinguish or otherwise exclude from the Acquired Entities the Retained Claims and any and all Retained Claims Amounts attributable thereto. To the extent that Sellers do not distribute, transfer, dispose of, extinguish or otherwise exclude from the Acquired Entities the Retained Claims at or prior to the Closing, from and after Closing, (i) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, without the prior written consent of Seller Representative, Buyer hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree not to exercise any rights that they may have that arise from the existence, payment, performance, or enforcement of any Retained Claims or any other agreement in connection therewith, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy in respect of the Retained Claims, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under Contract, statute or common Law, including the right to take or receive, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, any payment or security on account of the Retained Claims and (ii) (A) Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) shall reasonably cooperate with, and shall take reasonable instructions and direction from, Seller Representative in connection with the prosecution of the Retained Claims from and after the Closing and (B) Seller Representative shall reimburse Buyer for any reasonable and documented third party out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses to the extent incurred or paid by any Acquired Entity following the Closing in respect of such prosecution of Retained Claims (excluding any such fees, costs and expenses to the extent included as part of Transaction Expenses) within fifteen (15) Business Days following the end of each month for so long as such prosecution of Retained Claims continues following the Closing. Promptly after Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including any Acquired Entities following the Closing) receives any Retained Claims Amounts attributable to the Retained Claims, (i) such Retained Claims Amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of Sellers and in connection therewith segregated from the other property, assets and funds of Buyer and its Affiliates (including any Acquired Entities following the Closing) and (ii) Buyer shall, or shall cause their respective applicable Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities from and after the Closing) to, promptly pay such Retained Claims Amounts directly to Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account(s) designated by Seller Representative.

 

Section 7.13    Employee Matters. During the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company Group to, provide each employee of any member of the Company Group set forth on Schedule 7.13 (“Continuing Employees”) with a base annual salary or wage rate that is no less than the base annual salary or wage rate that is in effect for such employee immediately prior to the Closing Date, annual cash bonus opportunities that are no less favorable in the aggregate than the annual cash bonus opportunities provided to such employee immediately prior to the Closing Date. During the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2019, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company Group to, provide the Continuing Employees with employee benefits that are no less favorable in the aggregate than the benefits provided under the Company Employee Benefit Plans and any other plans, programs, or arrangements available to such employee as of the Closing Date; provided that, for those employees of the Company Group whose terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective bargaining agreement, such employees’ terms and conditions of employment shall continue to be so governed. Buyer further agrees that, from and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company Group to, grant each Continuing Employee with credit for any and all service with the Company Group (and any predecessor thereof) earned prior to the Closing Date (a) for eligibility and vesting purposes and (b) for purposes of vacation and paid time off accrual and severance benefit determinations under each benefit or compensation plan, program, agreement or arrangement that may be established or maintained by Buyer or any Acquired Entity on or after the Closing Date (the “New Plans”). In addition, Buyer hereby agrees that Buyer shall, or shall cause the applicable Acquired Entity to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause to be waived all pre-existing condition exclusion and actively-at-work requirements and similar limitations, eligibility waiting periods and evidence of insurability requirements under any New Plans to the extent waived or satisfied by a Continuing Employee under any Company Employee Benefit Plan as of the Closing Date and (ii) cause any deductible, co-insurance and out-of-pocket covered expenses paid on or before the Closing Date by any Continuing Employee (or covered dependent thereof) to be taken into account for purposes of satisfying applicable deductible, coinsurance and maximum out-of-pocket provisions after the Closing Date under any applicable New Plan in the year of initial participation. Nothing contained herein, express or implied, is intended to confer any rights (including any third-party beneficiary rights), remedies or claims upon any employee of any Acquired Entity, any Continuing Employee or any other Person, other than the Parties to this Agreement, or shall constitute an amendment to or any other modification of any New Plan or Company Employee Benefit Plan. Buyer agrees and acknowledges that all collective bargaining agreements in effect at any Acquired Entity as of the Closing Date will continue in effect after the Closing Date in accordance with their terms and with applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Buyer and the Acquired Entities shall be solely responsible for any obligations arising under Section 4980B of the Code with respect to all “M&A qualified beneficiaries” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 54.4980B-9.

 

53

 

 

Section 7.14    Section 280G of the Code. At least three (3) days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall seek, and use reasonable best efforts (which shall not include any payment of monies or granting of any accommodation, financial or otherwise) to obtain, a waiver of the right to receive payments and benefits that would reasonably be expected to constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Code (a “Parachute Payment Waiver”) from each individual whom the Company reasonably believes is, with respect to the Company, a “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) such that after giving effect to all Parachute Payment Waivers, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary thereof has made or provided, or is required to make or provide, any such payments or benefits in excess of 299% of such individual’s “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code); provided that such Parachute Payment Waiver shall not include any payments or benefits that may be made by Buyer or any of its Affiliates unless at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing, Buyer provides a detailed list and copy of any agreement, contract or arrangement that Buyer or its Affiliates are providing or entering into on or prior to the Closing Date with respect to any disqualified individual in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, along with a written description, satisfying the adequate disclosure requirements of Section 280G(b)(5)(B)(ii) of the Code, of any such agreement, contract or arrangement and amount of related “parachute payment.” Prior to the Closing, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts (which shall not include any payment of monies or granting of any accommodation, financial or otherwise) to obtain the approval of the equityholders of the Company in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code so as to render the parachute payment provisions of Section 280G of the Code inapplicable to payments or benefits that, in the absence of the executed Parachute Payment Waivers by the affected disqualified individuals, might otherwise result, separately or in the aggregate, in the payment of any amount or the provision of any benefit that would not be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code. At least three (3) days prior to soliciting Parachute Payment Waivers and equityholder approval under this Section 7.14, the Company shall provide drafts of such waivers and equityholder approval materials to Buyer for its review and comment (and shall not unreasonably omit any comments timely provided by Buyer). 

 

54

 

 

Section 7.15    Credit Support Obligations.

 

(a)            Buyer shall, on or prior to the Closing Date, (a) provide replacement guarantees, letters of credit, surety bonds or other assurances of payment with respect to the Credit Support Obligations in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller Representative and the respective banks or other applicable counterparties; provided that, Buyer may elect (but is not obligated) to replace the XTO Letter of Credit prior to Closing by providing written notice thereof to Seller Representative and, if Buyer so elects to replace the XTO Letter of Credit prior to Closing, Buyer shall replace the XTO Letter of Credit in full in its entirety with a replacement letter of credit in substantially the same form as the letter of credit attached as Exhibit J to the XTO Contract issued by a commercial bank meeting the criteria set forth in the XTO Contract for letter of credit issuers and otherwise satisfying compliance in full all of the requirements of replacement letters of credit set forth in Section 13.1(f) of the XTO Contract, and (b) obtain a complete and unconditional release of Sellers and their respective Affiliates, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller Representative, with respect to all such Credit Support Obligations (it being understood that the foregoing obligation requires a complete and unconditional release of GGC and its Affiliates with respect to the credit support provided by certain GGC affiliated funds outstanding as of the date hereof that is for the benefit of First Republic Bank in respect of the XTO Letter of Credit). Buyer and Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain counterpart signature pages from XTO to the Buyer Parent Undertaking prior to Closing.

 

(b)            On the date hereof or promptly thereafter, Seller Representative shall provide formal confirmation to XTO (i) of a Change of Control (as defined in the Hillstone Undertaking) under and pursuant to the Hillstone Undertaking and of a Change of Control (as defined in the XTO Contract), in each case, under and pursuant to the XTO Contract and (ii) that Buyer intends to deliver to XTO upon Closing the Buyer Parent Undertaking (which shall be attached to such notice of Seller Representative).

 

Section 7.16    Buyer Debt Financing.

 

(a)            Buyer shall and shall cause its Affiliates to use its reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done all things necessary, to consummate the financings contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters on the terms and conditions described therein as soon as practicable following the date hereof, including (i) maintaining in effect the Debt Commitment Letters, (ii) negotiating definitive agreements with respect to the financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters (including “flex” provisions) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Debt Commitment Letters or on terms that are (A) acceptable to the Financing Sources, (B) in the aggregate, not materially less favorable, and (C) do not modify the terms in such a way as would reasonably be expected to make the funding of the financing (or satisfaction of the conditions precedent to funding) less likely to occur in any material respect, (iii) satisfying on a timely basis (or obtain the waiver of) (on a timely basis) all the conditions to the financing (and complying with all the obligations) contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters to the extent such conditions (and obligations) are in Buyer’s or any Affiliate of Buyer’s control, (iv) enforce in all material respects its rights under the Debt Commitment Letters (including the fee letter relating thereto), and (v) causing the funding of the facilities under the Debt Commitment Letters as soon as practicable following the date hereof but in any event no later than the Closing. Buyer shall not and shall cause its Affiliates not to take or refrain from taking, directly or indirectly, any action that could reasonably be expected to result in a default under or failure of any of the conditions contained in the Debt Commitment Letters or in any definitive agreement related to the Debt Documents (as defined below).

 

55

 

 

(b)            Buyer shall give Seller Representative prompt notice of (i) any material breach or default (or any event or circumstance that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would reasonably be expected to result in breach or default) of the Debt Commitment Letters or other Debt Document by any party thereto of which Buyer becomes aware, (ii) if and when Buyer becomes aware that any portion of the financing contemplated by any Debt Commitment Letter would reasonably be expected to not be available to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) the receipt of, together with copies of, any written notice or other written communication from any Person on behalf of any party to any Debt Commitment Letter or any Affiliate thereof with respect to any (A) actual or potential material breach, default, termination, rescission or withdrawal by any party to any Debt Commitment Letter or (B) material dispute or disagreement between or among any parties to any Debt Commitment Letter or other Debt Document (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any ordinary course negotiations with respect to the terms of the financing or Debt Documents), (iv) if for any reason Buyer believes in good faith it will not be able to obtain any portion of the financing on the terms, in the manner and from the sources contemplated by any Debt Commitment Letter or the definitive agreements with respect thereto (such definitive agreements related to the debt financing or any Substitute Financing, collectively, with the Debt Commitment Letters, the “Debt Documents”) and (v) any amendments, replacements or supplements to any Debt Commitment Letter.

 

(c)            Without limiting the obligation to provide such information without request as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within two (2) Business Days after the date Seller Representative delivers to Buyer a request therefor, Buyer shall provide any information reasonably requested by Seller Representative (and that is in Buyer’s Knowledge and possession) relating to any circumstance referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 7.16(b); provided that nothing in this Section 7.16(c) shall require Buyer to disclose any information that is subject to the attorney-client privilege or the disclosure of which would result in the breach of any of Buyer’s confidentiality obligations set forth in the Debt Commitment Letters. Without limiting the foregoing, upon the request of Seller Representative, Buyer shall keep Seller Representative reasonably informed on a reasonably current basis in reasonable detail of the status of its efforts to arrange the financing.

 

(d)            Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Pre-Closing Period, (i) if funds in the amounts set forth in the Debt Commitment Letters, or any portion thereof, become unavailable, or it becomes reasonably likely that such funds may become unavailable, to Buyer on the terms and conditions set forth therein or (ii) if Buyer, in its reasonable discretion and in consultation with Seller Representative, elects to fund the transactions contemplated hereby using financing sources alternative to the Debt Commitment Letters, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), Buyer shall promptly notify Seller Representative and shall, and shall cause Buyer’s Affiliates to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain substitute or alternative (as applicable) financing (each, a “Substitute Financing”), including from alternative sources, on similar terms sufficient to enable Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with its terms and to pay related fees, expenses earned, due and payable at the Closing Date on terms not less favorable in the aggregate to Buyer than those contained in the Debt Commitment Letters that the Substitute Financing would replace (taking into account any “flex” provisions) from the same or other sources and which do not include any incremental conditionality to the consummation of such Substitute Financing that are more onerous to Buyer, Sellers and the Acquired Entities (in each case, in the aggregate) than the conditions set forth in the Debt Commitment Letters in effect as of the date of this Agreement. In the event of a Substitute Financing, all obligations of Buyer with respect to the Debt Commitment Letters set forth in this Section 7.16 shall immediately, and without any further action by the parties hereto, apply with respect to such Substitute Financing and any related commitment letters or similar instruments, provided, any such obligations with respect the Debt Commitment Letters so replaced shall immediately, and without any further action by the parties hereto, terminate.

 

56

 

 

(e)            Buyer shall (i) comply in all material respects with each Debt Commitment Letter and each definitive agreement with respect thereto or any Substitute Financing, including the Debt Documents, (ii) enforce in all material respects their rights under each Debt Document, including, but not limited to, causing the Financing Sources to fund the debt financing (including seeking specific performance) and (iii) not permit, without the prior written consent of Seller Representative, any amendment or modification to be made to, or any material waiver of any provision or remedy under, any Debt Commitment Letter or Debt Document (it being understood and agreed that only such amendment, modification or waiver that (individually or in the aggregate with any other amendments, modifications or waivers) would reasonably be expected to (x) materially reduce the amount of financing available under any Debt Commitment Letter or Debt Document (including by increasing the amount of fees to be paid or original issue discount thereof), (y) impose any new or additional condition, or otherwise amend, modify or (z) expand any term or condition to the receipt of any portion of the financing in a manner that could reasonably be expected to (I) delay or prevent the Closing Date, (II) make the funding of any portion of the financing (or satisfaction of any condition to obtaining any portion of the financing) less likely to occur in any material respect or (III) materially impact the ability of Buyer to enforce its rights against any other party to any Debt Commitment Letter or Debt Document, the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or the likelihood of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be material for the purpose of this clause (iii)).

 

(f)            Neither Buyer nor Buyer Parent shall take any action (including the incurrence of any indebtedness) that would prohibit, delay or limit the ability of Buyer or Buyer Parent to consummate the debt financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer and Buyer Parent shall each use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent of each of the applicable lenders party to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Facility, dated as of February 14, 2017, by and among NGL Energy Partners, LP, NGL Energy Operating LLC, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, and the other financial institutions party thereto (as amended, amended and restated and supplemented from time to time) as may be necessary for Buyer and Buyer Parent to consummate the debt financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)            Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the obtaining of the financing, or any Substitute Financing, is not a condition to Closing and reaffirms its obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement irrespective and independently of the availability of the financing pursuant to the Debt Commitment Letters or any Substitute Financing, subject to fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 2.6. In the event that all conditions to the Debt Documents have been satisfied, Buyer shall cause its Financing Sources to fund the financing required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on the Closing Date (including taking enforcement actions, including seeking specific performance, to cause such Financing Sources to provide such financing).

 

Section 7.17    Debt Financing Cooperation of Sellers.

 

(a)            Prior to the Closing, Sellers shall, and shall cause the Acquired Entities to, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Sellers’ and the Acquired Entities’ respective officers, employees and other Representatives to, in each case, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide, at the sole cost and expense of Buyer, such cooperation as may be necessary and reasonably requested by Buyer in connection with the marketing or closing of the debt financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters, including to the extent reasonably requested by Buyer: (i) subject to the Buyer’s Financing Sources entering into confidentiality agreements reasonably acceptable to Seller Representative, participating at mutually agreeable times and in a reasonable number of meetings, drafting sessions, due diligence presentations, ratings agency sessions and road shows, (ii) assisting Buyer and its Financing Sources in preparing confidential and customary information memoranda, rating agency presentations marketing materials, and similar documents, (iii) subject to the Buyer’s Financing Sources entering into confidentiality agreements reasonably acceptable to Seller Representative, otherwise providing to Buyer and its Financing Sources such readily available documents and information relating to the Acquired Entities and otherwise taking such action as is customarily required for the types of debt financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters and (iv) furnishing Buyer and its Financing Sources and potential lenders under the Debt Commitment Letters with (x) the financial statements regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries necessary to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 5 of the Summary of Conditions Precedent in the Debt Commitment Letters (as in effect on the date of this Agreement) (or the analogous provision in any amendment, modification, supplement, restatement or replacement thereof permitted or required pursuant to Section 7.16, provided that the conditions set forth in such analogous provision shall be substantially identical to those contained in the Debt Commitment Letters as in effect on the date of this Agreement) and (y) such other pertinent financial and other information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries, to the extent reasonably available to the Company, as Buyer or its Financing Sources shall reasonably request in order to consummate the financings contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters or as is customary for the arrangement of loans contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters; provided that, Buyer shall not distribute any marketing materials to any potential lenders or other parties without first providing Seller Representative with the opportunity to review and comment thereon. 

 

57

 

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cooperation and actions contemplated in Section 7.17(a) shall not be required to be taken if any such cooperation or action (i) unreasonably interferes with the ongoing operations of Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) it being understood that the cooperation described in clauses (i) through (iv) in Section 7.17(a) shall be deemed not to unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of any Seller (or the Acquired Entities), (ii) causes any representation or warranty in this Agreement to be breached, (iii) causes the failure of any condition to Closing set forth in Section 2.6 to be satisfied or otherwise causes any breach of this Agreement or any Material Contract to which Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates is a party, (iv) requires Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) to take any action that could reasonably be expected to conflict with or violate its respective Governing Documents or any Law or result in a material violation or result in any breach of or default thereunder (or an event that, with or without notice or lapse of time, or both could constitute a breach of or default thereunder), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation thereunder, (v) involve any binding commitment by Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Acquired Entities), (vi) involve any binding commitment by any Acquired Entity which commitment is not conditioned on the Closing and does not terminate without Liability to Sellers and their respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) upon the termination of this Agreement, or (vii) require the delivery or execution of any agreement by Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Acquired Entities) and, with respect to the Acquired Entities, that are not conditioned upon the Closing, (viii) require any Acquired Entity to be a borrower, guarantor, grantor, pledgor or other obligor with respect to the Debt Commitment Letters prior to the Closing, (ix) cause Sellers, any Acquired Entity or any other Person acting at the direction or on behalf of Sellers pursuant to this Section 7.17 to have any Liability in connection with the activities contemplated in this Section 7.17 or (x) require Sellers, any Acquired Entity or any of their respective Affiliates to cause any director or officer to sign any closing certificate or solvency certificate to be delivered at the Closing (it being understood and agreed that it shall be Buyer’s obligation to cause such certificates to be delivered by Persons in their capacities as directors or officers of Buyer or the Acquired Entities after the Closing).

 

58

 

 

(c)            Sellers shall have satisfied its obligations under this Section 7.17 if Sellers shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the obligations set forth in this Section 7.17, whether or not any applicable requested deliverables are actually obtained or provided.

 

(d)            Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Sellers and their respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) and its and their respective Representatives from and against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by and of them, and Buyer shall promptly reimburse Sellers and their respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Sellers and their respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) and its and their respective Representatives, in connection with the arrangement of the financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters and any assistance or activities contemplated by this Section 7.17. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall have no indemnification obligation to the extent such Losses (a) arose out of or resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Seller, the Acquired Entities or their respective Affiliates or representatives or from historical information provided by the Sellers or the Acquired Entities pursuant to this Section 7.17 for specific use in connection with the financing under the Debt Commitment Letters or (b) directly resulted from the material breach of this Agreement by the Sellers, the Acquired Entities, their respective Affiliates or their respective representatives and, whether or not the Closing occurs, Buyer shall promptly reimburse Sellers and their respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Sellers and their respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Entities) and its and their respective Representatives, in connection with the arrangement of the financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters and any assistance or activities contemplated by this Section 7.17.

 

(e)            Except to the extent permitted to be disclosed to potential investors and lenders in connection with the Debt Commitment Letters, all non-public information or otherwise Confidential Information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) regarding the Acquired Entities obtained by Buyer shall be kept confidential in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

Section 7.18    Preferred Investment. Prior to Closing, Buyer shall and shall cause its Affiliates to use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to consummate the financings contemplated by the Class D Preferred Agreement on the terms and conditions described therein as soon as practicable following the date hereof, including (i) negotiating definitive agreements with respect to the financing contemplated by the Class D Preferred Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Class D Preferred Agreement or on terms that do not modify the terms of the Class D Preferred Agreement in such a way as would reasonably be expected to make the funding of the financing (or satisfaction of the conditions precedent to funding) less likely to occur and (ii) causing the funding of the Preferred Investment as soon as practicable following the date hereof but in any event no later than the Closing.

 

Section 7.19    Exclusive Dealing. Immediately after the execution of this Agreement, Sellers shall terminate and cease, and shall cause the Acquired Entities and their respective Representatives to terminate and cease, all discussions and negotiations that may then be ongoing by any of them with any Person (other than Buyer, its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives) with respect to any purchase of Hillstone Parent or any Equity Interests of the Acquired Entities or any merger, sale or license of all or substantially all of the assets of, recapitalization or similar transaction involving the Hillstone Parent or the Acquired Entities, other than the transactions contemplated herein (the “Alternative Transaction”). During the Pre-Closing Period, no Seller shall take, and they each shall cause the Acquired Entities and their respective Representatives to refrain from taking, any action to, directly or indirectly, solicit or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any Person, other than Buyer (and its Affiliates and Representatives), concerning any Alternative Transaction. If any Seller, any of the Acquired Entities or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives receives, during the Pre-Closing Period, any offer or proposal relating to, or any indication of interest in an Alternative Transaction, Seller Representative shall promptly notify Buyer of the receipt of any such offer, proposal or indication for an Alternative Transaction on a no-names basis to the extent permitted by any confidentiality obligations to which Sellers may be bound.

 

59

 

 

Section 7.20    Intercompany Agreements; Hillstone Asset Assignment; IP Assignment.

 

(a)            On or prior to the Closing Date, except for (i) this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (ii) the Contracts set forth on Schedule 7.20(a), Sellers shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, terminate (x) all Contracts between any of the Acquired Entities, on the one hand, and any of the Sellers and their respective Affiliates (other than the members of the Company Group), on the other hand and (y) the Excluded Employment Arrangements.

 

(b)            On or prior to the Closing Date, Hillstone Parent shall cause HEP ShaleApps to assign (for no additional consideration) to the Company all assets and related Liabilities of HEP ShaleApps set forth on Schedule 7.20(b) (the assets and Liabilities required to be assigned from HEP ShaleApps to the Company at the Closing pursuant to this Section 7.20(b), the “Hillstone Assigned Assets”) pursuant to the Hillstone Asset Assignment delivered at Closing in accordance with Section 2.6(b)(v)(C).

 

(c)            At or prior to the Closing, Hillstone Parent shall cause the applicable member or members of the Company Group to assign to HEP ShaleApps all of the Proprietary Rights set forth on Schedule 7.20(c) (collectively, the “Assigned IP”) pursuant to the IP Assignment Agreement delivered at Closing in accordance with Section 2.6(b)(v)(C). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the assignment of the Assigned IP to HEP ShaleApps pursuant to the IP Assignment Agreement, and the recording thereof (or any other documents, agreements, affidavits or certificates necessary to evidence and perfect HEP ShaleApps’ rights, title and interest in and to the Assigned IP) with the applicable authorities in the jurisdictions where such Assigned IP are registered or currently pending, in each case, shall not result in any breach of or inaccuracy in of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of any of Hillstone Parent or any of its Affiliates contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Effective as of the effective date of the IP Assignment Agreement, HEP ShaleApps (and not Buyer, any member of the Company Group or any of their respective Affiliates after the Closing) shall exclusively own all rights, title and interest in and to the Assigned IP, free and clear of all Liens and HEP ShaleApps shall thereafter have the sole and exclusive right to use and exploit such Assigned IP. After the Closing, Buyer shall not use, and shall not permit any member of the Company Group or any of their respective Affiliates to use, any of the Assigned IP, including any Trademark that incorporates or is an identifier of source confusingly similar to any Trademark included in the Assigned IP or that is dilutive thereof. Within sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, Buyer shall remove or cause to be removed, all names, Trademarks or logos included in the Assigned IP from wherever they may appear on any Company Group’s assets and shall dispose of any unused stationery and marketing literature of a Company Group bearing any of such Trademarks, and thereafter, Buyer and the Company Group shall not, and shall cause their respective Affiliates not to, use the Assigned IP or any other logos, Trademarks, trade names confusingly similar thereto; provided that the foregoing shall not require any member of the Company Group to delete any Trademarks included in the Assigned IP from its books and records in existence prior to the Closing Date. Buyer acknowledge that, after the Closing Date, Buyer, the Company Group and their respective Affiliates have no rights, title or interest whatsoever in or to the Assigned IP. After the Closing, Buyer shall take and shall cause the applicable members of the Company Group to take such actions as may be reasonable necessary in order to vest all right, title and interest in and to the Assigned IP in HEP ShaleApps.

 

60

 

 

Section 7.21    Disclaimer; Investigation by Buyer; No Other Representations; Non-Reliance
of Buyer
.

 

(a)            WITHOUT DIMINISHING THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY THE COMPANY IN ARTICLE III, SELLERS IN ARTICLE IV AND THE GGC BLOCKERS IN ARTICLE V, BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT: (i) THE ASSETS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY GROUP HAVE BEEN USED FOR HYDROCARBON, WATER GATHERING, TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS, AND PHYSICAL CHANGES IN SUCH ASSETS AND PROPERTIES AND IN THE LANDS BURDENED THEREBY MAY HAVE OCCURRED AS A RESULT OF SUCH USES; (ii) SUCH ASSETS AND PROPERTIES INCLUDE ABOVE-GROUND AND BURIED PIPELINES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT, THE LOCATIONS OF WHICH MAY NOT BE READILY APPARENT BY A PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF SUCH ASSETS OR THE PROPERTIES OR THE LANDS BURDENED THEREBY; AND (iii) the Assets AND PROPERTIES have been used for THE TRANSPORTATION AND PROCESSING of HYDROCARBONS, WATER GATHERING, TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL.

 

(b)            BUYER HAS SUBSTANTIAL FAMILIARITY WITH THE BUSINESS OF THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES AND UNDERSTANDS THE RISKS INHERENT THEREWITH. FURTHERMORE, BUYER (FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF ITS AFFILIATES, REPRESENTATIVES AND FINANCING SOURCES), HAS CONDUCTED AN INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION, VERIFICATION, REVIEW AND ANALYSIS OF THE BUSINESS, OPERATIONS, ASSETS, LIABILITIES, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, FINANCIAL CONDITION, TECHNOLOGY AND PROSPECTS OF THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES, AND BUYER, ITS AFFILIATES AND THEIR RESPECTIVE ADVISORS AND REPRESENTATIVES HAVE HAD ACCESS TO THE PERSONNEL, PROPERTIES, PREMISES AND RECORDS OF SELLERS AND THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES FOR SUCH PURPOSE. IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, BUYER HAS RELIED SOLELY UPON THE AFOREMENTIONED INVESTIGATION, REVIEW AND ANALYSIS AND NOT ON ANY FACTUAL REPRESENTATIONS OR OPINIONS OF ANY ACQUIRED ENTITY OR SELLERS OR OF ANY ACQUIRED ENTITY’S OR SELLERS’ RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, DIRECTORS, MANAGERS, OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES OR ANY OTHER PERSON, AND, EXCEPT FOR THE SPECIFIC REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY MADE BY THE COMPANY IN ARTICLE III, SELLERS IN ARTICLE IV AND THE GGC BLOCKERS IN ARTICLE V (IN EACH CASE, AS MODIFIED BY THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES), BUYER (FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF ITS AFFILIATES, REPRESENTATIVES AND FINANCING SOURCES): (i) SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NONE OF ANY ACQUIRED ENTITY, SELLERS OR ANY OTHER PERSON IS MAKING OR HAS MADE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, IN RESPECT OF SELLERS, THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES OR THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES’ BUSINESS, ASSETS, RISKS OR OTHER INCIDENTS OF THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES, LIABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PROSPECTS OR CONDITION (FINANCIAL OR OTHERWISE), INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF ANY ASSETS AND WHETHER THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES POSSESS SUFFICIENT REAL PROPERTY OR PERSONAL PROPERTY TO OPERATE THEIR BUSINESS, THE PROSPECTS OF THE BUSINESS, THE EFFECTIVENESS OR THE SUCCESS OF ANY OPERATIONS, OR THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION MEMORANDA, DOCUMENTS, PROJECTIONS, MATERIAL OR OTHER INFORMATION (FINANCIAL OR OTHERWISE) REGARDING THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES FURNISHED TO BUYER OR ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES OR MADE AVAILABLE TO BUYER, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES IN ANY DATA ROOMS, MANAGEMENT PRESENTATIONS OR IN ANY OTHER FORM IN EXPECTATION OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND THE ASSETS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY GROUP ARE BEING TRANSFERRED “AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS” VIA THE SALE OF THE PURCHASED EQUITY; (ii) SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THAT IT IS RELYING UPON OR HAS RELIED UPON ANY SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES THAT MAY HAVE BEEN MADE BY ANY PERSON, AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES, SELLERS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY MADE BY ANY PERSON; (iii) SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OBLIGATION OR DUTY BY THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES, SELLERS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO MAKE ANY DISCLOSURES OF FACT NOT REQUIRED TO BE DISCLOSED PURSUANT TO THE SPECIFIC REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE III, ARTICLE IV AND ARTICLE V; (iv) SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES BUYER IS ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND ACQUIRING THE PURCHASED EQUITY SUBJECT ONLY TO THE SPECIFIC REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE III, ARTICLE IV AND ARTICLE V; AND (v) SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOLE PURPOSE OF THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT IS TO ALLOCATE FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY SHOULD THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES PROVE TO HAVE BEEN INACCURATE AND RESULT IN PROVABLE LOSSES, AND NO OTHER RIGHTS, REMEDIES OR CAUSES OF ACTION (WHETHER IN LAW OR IN EQUITY OR WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT) ARE PERMITTED TO ANY PERSON AS A RESULT OF THE MISREPRESENTATION OR BREACH OF ANY SUCH REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, (x) NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR SELLERS NOR THE GGC BLOCKERS MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY REGARDING ANY THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS OR OTHER RIGHTS WHICH BUYER MIGHT CLAIM UNDER ANY STUDIES, REPORTS, TESTS OR ANALYSES PREPARED BY ANY THIRD PARTIES FOR SELLERS, THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, EVEN IF THE SAME WERE MADE AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW BY BUYER OR ITS AFFILIATES OR REPRESENTATIVES; AND (y) NONE OF THE DOCUMENTS, INFORMATION OR OTHER MATERIALS PROVIDED TO BUYER AT ANY TIME OR IN ANY FORMAT BY THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES, SELLERS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR REPRESENTATIVES CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE, AND BUYER WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO ASSERT THAT IT RECEIVED ANY LEGAL ADVICE FROM THE ACQUIRED ENTITIES, SELLERS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES OR COUNSEL, OR THAT IT HAD ANY SORT OF ATTORNEY-CLIENT RELATIONSHIP WITH ANY OF SUCH PERSONS.

 

61

 

 

(c)            Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Section 7.21 is intended to limit or modify the representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE III, ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V of this Agreement or in any certificates of any Seller, the Company or the GGC Blockers delivered hereunder or any claim by a Party for Fraud of another Party.

 

Section 7.22    No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement or any document, agreement, or instrument delivered contemporaneously herewith, and notwithstanding the fact that any Party may be a partnership or limited liability company, each Party, by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no Persons (including no Financing Sources) other than the Parties (and Buyer Parent for the limited purposes set forth herein) shall have any obligation hereunder and that it shall have no rights of recovery hereunder against, or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith, against, any Financing Source or any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, Representative or employee of any Party (or any of their successors or permitted assignees), against any former, current, or future general or limited partner, manager, stockholder or member of any Party (or any of their successors or permitted assignees) or any Affiliate thereof or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, Representative, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing, but in each case not including the Parties (each, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties, a “Non-Party Affiliate”), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim (whether in tort, Contract or otherwise) by or on behalf of such Person against the Non-Party Affiliates, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any Proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable Law, or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal Liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on, or otherwise be incurred by any Non-Party Affiliate, as such, for any obligations of the applicable Party under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith, or for any claim (whether in tort, Contract or otherwise) based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Except to the extent otherwise expressly set forth in, and subject in all cases to the terms and conditions of and limitations herein, this Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action of any kind based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, may only be brought against the entities that are expressly named as Parties and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such Party. Each Non-Party Affiliate is expressly intended as a third-party beneficiary of this Section 7.22.

 

62

 

 

Section 7.23    Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver, or shall cause to be executed and delivered, such documents and other instruments that are necessary to consummate (a) the transfer of the Purchased Equity to Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (b) the Pre-Signing Reorganization and the Pre-Closing Reorganization in accordance with the terms of the Reorganization Agreements and (c) the transactions contemplated by the Hillstone Asset Assignment and the IP Assignment.

 

Article VIII
TERMINATION

 

Section 8.1      Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing only as follows:

 

(a)            by the mutual written consent of Seller Representative and Buyer;

 

(b)            by either Seller Representative or Buyer by written notice to the other if any applicable Law is in effect making the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or any final and non-appealable order is in effect permanently preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any Party whose breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of this Agreement results in or causes such order or other action;

 

(c)            by either Seller Representative or Buyer by written notice to the other if the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall not have occurred on or before November 30, 2019 (the “Outside Date”); provided, further, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(c) shall not be available to (i) any Party then in material breach of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements under this Agreement, or (ii) Buyer, if Seller Representative is entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(f);

 

(d)            by Seller Representative, if Buyer breaches in any material respect any of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would render a condition precedent to Sellers’ obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby set forth in Section 2.6(a) or Section 2.6(c) not capable of being satisfied and (ii) after the giving of written notice of such breach or failure to perform to Buyer by Seller Representative, cannot be cured or has not been cured by the earlier of the Outside Date and twenty (20) calendar days after the delivery of such notice; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(d) shall not be available to Seller Representative if the Company, Sellers or the GGC Blockers are then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement;

 

63

 

 

(e)            by Buyer, if the Company, Sellers or the GGC Blockers breach in any material respect any of their respective representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or the Company, Sellers or the GGC Blockers breach or fail to perform in any material respect any of their respective covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would render a condition precedent to Buyer’s obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby set forth in Section 2.6(a) or Section 2.6(b) not capable of being satisfied and (ii) after the giving of written notice of such breach or failure to perform to Seller Representative by Buyer, cannot be cured or has not been cured by the earlier of the Outside Date and twenty (20) calendar days after the delivery of such notice; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(e) shall not be available to Buyer if Buyer is then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement; and

 

(f)            by Seller Representative if: (i) all of the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 2.6(a) and Section 2.6(b) were satisfied or waived as of the date the Closing should have been consummated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Closing and could have been satisfied or would have been waived assuming a Closing would occur), (ii) Seller Representative has notified Buyer that Sellers, the Company and the GGC Blockers are ready, willing and able to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (iii) Buyer fails to complete the Closing within two (2) Business Days after the delivery of such notification by Seller Representative; provided that the Closing shall not take place prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following the date Seller Representative delivers the notice to XTO required by Section 7.15(b) in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Section 8.2      Effect of Termination.

 

(a)            In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1, this Agreement shall immediately become null and void, without any Liability on the part of any Party or any other Person, and all rights and obligations of each Party shall cease; provided that, (a) the Confidentiality Agreement and the agreements contained in Section 7.6, Section 7.7, this Section 8.2 and Article IX of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect and (b) no such termination shall (i) relieve any Party from any Liability arising out of or incurred as a result of its breach of the terms of this Agreement prior to such termination or (ii) impair the right of any Party to compel in accordance with this Agreement specific performance by any other Party of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)            In the event that this Agreement is terminated by (i) Seller Representative pursuant to Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(f) or (ii) Buyer at a time when Seller Representative may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(f), then, at Seller Representative’s option, (x) Sellers shall be entitled to retain the Deposit or (y) Sellers shall be entitled to seek specific performance, an injunction or other equitable relief (without posting of bond or other security or needing to prove irreparable harm) to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof in accordance with Section 9.10. While Seller Representative may pursue both a grant of specific performance under this Section 8.2(b) and retain the Deposit under this Section 8.2(b), under no circumstance shall Seller Representative be permitted or entitled to receive both a grant of specific performance and to retain the Deposit in connection with the termination of this Agreement.

 

64

 

 

(c)            Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the agreements contained in Section 8.2(b) and this Section 8.2(c) are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that, without these agreements, the Parties would not enter into this Agreement. Buyer and Sellers acknowledge and agree that (i) Buyer and Sellers have expressly negotiated the provisions of Section 8.2(b) and this Section 8.2(c), (ii) in light of the circumstances existing at the time of the execution of this Agreement (including the inability of the Parties to quantify the damages that may be suffered by Sellers and their respective Affiliates), the provisions of Section 8.2(b) and this Section 8.2(c) are reasonable, (iii) the Deposit represents a good faith, fair estimate of the damages that Sellers and their respective Affiliates would suffer, and (iv) the Deposit shall represent liquidated damages (and not a penalty) without requiring Sellers or any other Person to prove actual damages.

 

(d)            Without limiting Seller Representative’s rights under Section 8.2(b), including the right of Seller Representative to seek specific performance, and injunction or other equitable relief, the right of Sellers to retain the Deposit shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Sellers against Buyer for any monetary damage suffered by Sellers in connection with a termination pursuant to, or when a termination is possible under, Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(f).

 

(e)            For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the Parties’ rights under this Section 8.2, Section 9.10 or elsewhere under this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, the failure of Buyer to consummate the Closing when required and to make the payments required by Section 2.6(c)(iv) when required shall be a breach of this Agreement by Buyer that is not capable of being cured, that has prevented consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including if such failure results from Buyer being unable to obtain all or any portion of any contemplated financing for the transactions contemplated hereby or failing to take all actions when and in the manner required of it hereunder), and that gives rise to Seller Representative’s termination right pursuant to Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(f).

 

Article IX
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.1      Non-Solicitation. For a period of two (2) years commencing on the Closing Date, each Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, exclude HEP ShaleApps), to directly or indirectly, (a) hire or solicit any employee of the Company Group or encourage any such employee to leave such employment or hire any such employee who has left such employment or (b) enter into any contract with any of the Restricted Customers for any purpose that could reasonably be expected in any material respect to impair or otherwise adversely affect any of the Acquired Entities’ business with such Restricted Customers pursuant to the Material Contracts with such Restricted Customers in effect as of the date hereof and listed on Schedule 3.9(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in clause (a) of this Section 9.1 shall prevent Seller or any of its Affiliates from (w) hiring any employee whose employment has been terminated by a member of the Company Group after the Closing Date; (x) after one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of termination of employment, hiring any employee whose employment has been terminated by such employee, (y) conducting general solicitations for employment or other services contained in a newspaper, other periodical or on the internet, so long as such solicitations are not specifically targeted at employees or consultants of the Acquired Entities or their Subsidiaries or (z) hiring employees or consultants as a result of such employees or consultants contacting Sellers or their respective Affiliates or Representatives on their own initiative without any direct or indirect prior solicitation or targeting by Sellers or their respective Affiliates or Representatives.

 

65

 

 

Section 9.2      Amendment and Waiver. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Buyer and Seller Representative. No waiver of any provision or condition of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the party hereto against which such waiver is to be enforced. No waiver by any party hereto of any default or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any other, prior or subsequent default or breach or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any other, prior or subsequent such occurrence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 9.2, Section 9.9(b), Section 9.11 and Section 9.16 and the definition of “Financing Sources” (and any provision of this Agreement to the extent a modification, waiver or termination of such provision would modify the substance of Section 9.2, Section 9.9(b), Section 9.11 and Section 9.16) may not be modified, waived or terminated in a manner that is adverse in any respect to the Financing Sources without the prior written consent of the adversely affected Financing Source.

 

Section 9.3      Notices. All notices, demands, requests, instructions, claims, consents, waivers and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment), received by email (with hard copy to follow) prior to 5:00 p.m. Mountain Time on a Business Day (or the next Business Day if after 5:00 p.m.), (b) on the next day if delivered by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid), or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing, notices, demands and communications to the Company, Buyer and Seller Representative shall be sent to the addresses indicated below:

 

Notices to Seller Representative, and prior to
the Closing, the Company
:

 

Water RemainCo, LLC

1515 Wazee Street, Suite 300
Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Jay Parkinson; Sean Hawkins
Email: jay.parkinson@hillstone-ep.com;
sean.hawkins@hillstone-ep.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute
notice)
:

 

Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor
San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: Javier Puig; Stephen Oetgen
Email: jpuig@goldengatecap.com;
soetgen@goldengatecap.com

 

and

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street

San Francisco, California 94104

Attention: Jeremy M. Veit, P.C.
Email: jeremy.veit@kirkland.com

 

and

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: William J. Benitez, P.C.
Email: william.benitez@kirkland.com

 

Notices to Buyer or Buyer Parent, and
following the Closing, the Company
:

 

NGL Water Solutions Permian, LLC

c/o NGL Energy Partners, LP

6120 South Yale Ave., Suite 805

Tulsa, OK 74136

Attention: Kurston McMurray and L. Ryan
Collins

Email: Kurston.McMurray@nglep.com
   Ryan.Collins@nglep.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute
notice
):

 

Winston & Strawn LLP

1111 Louisiana Street, 25th Floor

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: Chris A. Ferazzi

Email: cferazzi@winston.com

 

66

 

 

Section 9.4      Assignment. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by any party hereto (including by operation of Law) without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided, however, that upon prior written notice to Seller Representative, Buyer shall be entitled to assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to its Affiliates or for collateral security purposes to any lender party to the Debt Documents to Buyer in connection with funding the transactions contemplated hereunder, but in each case, no such assignment shall relieve Buyer of its obligations or Liabilities hereunder. In the event the Company or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any Person, then, and in each case, the successors and assigns of the Company shall be deemed to have assumed the obligations set forth in Section 7.9.

 

Section 9.5      Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable Law in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

 

Section 9.6      Interpretation. The headings and captions used in this Agreement and the table of contents to this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule or Exhibit attached hereto and not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement. The use of the word “including” herein shall mean “including without limitation.” The use of the phrase “Ordinary Course of Business” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any action taken by such Person in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. The use of the word “or” shall mean “and/or.” Except where otherwise expressly provided, all amounts in this Agreement are stated and shall be paid in United States currency. Each obligation of a Seller or the Company under this Agreement to cause Hillstone – Silcor Treatment, LLC or HEP Hidden Bench Holdco, LLC to take, or refrain from taking, any action shall be deemed limited to the extent of the direct or indirect rights of such Seller or the Company, as applicable, as a member of such Acquired Entity (or its parent) or rights with respect to the Representatives appointed by such Seller, the Company or their respective Affiliates to the board of directors, board of managers or similar governing body of such Acquired Entity to cause such Acquired Entity to take, or refrain from taking, any applicable action, subject in all cases to any duties or other obligations set forth in (and solely to the extent the exercise of such rights would not reasonably be expected to result in a breach of) the applicable operating agreement or other Governing Document of such Acquired Entity or applicable Laws. The parties hereto and their respective counsel have reviewed, negotiated and adopted this Agreement as the joint agreement and understanding of the parties hereto, and the language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any Person.

 

67

 

 

Section 9.7      Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the agreements and documents referred to herein contain the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter in any way. The parties hereto have voluntarily agreed to define their rights, Liabilities and obligations with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby exclusively in Contract pursuant to the express terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the parties expressly disclaim that they are owed any duties or are entitled to any remedies not expressly set forth in this Agreement. Furthermore, this Agreement embodies the justifiable expectations of sophisticated parties derived from arm’s-length negotiations and no Person has any special relationship with another Person that would justify any expectation beyond that of an ordinary buyer and an ordinary seller in an arm’s-length transaction.

 

Section 9.8      Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement and agreements, certificates, instruments and documents entered into in connection herewith may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by email, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No party hereto shall raise the use of email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a Contract and each party hereto forever waives any such defense.

 

Section 9.9      Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.

 

(a)            The Laws of the State of Delaware shall exclusively govern (i) all claims or matters related to or arising from this Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (ii) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice-of-law or conflict-of-law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Each party to this Agreement hereby IRREVOCABLY waives all rights to trial by jury in any action, suit or Proceeding brought to resolve any dispute between or among any of the parties (whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, connected with, related or incidental to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby OR the relationships established among the parties hereunder. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. Each of the Parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware in any Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of the Proceeding shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 9.9(a), however, shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or at equity. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any Proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law or at equity.

 

68

 

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.9(a) to the contrary, each of the Parties agrees that it will not bring or support any legal action, suit or proceeding (whether at law, in equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise) against any Financing Source in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Debt Documents or the performance thereof, in any forum other than any New York State court or federal court sitting in the County of New York and the Borough of Manhattan (and appellate courts thereof).

 

Section 9.10    Specific Performance. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.2(b), each party hereto acknowledges that the rights of each party hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are unique and recognize and affirm that in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed (including by Buyer Parent) in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached, money damages would be inadequate (and therefore the non-breaching party hereto would have no adequate remedy at Law) and the non-breaching party hereto would be irreparably damaged. Accordingly, each party hereto agrees that each other party hereto shall be entitled to specific performance (including in respect of Buyer Parent), an injunction or other equitable relief (without posting of bond or other security or needing to prove irreparable harm) to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof in any Proceeding, in addition to any other remedy to which such Person may be entitled.

 

Section 9.11    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied shall give or be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder, except for the third party beneficiaries enumerated in Section 7.8, the Indemnified Persons pursuant to Section 7.9 and Non-Party Affiliates pursuant to Section 7.22 and the Financing Sources pursuant to Section 9.2, Section 9.9(b), this Section 9.11 and Section 9.16.

 

Section 9.12    Legal Representation. Sellers, Buyer and the Acquired Entities hereby agree, on their own behalf and on behalf of their current and future directors, managers, members, partners, officers, equityholders, employees and Affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (all such parties, the “Waiving Parties”), that each of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (“K&E”) and Nob Hill Law Group, P.C. (“NHLG”) (or any successor thereto) may represent Sellers or any direct or indirect director, manager, member, partner, officer, employee, equityholder or Affiliate thereof, in connection with any dispute, Proceeding or obligation arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any agreement entered into in connection herewith or the transactions contemplated hereby (any such representation, the “Post-Closing Representation”) notwithstanding its representation (or any continued representation) of the Acquired Entities in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each of Buyer and the Acquired Entities on behalf of itself and the Waiving Parties hereby consents thereto and irrevocably waives (and will not assert) any conflict of interest or any objection arising therefrom or relating thereto. Buyer and the Acquired Entities each acknowledge that the foregoing provision applies whether or not K&E or NHLG provides legal services to the Acquired Entities after the Closing Date. Each of Buyer and the Acquired Entities, for itself and the Waiving Parties, hereby irrevocably acknowledges and agrees that all communications among K&E, NHLG, the Acquired Entities, Sellers or any director, officer, manager, member, equityholder, employee or Representative of any of the foregoing made in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance under, or any dispute or Proceeding arising out of or relating to, this Agreement, any agreement entered into in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated hereby or any matter relating to any of the foregoing, are privileged communications and the attorney-client privilege and the expectation of client confidence belongs solely to Sellers and may be exclusively controlled by Sellers and shall not pass to or be claimed by Buyer or the Acquired Entities, and from and after the Closing none of Buyer, the Acquired Entities or any Person purporting to act on behalf of or through Buyer, the Acquired Entities or any of the Waiving Parties, will seek to obtain the same by any process. From and after the Closing, each of Buyer and the Acquired Entities, on behalf of itself and the Waiving Parties, irrevocably waives and will not assert any attorney-client privilege with respect to any communication among K&E, NHLG, the Acquired Entities, Sellers or any director, officer, manager, member, equityholder, employee or Representative of any of the foregoing occurring prior to the Closing in connection with any Post-Closing Representation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a dispute arises between Buyer or the Acquired Entities, on the one hand, and a third party other than Sellers, on the other hand, Buyer and the Acquired Entities may assert the attorney-client privilege to prevent disclosure of confidential communications to such third party; provided, however, that neither Buyer nor the Acquired Entities may waive such privilege without the prior written consent of Sellers.

 

69

 

 

Section 9.13    Schedules. All Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto or referred to herein and the Recitals to this Agreement are (a) each hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein and (b) qualified in their entirety by reference to specific provisions of this Agreement. Any fact or item disclosed in any Section of the Schedules shall be deemed disclosed in each other Section of the Schedule to which such fact or item may apply so long as (x) such other Section is referenced by applicable cross-reference or (y) it is readily apparent that such disclosure from the face of such disclosure is applicable to such other Section or Schedule. The headings contained in the Schedules are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or influence the interpretation of the information contained in the Schedules or this Agreement. The Schedules are not intended to constitute, and shall not be construed as, an admission or indication that any such fact or item is required to be disclosed. The Schedules shall not be deemed to expand in any way the scope or effect of any representations, warranties or covenants described in this Agreement. Any fact or item, including the specification of any dollar amount, disclosed in the Schedules shall not by reason only of such inclusion be deemed to be material, to establish any standard of materiality or to define further the meaning of such terms for purposes of the Agreement and matters reflected in the Schedules are not necessarily limited to matters required by the Agreement to be reflected herein and may be included solely for information purposes. No party hereto shall use the fact of the setting of the amounts or the fact of the inclusion of any item in the Schedules in any dispute or controversy between the parties hereto as to whether any obligation, item or matter not described or included in the Schedules is or is not required to be disclosed (including whether the amount or items are required to be disclosed as material or threatened) or is within or outside of the Ordinary Course of Business. No disclosure in the Schedules relating to any possible breach or violation of any Contract, Law or order shall be construed as an admission or indication that any such breach or violation exists or has actually occurred. The information contained in the Schedules shall be kept strictly confidential by the parties hereto and no third party may rely on any information disclosed or set forth therein. Moreover, in disclosing the information in the Schedules, Sellers expressly do not waive any attorney-client privilege associated with such information or any protection afforded by the work-product doctrine with respect to any of the matters disclosed or discussed therein.

 

Section 9.14    Seller Representative.

 

(a)            By execution hereof, Hillstone Parent and the Selling Blocker Equityholders each (i) irrevocably constitutes and appoints Hillstone Parent as Seller Representative to act as agent and attorney-in-fact for and on its behalf regarding any matter under this Agreement or otherwise relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, including: (A) delivering and receiving notices, including service of process, with respect to any matter under this Agreement; (B) executing and delivering any and all documents and taking any and all such actions as shall be required or permitted of Seller Representative pursuant to this Agreement, including any and all such documents and actions with respect to the final determination of any adjustment of the Initial Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.4; (C) providing notice of, demanding, pursuing or enforcing, in its discretion, any claim, including specific performance in accordance with the terms of Section 9.10, against Buyer for a breach of this Agreement; (D) taking, in its discretion, any and all actions, and delivering and receiving any and all notices hereunder, in respect of or in connection with any claim for Losses, including the negotiation, settlement or compromise of any disagreement or dispute with Buyer in respect thereof; (E) withholding funds to pay expenses and obligations arising in its capacity as Seller Representative; (F) executing and delivering, on behalf of Sellers, any Contract, agreement, amendment or other document or certificate, including any settlement agreement or release of claims, to effectuate any of the foregoing or as may otherwise be specifically permitted by this Agreement, any such Contract, agreement, amendment or other document or certificate to have the effect of binding Sellers as if each Seller, as applicable, had personally entered into such agreement; (G) taking all such other actions as Seller Representative shall deem necessary or appropriate, in its discretion, for the accomplishment of the foregoing and the transactions contemplated by the Escrow Agreement; and (H) engaging such attorneys, accountants, consultants and other Persons as Seller Representative, in its discretion, deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish any action required or permitted of it hereunder, and (ii) agrees to be bound by all agreements and determinations made by and documents executed and delivered by Seller Representative pursuant to the authority granted to it hereunder.

 

70

 

 

(b)            Seller Representative will not be liable for any act taken or omitted to be taken as Seller Representative, while acting in good faith, and any act taken or omitted to be taken pursuant to the advice of counsel will be conclusive evidence of such good faith. Seller Representative shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any statements furnished to Seller Representative by Sellers, the Company, Buyer, the GGC Blockers, or any third party or any other evidence deemed by Seller Representative to be reliable, and Seller Representative shall be entitled to act on the advice of its selected counsel. Seller Representative shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any related document or agreement if Seller Representative shall have received such advice or concurrence as it deems appropriate with respect to such inaction, or if Seller Representative shall not have been expressly indemnified by Sellers to his satisfaction against any and all Liability and expense that Seller Representative may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Sellers hereby agree to indemnify Seller Representative from any Losses arising out of service in its capacity as Seller Representative hereunder.

 

(c)            Subject to the last sentence of this Section 9.14, from and after the Closing, Buyer is entitled to deal exclusively with Seller Representative on all matters relating to this Agreement and related agreements. The Selling Blocker Equityholders shall not have any rights to participate in the resolution of such matters in any manner. A decision, act, consent or instruction of Seller Representative constitutes a decision of Sellers. Such decision, act, consent or instruction is final, binding and conclusive upon Hillstone Parent and the Selling Blocker Equityholders, and Buyer and the Escrow Agent may rely upon any decision, act, consent or instruction of Seller Representative without any Liability to, or obligation to inquire of, any Seller (other than Seller Representative in its capacity as such). The appointment and power of attorney made in this Section 9.14 shall to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law be deemed an agency coupled with an interest and all authority conferred hereby shall to the fullest extent permitted by Law be irrevocable and not be subject to termination by operation of applicable Law, whether by the death or incapacity or liquidation or dissolution of Hillstone Parent or the Selling Blocker Equityholders or the occurrence of any other event or events. Any action taken by Seller Representative on behalf of Hillstone Parent or the Selling Blocker Equityholders pursuant to this Agreement shall be as valid as if any such death, incapacity, liquidation, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not Hillstone Parent, Seller Representative, the Company, the GGC Blockers, the Selling Blocker Equityholders, any related Person or Buyer shall have received notice of any such death, incapacity, liquidation, dissolution or other event. Notices or communications to or from Seller Representative will constitute notice to or from Hillstone Parent and the Selling Blocker Equityholders.

 

(d)            In the event of the incapacity of Seller Representative, Seller Representative or his trustee, receiver or personal Representative, as applicable, shall promptly designate a substitute and its written notice to Sellers of such substitute, which substitute shall from the time of such designation have all the rights and responsibilities of Seller Representative hereunder, as applicable; provided, however, if for any reason no successor Seller Representative has been appointed pursuant to the foregoing within fifteen (15) days after such incapacity, Buyer shall have the right to appoint a substitute (which substitute shall be one of the Sellers) to serve as Seller Representative until Seller. Any amounts paid by Buyer (including any amounts payable related to the post-Closing adjustments under Section 2.4) to Seller Representative on behalf of the Sellers, or in accordance with its instructions, in each case, in accordance with this Agreement, shall be deemed to have been paid to the Sellers, and Buyer shall have no further liability to Seller Representative or Sellers with respect to such funds.

 

71

 

 

Section 9.15    Buyer Parent Guaranty.

 

(a)            As a material inducement to Sellers’ willingness to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer Parent hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranties to Sellers as a primary obligation that Buyer shall fully, completely and timely pay, perform and discharge all of its obligations and Liabilities under this Agreement and any agreement or other instrument delivered by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (the “Obligations”). Upon default by Buyer of any of the Obligations, Sellers may proceed directly against Buyer Parent pursuant to the guaranty set forth in this Section 9.15 (the “Buyer Parent Guaranty”) without proceeding against Buyer or any other Person or pursuing any other remedy, and Buyer Parent shall, upon the written request of Seller Representative (“Performance Demand”), immediately pay, perform and discharge such Obligations. A single Performance Demand shall be effective as to any specific default during the continuance of such default until Buyer or Buyer Parent shall have cured such default, and additional written demands concerning such default shall not be required until such default is cured. For the avoidance of doubt, this Buyer Parent Guaranty is an unsecured obligation of Buyer Parent and no security interest or lien is granted by Buyer Parent in any of its assets or property to secure this Buyer Parent Guaranty.

 

(b)            This Buyer Parent Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection. There are no conditions precedent to the enforcement of this Buyer Parent Guaranty. The obligations of Buyer Parent hereunder shall be continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable until the payment and performance in full of the Obligations and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged, subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, or otherwise affected by (i) any invalidity, illegality or unenforceability against Buyer of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument delivered pursuant hereto; (ii) any modification, amendment, restatement, waiver or rescission of, or any consent to the departure from, any of the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument delivered pursuant hereto; (iii) any exercise or non-exercise by Sellers of any right or privilege under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument delivered pursuant hereto or any notice of such exercise or non-exercise; (iv) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any Obligation, by operation of law or otherwise, or any assignment of any Obligation by Sellers; (v) any change in the corporate existence structure or ownership of Buyer; (vi) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar Proceeding affecting Buyer or Buyer’s assets or any resulting release or discharge of any Obligation; (vii) any requirement that Sellers exhaust any right or remedy or take any action against Buyer or any other Person before seeking to enforce the obligations of Buyer Parent under this Buyer Parent Guaranty; (viii) the existence of any defense, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever, or other rights (other than a defense of payment, performance or discharge) that Buyer Parent may have at any time against Buyer or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or any unrelated transactions; (ix) any other act or failure to act or delay of any kind by Buyer or any other Person; or (x) any other circumstance whatsoever that might, but for the provisions of this Buyer Parent Guaranty, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Obligations or the obligations of Buyer Parent hereunder, including all defenses of a surety.

 

72

 

 

(c)            This Buyer Parent Guaranty shall continue to be effective, or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment or performance, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored, returned or rejected by Sellers for any reason, including upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Buyer, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Buyer or any substantial part of Buyer’s property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made. Buyer Parent agrees that it will indemnify Sellers on demand for all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Sellers in connection with such rescission or restoration, which amounts shall be in addition to all other obligations hereunder. If Sellers are required to refund part or all of any payment of Buyer with respect to any of the Obligations, such payment shall not constitute a release of Buyer Parent from any Liability hereunder, and Buyer Parent’s Liability hereunder shall be reinstated to the fullest extent allowed under applicable Law and shall not be construed to be diminished in any manner.

 

(d)            This Buyer Parent Guaranty and the Buyer Parent’s obligations hereunder shall terminate with respect to all Obligations upon the payment and performance in full of all Obligations. In connection with any such termination, the Sellers shall promptly execute and deliver to Buyer Parent, at the Buyer’s or Buyer Parent’s expense, all documents that Buyer Parent shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions as Buyer Parent shall reasonably request to effect such release. Any execution of such documents shall be without recourse to or warrant by the Sellers.

 

Section 9.16    Waiver of Claims Against Financing Sources. Subject to the rights of Buyer under the Debt Commitment Letters, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein: (a) none of the Financing Sources will have any liability to Sellers or any of their Affiliates relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by, or entered into in connection with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Debt Commitment Letters, and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, whether at law or equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise and (b) neither Sellers nor any of their Affiliates will have any rights or claims against any Financing Source (solely in their respective capacities as Financing Sources) in connection with this Agreement the Debt Commitment Letters, and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. In addition, in no event will any Financing Source be liable for consequential, special, exemplary, punitive or indirect damages. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.16 shall in any way limit or modify the rights and obligations of the Parties under the Transaction Documents, the Buyer Parent’s rights under the Class D Preferred Agreement or any Financing Source’s Obligations to Buyer under the Debt Commitment Letters.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

73

 

 

Each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  THE COMPANY:
   
 

HILLSTONE ENVIRONMENTAL PARTNERS, LLC 

   
   
  By: /s/ Jay Parkinson
  Name: Jay Parkinson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

  HILLSTONE PARENT:
 
  WATER REMAINCO, LLC
   
   
  By: /s/ Jay Parkinson
  Name: Jay Parkinson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

  GGC BLOCKERS:
   
  GGCOF HEP Blocker, LLC
   
  By: Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund-A, L.P., its
Managing Member
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management, L.P., its
General Partner
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management GP, Ltd., its
General Partner
   
 
  By: /s/ Stephen D. Oetgen
  Name: Stephen D. Oetgen
  Title: Director
   
   
  GGCOF HEP BLOCKER II, LLC
   
  By: GGCOF HEP Blocker II Holdings, LLC, its Managing
Member
   
  By: Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund-A, L.P., its
Managing Member
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management, L.P., its
General Partner
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management GP, Ltd., its
General Partner
   
 
  By: /s/ Stephen D. Oetgen
  Name: Stephen D. Oetgen
  Title: Director

  

Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

  SELLING BLOCKER EQUITYHOLDERS:
   
   
  GOLDEN GATE CAPITAL OPPORTUNITY FUND-
A, L.P.
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management, L.P., its
General Partner
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management GP, Ltd., its
General Partner
   
   
  By: /s/ Stephen D. Oetgen
  Name: Stephen D. Oetgen
  Title: Director
   
   
  GGCOF AIV, L.P.
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management, L.P., its
General Partner
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management GP, Ltd., its
General Partner
   
   
  By: /s/ Stephen D. Oetgen
  Name: Stephen D. Oetgen
  Title: Director
   
   
  GGCOF HEP BLOCKER II HOLDINGS, LLC
   
  By: Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund-A, L.P., its
Managing Member
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management, L.P., its
General Partner
   
  By: GGC Opportunity Fund Management GP, Ltd., its
General Partner
   
  By: /s/ Stephen D. Oetgen
  Name: Stephen D. Oetgen
  Title: Director

 

Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

  BUYER:
   
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS PERMIAN, LLC
   
  By: /s/ H. Michael Krimbill
  Name: H. Michael Krimbill
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
 

BUYER PARENT:  

 

Solely for purposes of Article VI, Article VII and Article IX

   
  NGL ENERGY PARTNERS, LP 
   
  By: /s/ H. Michael Krimbill
  Name: H. Michael Krimbill
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

Execution Version

 

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

OF

 

ngl ENERGY PARTNERS LP

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
Article I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1 Definitions 1
Section 1.2 Construction 43
     
Article II
 
ORGANIZATION
 
Section 2.1 Formation 43
Section 2.2 Name 43
Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices 43
Section 2.4 Purpose and Business 44
Section 2.5 Powers 44
Section 2.6 Term 44
Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets 44
     
Article III
 
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
 
Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability 45
Section 3.2 Management of Business 45
Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners 45
Section 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners 45
     
Article IV
 
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP
INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 4.1 Certificates 46
Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates 46
Section 4.3 Record Holders 47
Section 4.4 Transfer Generally 48
Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests 48
Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest 49
Section 4.7 Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights 50
Section 4.8 Restrictions on Transfers of Limited Partner Interests 51
Section 4.9 Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders 52
Section 4.10 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders 53
Section 4.11 Restrictions on Transfer of Class D Preferred Units 54

 

i

 

 

Article V
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 5.1 Contributions by the General Partner and the Initial Limited Partners 55
Section 5.2 Maintenance of General Partner’s Percentage Interest 56
Section 5.3 Contributions by Limited Partners 56
Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal 56
Section 5.5 Capital Accounts 56
Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests 60
Section 5.7 Limited Preemptive Right 62
Section 5.8 Splits and Combinations 62
Section 5.9 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests 63
Section 5.10 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights 63
Section 5.11 Establishment of Class B Preferred Units 65
Section 5.12 Establishment of Class C Preferred Units 73
Section 5.13 Establishment of Class D Preferred Units 82
     
Article VI
 
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes 98
Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes 110
Section 6.3 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders 112
Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus 112
Section 6.5 Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus 113
Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels 113
Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Converted Subordinated Units 114
Section 6.8 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights 114
Section 6.9 Entity-Level Taxation 115
Section 6.10 Special Provisions Relating to the Preferred Holders 115
Section 6.11 Special Provisions Relating to Warrants 116
     
Article VII
 
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
 
Section 7.1 Management 116
Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership 119
Section 7.3 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority 119
Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner 119
Section 7.5 Outside Activities 120
Section 7.6 Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members 122

 

ii

 

 

Section 7.7 Indemnification 122
Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees 124
Section 7.9 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties 125
Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner 127
Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests 127
Section 7.12 Reliance by Third Parties 127
     
Article VIII
 
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
 
Section 8.1 Records and Accounting 128
Section 8.2 Fiscal Year 128
Section 8.3 Reports 128
     
Article IX
 
TAX MATTERS
 
Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information 129
Section 9.2 Tax Elections 129
Section 9.3 Tax Controversies 129
Section 9.4 Withholding; Tax Payments 130
     
Article X
 
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
 
Section 10.1 Admission of Limited Partners 130
Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General Partner 131
Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership 131
     
Article XI
 
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
 
Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner 132
Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner 134
Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner 134
Section 11.4 Withdrawal of Limited Partners 136
     
Article XII
 
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
Section 12.1 Dissolution 136
Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution 136
Section 12.3 Liquidator 137
Section 12.4 Liquidation 137

 

iii

 

 

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership 138
Section 12.6 Return of Contributions 138
Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition 138
Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration 139
     
Article XIII
 
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
 
Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner 139
Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures 140
Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements 141
Section 13.4 Special Meetings 142
Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting 142
Section 13.6 Record Date 142
Section 13.7 Adjournment 142
Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes 143
Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting 143
Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting 143
Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting 144
Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters 144
     
Article XIV
 
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION
 
Section 14.1 Authority 145
Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion 146
Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners 147
Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger 149
Section 14.5 Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion 149
     
Article XV
 
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
 
Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests 150
     
Article XVI
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices; Written Communications 151
Section 16.2 Further Action 152
Section 16.3 Binding Effect 152
Section 16.4 Integration 152
Section 16.5 Creditors 152
Section 16.6 Waiver 153
Section 16.7 Third-Party Beneficiaries 153
Section 16.8 Counterparts 153

 

iv

 

 

Section 16.9 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction 153
Section 16.10 Invalidity of Provisions 154
Section 16.11 Consent of Partners 154
Section 16.12 Facsimile Signatures 154

 

 

v

 

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT
OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP

 

THIS SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP (formerly known as Silverthorne Energy Partners LP) dated as of October 31, 2019, is entered into by NGL Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Article I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1         Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

 

2016 Warrants” means the warrants to purchase Common Units issued pursuant to the Class A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

2019 Warrants” means the warrants to purchase Common Units issued pursuant to the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement and the Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

Acquisition” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing or expanding, over the long-term, the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period exceeding 12 months.

 

Additional Book Basis” means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:

 

(a)           Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event.

 

(b)           If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided, that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).

 

 

 

Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “Excess Additional Book Basis”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property.

 

Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the taxable period in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or Section 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

 

Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period; (b) less (i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to that period; and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period; and (c) plus (i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to that period; (ii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and (iii) any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.

 

2

 

 

Adjusted Property” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

 

Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the quotient of (a) the sum as of such date of (i) Total Leverage Indebtedness plus (ii) the aggregate of Class D Stated Value of all Outstanding Class D Preferred Units plus (iii) the aggregate liquidation preference of all Outstanding Class D Parity Securities, all Outstanding Class D Other Preferred Securities and all Outstanding Class D Senior Securities, divided by (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four Quarters most recently ended as of such date for which financial information has been filed with the Commission.

 

Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Period” is defined in Section 5.13(c)(vii).

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, and not in limitation of the foregoing (a) the Partnership, on the one hand, and the Class D Purchasers, on the other hand, shall not be considered Affiliates solely by virtue of such Class D Purchasers holding Class D Preferred Units; (b) the direct or indirect equity owners, including any limited partners, of EIG or its Affiliates (collectively, the “EIG Investors”), shall be considered an Affiliate of EIG; (c) any fund, entity or account managed, advised or sub-advised, directly or indirectly, by EIG or any EIG Investor, shall be considered an Affiliate of EIG; and (d) any fund, entity or account managed, advised or sub-advised, directly or indirectly, by a Class D Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, or the direct or indirect equity owners, including limited partners of a Class D Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, shall be considered an Affiliate of such Class D Purchaser.

 

Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units” is defined in Section 5.10(a).

 

Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.

 

Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

  

3

 

 

Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property at the time of contribution and in the case of an Adjusted Property, the fair market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the revaluation event as described in Section 5.5(d), in both cases as determined by the General Partner. In making such determination, the General Partner shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate.

 

Agreement” means this Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of NGL Energy Partners LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

 

Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

 

(a)            the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any portion of any additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter, less

 

(b)            the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however, that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to clause (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

 

4

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Board of Directors of the General Partner, its board of directors or board of managers, as applicable, if a corporation or limited liability company, or if a limited partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the General Partner.

 

Book Basis Derivative Items” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).

 

Book-Down Event” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

 

Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

 

Book-Up Event” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

 

Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York (or, solely with respect to matters pertaining to the Class B Preferred Units or the Class C Preferred Units, as applicable, the States of Oklahoma or New York) shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

 

Calculation Agent” means a financial institution, trust company or other Person as may be appointed from time to time by the General Partner to act as calculation agent for the Class C Preferred Units or Class D Preferred Units, as applicable, but subject to Section 5.13(e)(v) with respect to the Class D Preferred Units; provided, however, that the Calculation Agent may not be the Partnership or any of its Affiliates.

 

Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

 

5

 

 

Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions).

 

Capital Improvement” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, or the construction of new or the improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets (including, without limitation, propane assets or other midstream assets or facilities) or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary in which a Group Member has an equity interest, or after such capital contribution will have an equity interest, to fund such Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the addition or improvement to or the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new or the improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets (including, without limitation, propane assets or other midstream assets or facilities) by such Person, in each case if such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction is made to increase, over the long-term, the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period exceeding 12 months.

 

Capital Surplus” means Available Cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of Operating Surplus, as described in Section 6.3(a).

 

Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property, and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination; provided that the Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d)(i) and Section 5.5(d)(ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

 

Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

 

Certificate” means (a) a certificate (i) substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, (ii) issued in global form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depositary or (iii) in such other form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or (b) a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Interests.

 

Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

6

 

 

Citizenship Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.9(a)(ii).

 

Class A Deemed Warrant Unit” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11(a).

 

Class A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement” means the Class A Convertible Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2016, as amended by the Amendment to Class A Convertible Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2016, among the Partnership and the purchasers named therein.

 

Class B Alternative Conversion Consideration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(e)(iii).

 

Class B Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events after the Class B Original Issue Date:

 

(a)            the direct or indirect lease, sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or business combination), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act), and following such occurrence neither the Partnership nor such person has a class of common equity securities listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange; or

 

(b)            the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or business combination), the result of which is that any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act), other than a Class B Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting interests of the General Partner, measured by voting power rather than percentage of interests, and following such occurrence neither the Partnership nor such person has a class of common equity securities listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange.

 

Class B Change of Control Conversion Date” means the date fixed by the General Partner, in its sole discretion, as the date the Class B Preferred Units are entitled to be converted to Class B Conversion Common Units as provided in Section 5.11(e). The Class B Change of Control Conversion Date shall be a Business Day that is no fewer than 20 days nor more than 35 days after the date on which the Partnership provides the Class B Conversion Notice to Class B Preferred Holders pursuant to Section 5.11(e)(ii).

 

Class B Change of Control Conversion Right” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(e)(i).

 

Class B Change of Control Redemption Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(d)(i).

 

7

 

 

Class B Common Unit Conversion Consideration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(e)(i).

 

Class B Conversion Common Units” means Common Units issuable upon conversion of Class B Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.11(e)(i).

 

Class B Conversion Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(e)(ii).

 

Class B Conversion Rate” means the lesser of: (a) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference plus the amount of any accumulated and unpaid distributions on the Class B Preferred Units to, but not including, the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date (unless the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date is after a Class B Distribution Record Date and prior to the corresponding Class B Distribution Payment Date, in which case no accumulated and unpaid Class B Preferred Unit Distribution will be included in this sum) by (ii) the Common Unit Price with respect to the Class B Preferred Units; and (b) the Class B Unit Cap, subject to adjustments of the Common Unit Price with respect to the Class B Preferred Units and the Class B Unit Cap as the General Partner determines to be equitable in view of any splits, combinations or distributions in the form of equity issuances or the payment of any Class B Alternative Conversion Consideration to the holders of the Common Units in connection with the Class B Change of Control.

 

Class B Distribution Payment Date” means January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year (commencing on October 15, 2017); provided, however, that if any Class B Distribution Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Class B Distribution Payment Date shall instead be the immediately succeeding Business Day, without the accumulation of additional distributions.

 

Class B Distribution Period” means, with respect to each Class B Preferred Unit Distribution on a Class B Distribution Payment Date, the three-month period beginning on and including the first day of the third calendar month next preceding the Class B Distribution Payment Date for such Class B Preferred Unit Distribution and ending on and including the last day of the calendar month next preceding the Class B Distribution Payment Date for such Class B Preferred Unit Distribution; provided, however, that the initial Class B Distribution Period shall begin on and include the Class B Original Issue Date and end on and include September 30, 2017.

 

Class B Distribution Rate” means an annual rate equal to (a) during the Class B Fixed Rate Period, 9.00% of the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference and (b) during the Class B Floating Rate Period, a percentage of the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference equal to the sum of (i) Class B Three-Month LIBOR, as calculated on each applicable Class B LIBOR Determination Date, and (ii) 7.213%.

 

Class B Distribution Record Date” means the open of business on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 immediately preceding the Class B Distribution Payment Date for which a Class B Preferred Unit Distribution has been declared; provided, however, that in the case of payments of Class B Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears, the Class B Distribution Record Date with respect to a Class B Distribution Payment Date shall be such date as may be designated by the General Partner in accordance with Section 5.11.

 

8

 

 

Class B Fixed Rate Period” means the period from and including the Class B Original Issue Date to, but not including, July 1, 2022.

 

Class B Floating Rate Period” means the period beginning on July 1, 2022 and ending on the date that all of the Outstanding Class B Preferred Units are redeemed in accordance with Section 5.11(d) or are converted in accordance with Section 5.11(e).

 

Class B Junior Securities” means (a) Common Units, the General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights and (b) any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class B Original Issue Date that, with respect to distributions on such Partnership Interests, does not have terms expressly providing that such class or series is senior to or on parity with the Class B Preferred Units.

 

Class B LIBOR Determination Date” means the London Business Day immediately preceding the first date of the applicable Class B Distribution Period.

 

Class B Original Issue Date” means June 13, 2017.

 

Class B Parity Securities” means (a) the Class C Preferred Units, (b) the Class D Preferred Units and (c) any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class B Original Issue Date that, with respect to distributions on such Partnership Interests, has terms expressly providing that such class or series ranks on parity with the Class B Preferred Units.

 

Class B Permitted Holder” means: (a) any Member (as defined in the GP LLC Agreement) of the General Partner as of the Class B Original Issue Date; (b) any wife, lineal descendant, legal guardian or other legal representative or estate of any of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clause (a); (c) any trust of which at least one of the trustees is any of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) or (b); and (d) any other Person that is controlled directly or indirectly by any one or more of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) through (c).

 

Class B Preferred Holder” means a holder of a Class B Preferred Unit, in respect of such Class B Preferred Unit.

 

Class B Preferred Unit” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and assignees, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a 9.00% Class B Fixed-to-Floating Rate Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Unit in this Agreement.

 

Class B Preferred Unit Distributions” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(b)(i).

 

Class B Redemption Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(d)(i).

 

9

 

 

Class B Redemption Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(d)(ii).

 

Class B Redemption Price” means an amount equal to the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference.

 

Class B Securities Depositary” means, with respect to Class B Preferred Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company (and its successors or assigns or any other securities depositary selected by the Partnership).

 

Class B Senior Securities” means any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class B Original Issue Date that, with respect to distributions on such Partnership Interests, has terms expressly providing that such class or series is senior to the Class B Preferred Units.

 

Class B Stated Liquidation Preference” means, with respect to Class B Preferred Units, a liquidation preference initially equal to $25.00 per Class B Preferred Unit (subject to adjustment for any splits, combinations or similar adjustments to the Class B Preferred Units).

 

Class B Three-Month LIBOR” means, in respect of each Class B Distribution Period during the Class B Floating Rate Period, the following rate determined by the Partnership, as of the applicable Class B LIBOR Determination Date in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)            the rate (expressed as a percentage per year) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Class B Distribution Period that appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Class B LIBOR Determination Date; or

 

(b)            if the rate described in the immediately preceding clause (a) is not so published, the Partnership shall select four major banks in the London interbank market and request that the principal London offices of those four selected banks provide their offered quotations for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months, commencing on the first day of the applicable Class B Distribution Period, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Class B LIBOR Determination Date for such Class B Distribution Period. Offered quotations must be based on a principal amount equal to an amount that, in the Partnership’s judgment, is representative of a single transaction in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market at the time. If two or more quotations are provided, Class B Three-Month LIBOR for such Class B Distribution Period will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Class B Three-Month LIBOR for such Class B Distribution Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted on the Class B LIBOR Determination Date for such Class B Distribution Period by three major banks in New York City selected by the Partnership, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Class B Distribution Period. The rates quoted must be based on an amount that, in the Partnership’s judgment, is representative of a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at the time. If fewer than three New York City banks selected by the Partnership are quoting rates in the manner described above, Class B Three-Month LIBOR for the applicable Class B Distribution Period will be the same as for the immediately preceding Class B Distribution Period or, if the immediately preceding Class B Distribution Period was within the Class B Fixed Rate Period, the same as for the most recent quarter for which Class B Three-Month LIBOR can be determined.

 

10

 

 

All percentages resulting from any of the calculations described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) and (b) will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

 

Class B Unit Cap” means 3.63636.

 

Class C Alternative Conversion Consideration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(e)(iii).

 

Class C Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events after the Class C Original Issue Date:

 

(a)            the direct or indirect lease, sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or business combination), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act), and following such occurrence neither the Partnership nor such person has a class of common equity securities listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange; or

 

(b)            the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or business combination), the result of which is that any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act), other than a Class C Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting interests of the General Partner, measured by voting power rather than percentage of interests, and following such occurrence neither the Partnership nor such person has a class of common equity securities listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange.

 

Class C Change of Control Conversion Date” means the date fixed by the General Partner, in its sole discretion, as the date the Class C Preferred Units are entitled to be converted to Class C Conversion Common Units as provided in Section 5.12(e). The Class C Change of Control Conversion Date shall be a Business Day that is no fewer than 20 days nor more than 35 days after the date on which the Partnership provides the Class C Conversion Notice to Class C Preferred Holders pursuant to Section 5.12(e)(ii).

 

Class C Change of Control Conversion Right” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(e)(i).

 

Class C Change of Control Redemption Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(d)(i).

 

11

 

 

Class C Common Unit Conversion Consideration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(e)(i).

 

Class C Conversion Common Units” means Common Units issuable upon conversion of Class C Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.12(e)(i).

 

Class C Conversion Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(e)(ii).

 

Class C Conversion Rate” means the lesser of: (a) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference plus the amount of any accumulated and unpaid distributions on the Class C Preferred Units to, but not including, the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date (unless the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date is after a Class C Distribution Record Date and prior to the corresponding Class C Distribution Payment Date, in which case no accumulated and unpaid Class C Preferred Unit Distribution will be included in this sum) by (ii) the Common Unit Price with respect to the Class C Preferred Units; and (b) the Class C Unit Cap, subject to adjustments of the Common Unit Price with respect to the Class C Preferred Units and the Class C Unit Cap as the General Partner determines to be equitable in view of any splits, combinations or distributions in the form of equity issuances or the payment of any Class C Alternative Conversion Consideration to the holders of the Common Units in connection with the Class C Change of Control.

 

Class C Distribution Payment Date” means January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year (commencing on July 15, 2019); provided, however, that if any Class C Distribution Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Class C Distribution Payment Date shall instead be the immediately succeeding Business Day, without the accumulation of additional distributions.

 

Class C Distribution Period” means, with respect to each Class C Preferred Unit Distribution on a Class C Distribution Payment Date, the three-month period beginning on and including the first day of the third calendar month next preceding the Class C Distribution Payment Date for such Class C Preferred Unit Distribution and ending on and including the last day of the calendar month next preceding the Class C Distribution Payment Date for such Class C Preferred Unit Distribution; provided, however, that the initial Class C Distribution Period shall begin on and include the Class C Original Issue Date and end on and include June 30, 2019.

 

Class C Distribution Rate” means an annual rate equal to (a) during the Class C Fixed Rate Period, 9.625% of the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference and (b) during the Class C Floating Rate Period, a percentage of the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference equal to the sum of (i) Class C Three-Month LIBOR, as calculated on each applicable Class C LIBOR Determination Date, and (ii) 7.384%. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) if the Calculation Agent determines on the relevant Class C LIBOR Determination Date that the Class C Three-Month LIBOR base rate has been discontinued, then the Calculation Agent will use a substitute or successor base rate that it has determined in its sole discretion is most comparable to the Class C Three-Month LIBOR base rate, provided that if the Calculation Agent determines there is an industry-accepted substitute or successor base rate, then the Calculation Agent shall use such substitute or successor base rate; and (b) if the Calculation Agent has determined a substitute or successor base rate in accordance with clause (a) above, the Calculation Agent, in its sole discretion, may determine what business day convention to use, the definition of business day, the distribution determination date to be used and any other relevant methodology for calculating such substitute or successor base rate.

 

12

 

 

Class C Distribution Record Date” means the open of business on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 immediately preceding the Class C Distribution Payment Date for which a Class C Preferred Unit Distribution has been declared; provided, however, that in the case of payments of Class C Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears, the Class C Distribution Record Date with respect to a Class C Distribution Payment Date shall be such date as may be designated by the General Partner in accordance with Section 5.12.

 

Class C Fixed Rate Period” means the period from and including the Class C Original Issue Date to, but not including, April 15, 2024.

 

Class C Floating Rate Period” means the period beginning on April 15, 2024 and ending on the date that all of the Outstanding Class C Preferred Units are redeemed in accordance with Section 5.12(d) or are converted in accordance with Section 5.12(e).

 

Class C Junior Securities” means (a) Common Units, the General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights and (b) any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class C Original Issue Date that, with respect to distributions on such Partnership Interests, does not have terms expressly providing that such class or series is senior to or on parity with the Class C Preferred Units.

 

Class C LIBOR Determination Date” means the London Business Day immediately preceding the first date of the applicable Class C Distribution Period.

 

Class C Original Issue Date” means April 2, 2019.

 

Class C Parity Securities” means (a) the Class B Preferred Units, (b) the Class D Preferred Units and (c) any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class C Original Issue Date that, with respect to distributions on such Partnership Interests, has terms expressly providing that such class or series ranks on parity with the Class C Preferred Units.

 

Class C Permitted Holder” means: (a) any Member (as defined in the GP LLC Agreement) of the General Partner as of the Class C Original Issue Date; (b) any wife, lineal descendant, legal guardian or other legal representative or estate of any of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clause (a); (c) any trust of which at least one of the trustees is any of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) or (b); and (d) any other Person that is controlled directly or indirectly by any one or more of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) through (c).

 

Class C Preferred Holder” means a holder of a Class C Preferred Unit, in respect of such Class C Preferred Unit.

 

13

 

 

Class C Preferred Unit” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and assignees, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a 9.625% Class C Fixed-to-Floating Rate Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Unit in this Agreement.

 

Class C Preferred Unit Distributions” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b)(i).

 

Class C Redemption Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(d)(i).

 

Class C Redemption Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(d)(ii).

 

Class C Redemption Price” means an amount equal to the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference.

 

Class C Securities Depositary” means, with respect to Class C Preferred Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company (and its successors or assigns or any other securities depositary selected by the Partnership).

 

Class C Senior Securities” means any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class C Original Issue Date that, with respect to distributions on such Partnership Interests, has terms expressly providing that such class or series is senior to the Class C Preferred Units.

 

Class C Stated Liquidation Preference” means, with respect to Class C Preferred Units, a liquidation preference initially equal to $25.00 per Class C Preferred Unit (subject to adjustment for any splits, combinations or similar adjustments to the Class C Preferred Units).

 

Class C Three-Month LIBOR” means, in respect of each Class C Distribution Period during the Class C Floating Rate Period, the following rate determined by the Partnership or the Calculation Agent, as applicable, as of the applicable Class C LIBOR Determination Date in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)            the rate (expressed as a percentage per year) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Class C Distribution Period that appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Class C LIBOR Determination Date determined by the Partnership; or

 

(b)            if the rate described in the immediately preceding clause (a) is not so published, the Calculation Agent shall select four major banks in the London interbank market and request that the principal London offices of those four selected banks provide their offered quotations for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months, commencing on the first day of the applicable Class C Distribution Period, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Class C LIBOR Determination Date for such Class C Distribution Period. Offered quotations must be based on a principal amount equal to an amount that, in the Calculation Agent’s judgment, is representative of a single transaction in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market at the time. If two or more quotations are provided, Class C Three-Month LIBOR for such Class C Distribution Period will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Class C Three-Month LIBOR for such Class C Distribution Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted on the Class C LIBOR Determination Date for such Class C Distribution Period by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Class C Distribution Period. The rates quoted must be based on an amount that, in the Calculation Agent’s judgment, is representative of a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at the time. If fewer than three New York City banks selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting rates in the manner described above, the Calculation Agent, after consulting such sources as it deems comparable to any of the foregoing quotations or display page, or any such source as it deems reasonable from which to estimate Class C Three-Month LIBOR or any of the foregoing lending rates, will determine Class C Three-Month LIBOR for the applicable Class C Distribution Period in its sole discretion.

 

14

 

 

All percentages resulting from any of the calculations described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) and (b) will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

 

Class C Unit Cap” means 3.5791.

 

Class D Accretion Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(b)(v).

 

Class D Accretion Option Period” means any Quarter ending on or prior to the last day of the third (3rd) full Quarter following the Class D Initial Issuance Date.

 

Class D Additional Issuance Date” means October 31, 2019.

 

Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement” means the Class D Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2019, among the Partnership and the Class D Additional Purchasers.

 

Class D Additional Preferred Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(a).

 

Class D Additional Purchasers” means the purchasers named on Schedule A to the Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

Class D Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Rate” means an additional one percentage point per annum, cumulative to the then-applicable Class D Distribution Rate.

 

Class D Board Representation Rights Agreement” has the meaning assigned to the term “Board Representation Rights Agreement” in the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

15

 

 

Class D Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)            the Class D Permitted Holders cease to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the General Partner, measured by voting power rather than number of units, or the Class D Permitted Holders, directly or indirectly, cease to have the power to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors;

 

(b)           other than an acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of the General Partner by the Partnership or a Subsidiary of the Partnership in connection with which the voting rights of the Class D Preferred Unit Holders set forth in Section 5.13(c) and the Board of Directors appointment rights of the Class D Purchasers and their Affiliates set forth in the Class D Board Representation Rights Agreement, in each case, remain in effect following the consummation of such acquisition, the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation), in one or more series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (as defined by Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act) other than a Class D Permitted Holder;

 

(c)            the General Partner withdraws or is removed by the Limited Partners in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(d)            the Common Units (or other common equity interests of the Partnership) are no longer listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange;

 

(e)            the General Partner and/or its Affiliates becomes beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 80% or more of the Outstanding Common Units; or

 

(f)             any transaction or event that constitutes a “change of control” under any of the Partnership’s Funded Indebtedness, entitling holders or lenders to have such indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed or otherwise retired;

 

provided, however, that in no event shall a Partnership Restructuring Event constitute a Class D Change of Control.

 

Class D CoC Notice” is defined in Section 5.13(d)(i).

 

Class D CoC Redemption Election Notice” is defined in Section 5.13(d)(i).

 

Class D Common Unit Redemption Amount” is defined in Section 5.13(d)(iii)(B).

 

16

 

 

Class D Common Unit Conditions” means, with respect to the ability of the Partnership to issue Class D Redemption Common Units in connection with the redemption of Class D Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(iii), (a) all Class D Redemption Common Units to be issued upon such redemption are authorized for listing or quotation or admitted to trading, as applicable, on the New York Stock Exchange or such other National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are then listed, quoted or admitted to trading, (b) the Partnership has on file with the Commission an effective registration statement under the Securities Act registering the resale of the Class D Redemption Common Units to be issued upon such redemption by each Class D Preferred Unit Holder that has provided information pertaining to such Class D Preferred Unit Holder required to be included in such registration statement in order for such Class D Preferred Unit Holder to sell Common Units thereunder and (c) the aggregate number of Class D Redemption Common Units to be issued upon such redemption (together with all Class D Redemption Common Units previously issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(iii) in respect of prior redemptions pursuant thereto) does not exceed the lesser of (1) fifteen percent (15%) of the total number of Common Units that would be outstanding immediately after such redemption (including the Class D Redemption Common Units to be issued upon such redemption) and (2) the product of (x) ten (10) times (y) the 30-day average daily trading volume of the Common Units on the New York Stock Exchange or such other National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are then listed, quoted or admitted to trading, determined as of the second Business Day immediately preceding the date of such redemption.

 

Class D Default Effective Date” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(viii).

 

Class D Distribution Amount” means an amount per Quarter per Class D Preferred Unit equal to the product of (a) the Class D Stated Value of such Class D Preferred Unit (calculated as of the last day of the immediately preceding Quarter) and (b) the Class D Distribution Rate in effect as of the relevant date of determination.

 

Class D Distribution Due Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(b)(iv).

 

Class D Distribution Payment Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(b)(viii).

 

Class D Distribution Payment Default Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(b)(viii).

 

Class D Distribution Rate” an annual rate equal to:

 

(a)            9.000%, at all times during the period commencing on and including the Class D Initial Issuance Date and ending on and including the last day of the eleventh full Quarter following the Class D Initial Issuance Date;

 

(b)           10.000%, at all times during the period commencing on and including the first day of the twelfth full Quarter following the Class D Initial Issuance Date and ending on and including the last day of the nineteenth full Quarter following the Class D Initial Issuance Date; and

 

(c)            the Class D Selectable Rate, at all times during the Class D Selectable Rate Period;

 

provided, however, at all times during an Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Period, the Class D Distribution Rate shall be an annual rate equal to the sum of (i) the applicable annual rate specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this definition plus (ii) the Class D Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Rate.

 

17

 

 

Class D Exempt Parity Securities” means (a) the Class B Preferred Units issued pursuant to the Mesquite Purchase Agreement as a component of the Purchase Price (as defined therein) and (b) any amount of Class D Parity Securities if the net proceeds from the issuance of such Class D Parity Securities are used within 45 days of such issuance to redeem Class D Parity Securities and such net proceeds are applied pro rata among each class or series of Outstanding Class D Parity Securities based on the respective aggregate cash redemption price that would be payable by the Partnership upon an optional redemption of all of the Outstanding Class D Parity Securities comprising each such class or series, as applicable, as of the date of such issuance; provided that, following the consummation of such issuance, the Partnership shall (x) promptly provide any relevant notices required to redeem the relevant Class D Parity Securities and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consummate such redemptions as soon as possible following the consummation of such issuance (and in any event, within 30 days of the delivery of such notices) and (y) not utilize such net proceeds for any purpose other than the redemption of Class D Parity Securities in accordance with this definition; and provided, further, that (i) if the Class D Parity Securities being issued pursuant to this clause (b) are Retail Preferred Securities, the Partnership may elect to use the net proceeds thereof to instead be utilized solely to redeem in full either all of the Outstanding Class B Preferred Units, all of the Outstanding Class C Preferred Units or all of a class or series of Retail Preferred Securities, (ii) neither a Class D Payment Default nor a Class D Redemption Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such issuance, and (iii) neither the Partnership nor any of its Subsidiaries is in breach under any agreement, document or instrument governing or evidencing the Partnership’s or any of its Subsidiaries Funded Indebtedness.

 

Class D Forced Redemption Notice” is defined in Section 5.13(d)(iii)(A).

 

Class D Initial Issuance Date means July 2, 2019, the first day on which Class D Preferred Units are issued and Outstanding.

 

Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement” means the Class D Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2019, among the Partnership and the Class D Initial Purchasers.

 

Class D Initial Preferred Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(a).

 

Class D Initial Purchasers” means the purchasers named on Schedule A to the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

18

 

 

Class D IRR” means, with respect to each outstanding Class D Preferred Unit as of the time of determination, an internal rate of return of the applicable percentage set forth in the definition of Class D Redemption Price on the aggregate Capital Contribution made to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance of such Class D Preferred Unit. Class D IRR with respect to each outstanding Class D Preferred Unit shall be calculated (a) taking into account (i) the aggregate Capital Contribution made to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance of such Class D Preferred Unit (with such Capital Contributions calculated as of the date such Capital Contributions were actually made), (ii) all distributions made in cash in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 5.13(b) (including all Class D Preferred Unit Distributions other than payments or accumulations in respect of the Class D Payment Default Rate or the Class D Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Rate), with all such cash distributions being calculated as of the date such cash distributions were actually distributed or otherwise paid by the Partnership and (iii) the Class D Redemption Price paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit, with such Class D Redemption Price being calculated as of the date such Class D Redemption Price was actually paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement by the Partnership; and (b) using the XIRR function in the most recent version of Microsoft Excel (or if such program is no longer available, such other software program for calculating Class D IRR as reasonably agreed between the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of the Class D Preferred Unit Majority, and the General Partner). In no event shall any calculation of Class D IRR take into account any portion of the Closing Fee (as defined in the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement and the Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement), any expenses of the Class D Purchasers reimbursed by the Partnership pursuant to the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement or Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, as applicable, or payments or accumulations in respect of the Class D Payment Default Rate or the Class D Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Rate.

 

Class D Junior Securities” means (a) Common Units, the General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights and (b) any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class D Initial Issuance Date that has designations, preferences or rights with respect to distributions or rights upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, in any case that are junior to the Class D Preferred Units.

 

Class D LIBOR Determination Date” means the London Business Day immediately preceding the first date of the applicable Quarter.

 

Class D Liquidation Preference” means, with respect to each Class D Preferred Unit on any date, the greater of (a) the Class D Redemption Price applicable to a redemption of such Class D Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(ii) on such date or (b) the Class D Stated Value of such Class D Preferred Unit on such date.

 

Class D MOIC” means a multiple on invested capital with respect to a Class D Preferred Unit equal to the quotient of (a) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all distributions made in cash with respect to such Class D Preferred Unit prior to the applicable date of determination (excluding any payments or accumulations in respect of the Class D Payment Default Rate, the Class D Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Rate, the Closing Fee (as defined in the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement and the Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement) and any expenses of the Class D Purchasers reimbursed by the Partnership pursuant to the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement or Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement) plus (y) the Class D Redemption Price paid in cash in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit on or prior to the applicable date of determination, divided by (c) the aggregate Capital Contribution made to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance of such Class D Preferred Unit.

 

Class D Optional Redemption Notice” is defined in Section 5.13(d)(ii).

 

19

 

 

Class D Other Preferred Securities” means (other than any Class D Preferred Units, Class D Parity Securities or Class D Senior Securities) any class or series of Units or other Partnership Interests that has preferential rights to any Units or other Partnership Interests with respect to dividends or redemptions or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of the Partnership, collectively.

 

Class D Parity Securities” means (a) the Class B Preferred Units, (b) the Class C Preferred Units and (c) any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class D Initial Issuance Date that has (i) designations, preferences or rights with respect to distributions or rights upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, in any case that are on parity with the Class D Preferred Units or (ii) requirements that the Partnership pay distributions that will be on parity with distributions to the Class D Preferred Units.

 

Class D Payment Default” means a Class D Distribution Payment Default or a Class D Redemption Default, as applicable.

 

Class D Payment Default Rate” means an annual rate equal to an additional one half of one percentage point, cumulative to the then-applicable Class D Distribution Rate.

 

Class D Permitted Affiliate Transactions” means any of the following: (a) customary directors’ fees, customary directors’ indemnifications and similar arrangements for officers and directors of the General Partner or any Group Member entered into in the ordinary course of business, together with any payments made under any such indemnification arrangements; (b) customary and reasonable loans, advances and reimbursements to officers, directors and employees of the General Partner or any Group Member for travel, entertainment, moving and other relocation expenses, in each case made in the ordinary course of business; (c) employment agreements and arrangements entered into with directors, officers and employees of the General Partner or any Group Member in the ordinary course of business; (d) a Partnership Restructuring Event; and (e) agreements or transactions entered into between the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer or director of the General Partner or any Group Member, on the other hand, involving consideration of less than $10.0 million in the aggregate (or, solely if the relevant agreement or transaction referenced in this clause (e) is in the form of the acquisition of membership interests of the General Partner by the Partnership, $20.0 million in the aggregate).

 

Class D Permitted Holder” means: (a) any Member (as defined in the GP LLC Agreement) of the General Partner as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date; (b) any wife, lineal descendant, legal guardian or other legal representative or estate of any of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clause (a); (c) any trust of which at least one of the trustees is any of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) or (b); and (d) any other Person that is controlled directly or indirectly by any one or more of the Persons described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) through (c).

 

Class D Preferred Unit” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and assignees, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a Class D Preferred Unit in this Agreement.

 

20

 

 

 

Class D Preferred Unit Distribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(b)(i).

 

Class D Preferred Unit Holder” means a Record Holder of Class D Preferred Units.

 

Class D Preferred Unit Majority” means the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Class D Preferred Units, voting separately as a class with one vote per Class D Preferred Unit.

 

Class D Preferred Unit Representative” means any holder of Class D Preferred Units elected by a Class D Preferred Unit Majority, which shall initially be EIG Neptune or its Affiliated designee until such time as the Class D Purchasers and their respective Affiliates collectively hold less than 50% of the Outstanding Class D Preferred Units, after which the Class D Preferred Unit Majority shall elect a new Class D Preferred Unit Representative by written notice to the Partnership, which Person shall thereupon be the Class D Preferred Unit Representative.

 

Class D Preferred Units Registrar” means the office or agency of the Partnership where a register of the ownership of the Class D Preferred Units shall be maintained.

 

Class D Purchaser” and “Class D Purchasers” means, collectively, the Class D Initial Purchasers and the Class D Additional Purchasers.

 

Class D Redemption Common Units” is defined in Section 5.13(d)(iii)(C).

 

Class D Redemption Default” is defined in Section 5.13(d)(iii)(E).

 

Class D Redemption Default Period” means the period beginning on and including the day on which a Class D Redemption Default first occurs and ending on the day when all Class D Preferred Units are redeemed by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(iii).

 

Class D Redemption Price” means, with respect to a Class D Preferred Unit on the relevant date of determination, an amount of cash equal to (a) in respect of a redemption of a Class D Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(i) (at the election of any Class D Preferred Unit Holder in connection with a Class D Change of Control) or Section 5.13(d)(ii) (at the election of the Partnership) that occurs (i) during the period commencing on the Class D Initial Issuance Date and ending on the date immediately preceding the fifth anniversary thereof, an amount that results in the greater of (A) a 13.75% Class D IRR and (B) a 1.45x Class D MOIC, or (ii) on or after the fifth anniversary of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, an amount that results in a 14.5% Class D IRR, or (b) in respect of a redemption of a Class D Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(iii) (at the election of a Class D Preferred Unit Holder), an amount that results in a 14.00% Class D IRR, plus, in the case of clause (a) or clause (b) above, as applicable, the amount of then-unpaid accumulations with respect to such Class D Preferred Unit being redeemed in respect of the Class D Payment Default Rate and/or the Class D Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Rate. All dollar amounts used in, or resulting from, the calculation of any Class D Redemption Price will be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one cent, with $0.00005 being rounded to $0.0001.

 

21

 

 

Class D Required Cash Amount” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(v).

 

Class D Selectable Rate” means either (a) an annual rate of 10.000% (at all times when the Class D Variable Rate is not in effect pursuant to Section 5.13(b)(ii)) or (b) the Class D Variable Rate (at all times when the Class D Variable Rate is in effect pursuant to Section 5.13(b)(ii)).

 

Class D Selectable Rate Period” means with respect to each Outstanding Class D Preferred Unit, the period beginning on and including the first day of the twentieth full Quarter following the Class D Initial Issuance Date and ending on the date of redemption of such Class D Preferred Unit in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Class D Senior Securities” means any class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Class D Initial Issuance Date that has (a) designations, preferences or rights with respect to distributions or rights upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, in any case that are senior to the Class D Preferred Units, (b) requirements that the Partnership pay distributions that will have priority to distributions to the Class D Preferred Units or (c) requirements that the Partnership redeem such Units prior to the full redemption of all outstanding Class D Preferred Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Class D Stated Value” means, with respect to a Class D Preferred Unit, an amount initially equal to the sum of (a) $1,000.00, plus (b) the aggregate Class D Accretion Amount, if any, attributable to such Class D Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 5.13(b)(v), plus (c) without duplication of any amounts included in the foregoing clause (b), all Class D Unpaid Distributions with respect to such Class D Preferred Unit outstanding as of the date of determination.

 

Class D Three-Month LIBORmeans the following rate determined by the Partnership or the Class D Calculation Agent, as applicable, as of the applicable Class D LIBOR Determination Date in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)        the rate (expressed as a percentage per year) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of the applicable Quarter that appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Class D LIBOR Determination Date determined by the Partnership; or

 

(b)       if the rate described in the immediately preceding clause (a) is not so published, the Class D Calculation Agent shall select four major banks in the London interbank market and request that the principal London offices of those four selected banks provide their offered quotations for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months, commencing on the first day of the applicable Quarter, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Class D LIBOR Determination Date for such Quarter. Offered quotations must be based on a principal amount equal to an amount that, in the Class D Calculation Agent’s judgment, is representative of a single transaction in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market at the time. If two or more quotations are provided, Class D Three-Month LIBOR for such Quarter will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Class D Three-Month LIBOR for such Quarter will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted on the Class D LIBOR Determination Date for such Quarter by three major banks in New York City selected by the Class D Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Quarter. The rates quoted must be based on an amount that, in the Class D Calculation Agent’s judgment, is representative of a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at the time. If fewer than three New York City banks selected by the Class D Calculation Agent are quoting rates in the manner described above, the Class D Calculation Agent, after consulting such sources as it deems comparable to any of the foregoing quotations or display page, or any such source as it deems reasonable from which to estimate Class D Three-Month LIBOR or any of the foregoing lending rates, will determine Class D Three-Month LIBOR for the applicable Quarter in its sole discretion.

 

22

 

 

All percentages resulting from any of the calculations described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) and (b) will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

 

Class D Transfer Agent” is defined in Section 5.13(a).

 

Class D Unpaid Distributions” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(viii).

 

Class D Variable Rate” means an annual rate equal to a percentage of the Class D Stated Value equal to the sum of (a) Class D Three-Month LIBOR, as calculated on each applicable Class D LIBOR Determination Date plus (b) 7.000%. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) if the Class D Calculation Agent determines on the relevant Class D LIBOR Determination Date that the Class D Three-Month LIBOR base rate has been discontinued, then the Class D Calculation Agent will use a substitute or successor base rate that it has determined in its sole discretion is most comparable to the Class D Three-Month LIBOR base rate; provided that if the Class D Calculation Agent determines there is an industry-accepted substitute or successor base rate, then the Class D Calculation Agent shall use such substitute or successor base rate and (b) if the Class D Calculation Agent has determined a substitute or successor base rate in accordance with clause (a) above, the Class D Calculation Agent, in its sole discretion, may determine what business day convention to use, the definition of business day, the distribution determination date to be used and any other relevant methodology for calculating such substitute or successor base rate.

 

Closing Date” means the first date on which Common Units were sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Closing Price” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the respective Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the primary reporting system then in use in relation to such Limited Partner Interests of such class, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner.

 

23

 

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

 

Combined Interest” is defined in Section 11.3(a).

 

Commences Commercial Service” means the date a Capital Improvement is first put into commercial service following completion of construction, acquisition, development and testing, as applicable.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Unit” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and assignees, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” refers to Class A Deemed Warrant Units to the extent provided in Section 6.11(a) but does not refer to or include any Preferred Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Common Unit Price” means (a) the amount of cash consideration per Common Unit, if the consideration to be received in the Class B Change of Control or the Class C Change of Control, as applicable, by the holders of Common Units is solely cash; and (b) the average of the closing prices for the Common Units on the New York Stock Exchange for the ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding, but not including, the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date or the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date, as applicable, if the consideration to be received in the Class B Change of Control or the Class C Change of Control, as applicable, by the holders of Common Units is other than solely cash.

 

Competitor” means a Person that (a) (i) is an operating company (and not a financial institution, private equity fund or infrastructure fund) and (ii) is engaged in any of the following: (1) the transportation, storage, blending or marketing of crude oil or natural gas liquids, (2) the transportation, storage, terminaling or marketing of refined products, renewables or retail propane, (3) the treatment or disposal of wastewater, solids, tank bottoms, drilling fluids or muds generated from or used in connection with crude oil or natural gas production and (4) services associated with any of the foregoing or (b) is the general partner of a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704(b) of the Code, which “publicly traded partnership” is engaged in any of the activities described in the foregoing clause (a)(i).

 

24

 

 

Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner composed entirely of two or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer, director or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner, (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or its Affiliates or the Partnership Group, other than Common Units or Preferred Units and other awards that are granted to such director under the LTIP and (d) meets the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which any class of Partnership Interests is listed or admitted to trading.

 

Consolidated EBITDA” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Principal Credit Facility in effect as of the relevant date of determination; provided that if such Principal Credit Facility does not have a substantially equivalent definition for such term as the definition set forth in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, then such term shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date.

 

Contributed Property” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

 

Contribution, Purchase and Sale Agreement” means that certain Contribution, Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2010, by and among the Hicks Entities, Hicksgas Gifford, Inc., NGL Supply, Inc., NGL Holdings, Inc., the other stockholders of NGL Supply, Inc., Krim2010, LLC, Infrastructure Capital Management, LLC, Atkinson Investors, LLC, NGL Energy Holdings LLC (formerly known as Silverthorne Energy Holdings LLC) and the Partnership.

 

Conversion Date” means either a (a) Class B Change of Control Conversion Date or (b) Class C Change of Control Conversion Date.

 

Credit Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2017, by and among the Partnership, NGL Operating LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and the other financial institutions party thereto, as amended by Amendment Nos. 1 through 7 thereto, as amended, restated, modified, renewed or replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) in whole or in part from time to time.

 

Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).

 

Current Market Price” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

 

25

 

 

Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

Departing General Partner means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2.

 

Depositary” means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Disposed of Adjusted Property” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).

 

Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

 

EIG” means EIG Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

EIG Neptune” means EIG Neptune Equity Aggregator, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Eligibility Certificate” is defined in Section 4.9(b).

 

Eligible Holder” means a Limited Partner whose (a) federal income tax status would not, in the determination of the General Partner, have the material adverse effect described in Section 4.9(a)(i) or (b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not, in the determination of the General Partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture as described in Section 4.9(a)(ii). The Partnership acknowledges that each of the Class D Purchasers are Eligible Holders.

 

Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount” is defined in Section 6.9.

 

Event of Withdrawal” is defined in Section 11.1(a).

 

Excess Additional Book Basis is defined in the definition of “Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.”

 

Excess Distribution” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

 

Excess Distribution Unit” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

 

Expansion Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements, and shall not include Maintenance Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence construction of a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that such Capital Improvement is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to fund such construction period interest payments or to fund distributions on equity issued (including incremental Incentive Distributions related thereto) to fund the construction of a Capital Improvement as described in clause (a)(iv) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall also be deemed to be debt incurred to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

 

26

 

  

First Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement” shall mean the First Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Silverthorne Energy Partners LP (now known as NGL Energy Partners LP).

 

First Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c)(i)(C).

 

First Target Distribution means 115% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution.

 

Funded Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, all indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person that by its terms or by the terms of any instrument or agreement relating thereto matures, or which is otherwise payable or unpaid, one year or more from, or is directly or indirectly renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor in respect thereof to a date one year or more (including, without limitation, an option of such obligor under a revolving credit or similar agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend credit over a period of one year or more) from, the date of the creation thereof.

 

General Partner” means NGL Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

 

General Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

GP LLC Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the General Partner, as may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

Gross Liability Value” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.

 

Group” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

 

27

 

 

Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.

 

Group Member Agreement” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Hedge Contract” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the exposure of the Partnership Group to fluctuations in interest rates or the price of hydrocarbons, other than for speculative purposes.

 

Hicks Entities means Hicks Oils & Hicksgas, Incorporated, an Indiana corporation, and Gifford Holdings, Inc., an Indiana corporation.

 

IDR Reset Common Unit” is defined in Section 5.10(a).

 

IDR Reset Election” is defined in Section 5.10(a).

 

Incentive Distribution Right” means a non-voting Limited Partner Interest that will confer upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations specifically provided in this Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law.

 

Incentive Distributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4.

 

Incremental Income Taxes” is defined in Section 6.9.

 

Indebtedness” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Principal Credit Facility in effect as of the relevant date of determination; provided that if such Principal Credit Facility does not have a substantially equivalent definition for such term as the definition set forth in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, then such term shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date.

 

28

 

 

Indemnitee means (a) any General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a manager, managing member, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, a General Partner, any Departing General Partner or any of their respective Affiliates, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of a General Partner, any Departing General Partner or any of their respective Affiliates as an officer, director, manager, managing member, fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary duty to any Group Member; provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for- services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, (f) any Person who controls a General Partner or Departing General Partner and (g) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement because such Person’s service, status or relationship exposes such Person to potential claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings relating to the Partnership Group’s business and affairs.

 

Indentures” means (a) the Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2016, by and among the Partnership, NGL Energy Finance Corp., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, (b) the Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2017, by and among the Partnership, NGL Energy Finance Corp., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and (c) the Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2019, by and among the Partnership, NGL Energy Finance Corp., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, in each case, without giving effect to any amendment or supplement thereto after the Class D Initial Issuance Date and regardless of whether any such indenture remains in effect.

 

Ineligible Holder” is defined in Section 4.9(c).

 

Initial Common Units” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Initial Limited Partners” means the persons identified as “Limited Partners” on the signature pages of the First Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement and the General Partner (with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights).

 

Initial Public Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement.

 

Initial Unit Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters in the Initial Public Offering agreed to offer the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act with respect to the Initial Public Offering or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

 

Interim Capital Transactions means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member (including in the Initial Public Offering); (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements; and (d) capital contributions received.

 

29

 

  

Investment Capital Expenditures” means capital expenditures other than Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures.

 

Leverage Ratio” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Principal Credit Facility in effect as of the relevant date of determination; provided that if such Principal Credit Facility does not have a substantially equivalent definition for such term as the definition set forth in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, then such term shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date.

 

Liability” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.

 

Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Article XIII and Article XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of an Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law.

 

Limited Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner Interest” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Article XIII and Article XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.

 

Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

 

Liquidation Preference” means the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference, the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference or the Class D Liquidation Preference, as applicable.

 

30

 

  

Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

 

London Business Day” means any day on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

LTIP” means the Long-Term Incentive Plan of the General Partner, as may be amended, or any equity compensation plan successor thereto.

 

Maintenance Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to or replacement of the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets, including, without limitation, propane assets and other related or similar midstream assets) if such expenditures are made to maintain, including over the long-term, the operating capacity and/or operating income of the Partnership Group. Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall not include (a) Expansion Capital Expenditures or (b) Investment Capital Expenditures. Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Public Offering, in each case, to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset and paid during the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such replacement asset Commences Commercial Service and the date that such replacement asset is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or equity issued to fund construction or development period interest payments, or such construction or development period distributions on equity, shall also be deemed to be debt or equity, as the case may be, incurred to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset and the incremental Incentive Distributions paid relating to newly issued equity shall be deemed to be distributions paid on equity issued to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period exceeding 12 months.

 

Merger Agreement” is defined in Section 14.1.

 

Mesquite Purchase Agreement” means the Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of May 13, 2019 by and between NGL Water Solutions LLC, a Colorado limited liability company and a subsidiary of the Partnership, Mesquite, solely for the purpose of Section 5.4 thereof, the “Restricted Persons” (as defined therein) and, solely for the purposes of Section 3.23, Section 5.4, Section 5.10 and Section 8.5 thereof, Precious Lady Holdings, L.L.C., a New Mexico limited liability company, as amended by that certain Letter Agreement, dated as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, by and among NGL Water Solutions LLC, a Colorado limited liability company and a subsidiary of the Partnership, and Mesquite.

 

Minimum Portion” means, with respect to a redemption of Class D Preferred Units, a number of Outstanding Class D Preferred Units immediately prior to such redemption having an aggregate Class D Stated Value of not less than $50.0 million.

 

31

 

 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution” means $0.3375 per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period from the Closing Date to the end of the quarter in which the Closing Date occurred, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

 

National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section) and any other securities exchange (whether or not registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) (or successor to such Section) of the Securities Exchange Act) that the General Partner shall designate as a National Securities Exchange for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liability either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case as determined and required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code.

 

Net Income” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).

 

Net Loss” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).

 

Net Positive Adjustments” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.

 

32

 

  

Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however, the items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

 

Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however, items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

 

Noncompensatory Option” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.721-2(f).

 

Nonrecourse Built-in Gain means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

 

Nonrecourse Deductions means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

 

Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

 

Notice of Election to Purchase” is defined in Section 15.1(b).

 

Notional General Partner Units” means notional units used solely to calculate the General Partner’s Percentage Interest. Notional General Partner Units shall not constitute “Units” for any purpose of this Agreement. If the General Partner makes additional Capital Contributions pursuant to Section 5.2 to maintain its Percentage Interest, the number of Notional General Partner Units shall be increased proportionally to reflect the maintenance of such Percentage Interest.

 

Operating Expenditures” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned), including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts (provided that (x) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of a Hedge Contract, such amounts shall be amortized over the life of such Hedge Contract and (y) payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), officer and other employee compensation, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt service payments and Maintenance Capital Expenditures, subject to the following:

 

33

 

 

(a)        repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of “Operating Surplus” shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;

 

(b)        payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures; and

 

(c)        Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, (ii) Investment Capital Expenditures, (iii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions, (iv) distributions to Partners, or (v) repurchases of Partnership Interests, other than repurchases of Partnership Interests to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans, or reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner for such purchases. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Maintenance Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

 

Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period after the Closing Date and ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,

 

(a)        the sum of (i) $20.0 million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions and provided that cash receipts from the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract, (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings, and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Public Offering, to finance all or a portion of the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the Capital Improvement or replacement capital asset Commences Commercial Service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Public Offering, to fund the construction period interest payments on debt incurred, or construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset shall also be deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset for purposes of this clause (iv)), less

 

34

 

 

(b)       the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period; (ii) the amount of cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures; (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred; and (iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an Investment Capital Expenditure; provided, however, that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Surplus” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero. Cash receipts from an Investment Capital Expenditure shall be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return on principal, but in no event shall a return of principal be treated as cash receipts.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.

 

Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) would, pursuant to this definition, beneficially own 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, all Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement); provided, further, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply (a) to any Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding acquired directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates, (b) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any then Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (a) provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, (c) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any then Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding with the prior approval of the General Partner, (d) to the Class D Purchasers or their respective Affiliates with respect to their ownership (beneficial or of record) of the Class D Preferred Units issued pursuant to the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement or Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, as applicable (or the Class D Redemption Common Units issued upon redemption thereof), or the 2016 Warrants (or the Common Units issued on exercise thereof) or the 2019 Warrants (or the Common Units issued on exercise thereof), (e) any holder of Class B Preferred Units in connection with any vote, consent or approval of the holders of the Class B Preferred Units as a separate class, (f) any holder of Class C Preferred Units in connection with any vote, consent or approval of the holders of the Class C Preferred Units as a separate class, (g) any holder of Class D Preferred Units in connection with any vote, consent or approval of the holders of the Class D Preferred Units as a separate class, or (h) any holder of Class B Preferred Units, Class C Preferred Units, Class D Preferred Units or any other Parity Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable in connection with any vote, consent or approval of the holders of Class B Preferred Units, Class C Preferred Units, Class D Preferred Units and such other Parity Securities as a single class.

 

35

 

 

Parity Securities” means Class B Parity Securities, Class C Parity Securities and Class D Parity Securities, collectively.

 

Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

 

Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

 

Partnership” means NGL Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Partnership Group” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries treated as a single consolidated entity.

 

Partnership Interest” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership, which shall include the General Partner Interest and any Limited Partner Interest (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Common Unit, Class B Preferred Unit, Class C Preferred Unit, Class D Preferred Unit and Incentive Distribution Right), but shall exclude any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership.

 

Partnership Minimum Gain” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

 

Partnership Restructuring Event” means any restructuring, simplification or similar transaction or series of transactions that modifies, eliminates or otherwise restructures the General Partner Interest, the Incentive Distribution Rights or the equity interests of the General Partner or its Affiliates; provided that (a) the principal parties thereto are the Partnership, Class D Permitted Holders and/or their respective Affiliates and (b) the common equity interests of the Partnership or its successor entity remain listed on a National Securities Exchange following such transaction.

 

36

 

  

Paying Agent” means the Transfer Agent, acting in its capacity as paying agent for the Preferred Units, and its respective successors and assigns or any other paying agent appointed by the General Partner; provided, however, that if no Paying Agent is specifically designated for any class or series of Preferred Units, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.

 

Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any class of Units held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

 

Percentage Interest” means as of any date of determination (a) as to the General Partner, with respect to the General Partner Interest (calculated based upon a number of Notional General Partner Units), and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of Notional General Partner Units deemed held by the General Partner or the number of Units held by such Unitholder, as the case may be, by (y) the total number of Outstanding Units and Notional General Partner Units and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right, a Class B Preferred Unit, a Class C Preferred Unit, a Class D Preferred Unit or a Parity Security shall at all times be zero.

 

Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

 

Plan of Conversion” is defined in Section 14.1.

 

Preferred Distributions” means Class B Preferred Unit Distributions, Class C Preferred Unit Distributions or Class D Preferred Unit Distributions, as applicable.

 

Preferred Holder” means (a) with respect to a class or series of Preferred Units, a Record Holder of such class or series of Preferred Units, and (b) with respect to Preferred Units, generally, a Record Holder of Preferred Units.

 

Preferred Units” means any class or series of Partnership Interests that, with respect to distributions on such Partnership Interests of cash or property and distributions upon liquidation of the Partnership (taking into account the intended effects of the allocation of gains and losses as provided in this Agreement), ranks senior to the Common Units, including the Class B Preferred Units, the Class C Preferred Units and the Class D Preferred Units.

 

Principal Credit Facility” means (a) as of the date of this Agreement and until the Credit Agreement is Replaced, the Credit Agreement and (b) once the Credit Agreement is Replaced and thereafter, the then-applicable Replacement Credit Agreement; provided, that, after the date of this Agreement in the case of clauses (a) and (b), (i) the administrative agent and each of the lenders thereunder are commercial banks, the majority of which are regulated by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency (or successor agency thereto) and are engaged in working capital and general corporate purpose lending to diversified midstream providers in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, (ii) at least $500,000,000 in commitments are available thereunder and (iii) such Credit Agreement or Replacement Credit Agreement, as applicable, contains covenants, events of default, guarantees and other terms that (other than “market” interest rate, fees, funding discounts and redemption or prepayment premiums as determined at the time of the Partnership entered into the Credit Agreement or later enters into such Replacement Credit Agreement, as applicable) are “market” terms as determined on the date of issuance or incurrence.

 

37

 

  

Pro Rata” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder, (d) when used with respect to Class B Preferred Holders, apportioned equally among all Class B Preferred Holders in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Class B Preferred Units held by each such Class B Preferred Holder, (e) when used with respect to Class C Preferred Holders, apportioned equally among all Class C Preferred Holders in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Class C Preferred Units held by each such Class C Preferred Holder, (f) when used with respect to Class D Preferred Unit Holders, apportioned equally among all Class D Preferred Unit Holders in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Class D Preferred Units held by each such Class D Preferred Unit Holder and (g) when used with respect to Preferred Holders, apportioned equally among all Preferred Holders in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Preferred Units held by each such Preferred Holder.

 

Purchase Date” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

 

Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership that includes the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

 

Rate Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.9(a)(i).

 

Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

 

Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

 

38

 

 

Record Holder” means (a) with respect to Partnership Interests of any class of Partnership Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the opening of business on such Business Day.

 

Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.

 

Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-172186) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means as of the end of any taxable period, (a) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, the excess of (i) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units as of the end of such period over (ii) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, (b) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Interest), the excess of (i) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as of the end of such period over (ii) the sum of the General Partner’s Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the General Partner Interest for each prior taxable period, and (c) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (i) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (ii) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.

 

Replacement” means, in respect of the Credit Agreement or any Replacement Credit Agreement, any amendment, amendment and restatement, modification, supplement, refinancing, replacement or restructuring thereof from time to time. “Replaced” shall have the correlative meaning.

 

Replacement Credit Agreement” means the principal senior credit facility of the Partnership that Replaces the Credit Agreement or the immediately preceding existing Replacement Credit Agreement, as the case may be.

 

Required Allocations” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).

 

Reset MQD” is defined in Section 5.10(a).

 

Reset Notice” is defined in Section 5.10(b).

 

39

 

 

Retail Preferred Securities” means a class or series of Class D Parity Securities (a) that is initially issued with an initial liquidation preference of $25.00 pursuant to an underwritten offering, (b) is listed for trading on a National Securities Exchange, (c) is not convertible or redeemable at the election of the holders thereof other than in connection with a change of control and (d) the holders of which are not issued warrants to acquire Common Units in connection with the issuance of such Class D Parity Securities.

 

Reuters Page LIBOR01” means the display so designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra (or such other page as may replace the LIBOR01 page on that service, or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers' Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

 

Second Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).

 

Second Target Distribution” means 125% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

 

Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

 

Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (a) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, (b) with respect to the General Partner (in respect of the General Partner Interest), the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the General Partner’s Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time, and (c) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

 

Special Approval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee acting in good faith.

 

Subordinated Unit” means the Subordinated Units outstanding at the time of and immediately following the Initial Public Offering. The Subordinated Units converted into Common Units on August 15, 2014.

 

40

 

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

 

Subsidiary Preferred Securities” is defined in Section 5.13(c)(iv)(C).

 

Surviving Business Entity” is defined in Section 14.2(b)(ii).

 

Target Distribution” means, collectively, the First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.

 

Third Target Distribution” means 150% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution.

 

Total Leverage Indebtedness” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Principal Credit Facility in effect as of the relevant date of determination; provided that if such Principal Credit Facility does not have a substantially equivalent definition for such term as the definition set forth in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, then such term shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date.

 

Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Principal Credit Facility in effect as of the relevant date of determination; provided that if such Principal Credit Facility does not have a substantially equivalent definition for such term as the definition set forth in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, then such term shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date.

 

Trading Day” means, for the purpose of determining the Current Market Price of any class of Limited Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

 

transfer” is defined in Section 4.4(a).

 

Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests; provided, that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any class of Partnership Interests, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.

 

transferee means a Person who has received Partnership Interests by means of a transfer.

 

41

 

 

 

 

U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

 

Underwriter” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchased Common Units pursuant thereto.

 

Underwriting Agreement” means that certain Underwriting Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2011, among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner and other parties thereto, providing for the purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters.

 

Unit” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units (including Class A Deemed Warrant Units to the extent they are treated as Common Units pursuant to Section 6.11(a)), Class B Preferred Units, Class C Preferred Units, Class D Preferred Units and any Parity Security but shall not include the General Partner Interest or Incentive Distribution Rights.

 

Unit Majority” means at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, voting as a single class.

 

Unitholders” means the holders of Units.

 

Unpaid MQD” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).

 

Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

 

Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

 

Unrecovered Initial Unit Price” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision, combination or reorganization of such Units.

 

Vesting Date” means with respect to any Class A Deemed Warrant Unit, the first date on which the Common Unit corresponding to such Class A Deemed Warrant Unit may be issued pursuant to exercise of a 2016 Warrant in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

VWAP Price” means, as of any date of determination, the volume-weighted average trading price, as adjusted for splits, combinations and other similar transactions, of a Common Unit on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are then listed or admitted to trading.

 

42

 

  

Warrants” means warrants to purchase Common Units, including the 2016 Warrants and the 2019 Warrants.

 

Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” is defined in Section 11.1(b)(i).

 

Working Capital Borrowings” means borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to Partners, made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or other similar financing arrangement; provided that when such borrowings are incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from sources other than additional Working Capital Borrowings.

 

Section 1.2    Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include”, “includes”, “including” or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Article II

 

ORGANIZATION

 

Section 2.1    Formation. The General Partner hereby amends and restates the Fourth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes.

 

Section 2.2    Name. The name of the Partnership shall be “NGL Energy Partners LP”. The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

 

Section 2.3    Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 6120 S. Yale, Suite 805, Tulsa, OK 74136, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be 6120 S. Yale, Suite 805, Tulsa, OK 74136, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

 

43

 

  

Section 2.4    Purpose and Business. The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner, in its sole discretion, and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may, in its sole discretion, decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business.

 

Section 2.5    Powers. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

 

Section 2.6    Term. The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

 

Section 2.7    Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity and/or its Subsidiaries, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

 

44

 

 

Article III

 

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 3.1    Limitation of Liability. The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

 

Section 3.2    Management of Business. No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

 

Section 3.3    Outside Activities of the Limited Partners. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities outside of and in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any outside business ventures of any Limited Partner.

 

Section 3.4    Rights of Limited Partners.

 

(a)           In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, the reasonableness of which having been determined by the General Partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand, and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

 

(i)            to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership;

 

(ii)           promptly after its becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;

 

45

 

  

(iii)          to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

 

(iv)          to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments hereto and thereto, together with copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments hereto and thereto have been executed;

 

(v)           to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and that each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner; and

 

(vi)          to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

 

(b)          The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership where the primary purpose is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).

 

Article IV

 

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP
INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Section 4.1      Certificates. Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or any Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however, that if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership.

 

Section 4.2    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

 

(a)          If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

 

46

 

  

(b)           The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

 

(i)            makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

 

(ii)            requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

 

(iii)          if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

 

(iv)          satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner.

 

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

 

(c)            As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the Record Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

 

Section 4.3      Record Holders. The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be (a) the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein.

 

47

 

 

Section 4.4    Transfer Generally.

 

(a)          The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Interest to another Person or by which a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights assigns its Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest (other than an Incentive Distribution Right) makes any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Person that is not a natural person, any distribution, transfer, assignment or other disposition of any Limited Partner Interest, whether voluntary, involuntary or pursuant to any dissolution, liquidation or termination of such Person, to such Person’s members, shareholders, partners or other interestholders shall constitute a “transfer” of a Limited Partner Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to a Limited Partner that is not a natural person, any transfer, sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or other disposition of any interest in such Limited Partner, by such Limited Partner or any interestholder of such Limited Partner shall be deemed to be an indirect transfer of a Limited Partner Interest hereunder).

 

(b)          No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void. Except as provided in Section 4.8(b) below, but notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed), or (iv) constitute a breach or violation of, or a change of control or event of default under, any credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other similar instrument or document governing indebtedness for borrowed money of the Partnership or any Group Member.

 

(c)           Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner, and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.

 

Section 4.5    Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

 

(a)          The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

 

48

 

  

(b)          The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the Record Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions hereof, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

 

(c)          By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

 

(d)          Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.8, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests (other than the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall be freely transferable.

 

(e)          The General Partner shall have the right at any time to transfer its Common Units to one or more Persons.

 

Section 4.6    Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.

 

(a)          Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to the first day of the first Quarter beginning after the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person.

 

49

 

 

(b)          Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after the first day of the first Quarter beginning after the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, the General Partner may at its option transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest held by the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

 

Section 4.7    Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights. Prior to the first day of the first Quarter beginning after the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may only transfer any or all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by such holder without any consent of the Unitholders to (a) an Affiliate of such holder (other than an individual), or (b) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (i) the merger or consolidation of such holder of Incentive Distribution Rights with or into such other Person, (ii) the transfer by such holder of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person, (iii) the sale of all the ownership interests in such holder or (iv) the pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage of the Incentive Distribution Rights in favor a Person providing bona fide debt financing to such holder as security or collateral for such debt financing and the transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights in connection with the exercise of any remedy of such Person in connection therewith, provided, that such holder entered into such debt financing transaction in good faith for a valid purpose other than the intent to circumvent the restrictions on transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights that would otherwise have applied. Any other transfer of the Incentive Distribution Rights prior to the first day of the first Quarter beginning after the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date shall require the prior approval of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). On or after the first day of the first Quarter beginning after the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, the General Partner or any other holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the transfer of Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.10 shall not be treated as a transfer of all or any part of the Incentive Distribution Rights and (ii) no transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person shall be permitted unless the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement; provided, that no such agreement shall be required for the pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage of the Incentive Distribution Rights.

 

50

 

  

Section 4.8    Restrictions on Transfers of Limited Partner Interests.

 

(a)          The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it determines, with the advice of counsel, that such restrictions are necessary or advisable to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement pursuant to Section 13.1; provided, however, that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

 

(b)          Nothing contained in this Article IV, or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

 

(c)           Each certificate evidencing Partnership Interests shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP, TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). NGL ENERGY HOLDINGS LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO (A) AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES OR (B) IN THE CASE OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS, TO PRESERVE THE UNIFORMITY THEREOF (OR ANY CLASS OR CLASSES OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS). THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

 

51

 

 

Section 4.9    Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders.

 

(a)           If at any time the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that

 

(i)            the Partnership’s status other than as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or the failure of the Partnership otherwise to be subject to an entity-level tax for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof of the federal income tax status) of one or more Limited Partners, has or will reasonably likely have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rate that can be charged to customers by Subsidiaries of the Partnership (a “Rate Eligibility Trigger”), or

 

(ii)            any Group Member is subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner (a “Citizenship Eligibility Trigger”);

 

then, the General Partner may adopt such amendments to this Agreement as it determines to be necessary or advisable to (x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof of the federal income tax status of the Limited Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners, as the General Partner determines to be necessary to establish those Limited Partners whose federal income tax status does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rate that can be charged to customers by Subsidiaries of the Partnership or (y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status (or, if the General Partner is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) of the Limited Partner as the General Partner determines to be necessary to establish those Limited Partners whose status as a Limited Partner does not or would not subject any Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or interests therein.

 

(b)          Such amendments may include provisions requiring all Limited Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial owners’) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may require transferees of Units to so certify prior to being admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner (any such required certificate, an “Eligibility Certificate”).

 

(c)           Such amendments may provide that any Limited Partner who fails to furnish to the General Partner within a reasonable period requested proof of its (and its beneficial owners’) status as an Eligible Holder or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Holder (such a Limited Partner an “Ineligible Holder”), the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10. In addition, the General Partner shall be substituted for all Limited Partners that are Ineligible Holder as the Limited Partner in respect of the Ineligible Holder’s Limited Partner Interests.

 

52

 

 

(d)          The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Ineligible Holders, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Limited Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Ineligible Holders are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.

 

(e)           Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holder’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of his Limited Partner Interest (representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind).

 

(f)           At any time after an Ineligible Holder can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Holder, an Ineligible Holder may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, such Ineligible Holder be admitted as a Limited Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Ineligible Holder shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of the Ineligible Holder’s Limited Partner Interests.

 

Section 4.10    Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders.

 

(a)           If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or other information requested within a reasonable period of time specified in amendments adopted pursuant to Section 4.9, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is an Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is not an Ineligible Holder or has transferred his Limited Partner Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Holder and who furnishes an Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:

 

(i)            The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made).

 

53

 

 

(ii)            The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 5% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

 

(iii)           The Limited Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner or transferee at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).

 

(iv)          After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

 

(b)          The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Holder.

 

(c)           Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that he is an Eligible Holder. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

 

Section 4.11    Restrictions on Transfer of Class D Preferred Units.

 

(a)          Without the prior written consent of the Partnership, each Class D Preferred Unit Holder shall not

 

(i)            during the period commencing on the Class D Initial Issuance Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, (1) offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, (each of the foregoing being referred to in this Section 4.11 as “transfer”) any of its Class D Preferred Units or (2) directly or indirectly engage in any short sales or other derivative or hedging transactions with respect to Common Units;

 

(ii)           at any time, transfer any Class D Preferred Units to any Person classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a non-U.S. resident individual, non-U.S. corporation, non-U.S. partnership, or any other non-U.S. entity, including any foreign governmental entity, including by means of any swap or other transaction or arrangement that transfers or that is designed to, or that might reasonably be expected to, result in the transfer of economic ownership to another, in whole or in part, any of the Class D Preferred Units, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Class D Preferred Units, Common Units or other securities, in cash or otherwise; provided that direct and indirect owners of each Class D Preferred Unit Holder that is a U.S. partnership or other U.S. entity that is not a disregarded entity for U.S. tax purposes may transfer direct and indirect ownership interests of such Class D Preferred Unit Holder without restriction; or

 

54

 

 

(iii)          at any time, transfer any Class D Preferred Units to any Person that is a Competitor; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to any transfer of Class D Preferred Units on any National Securities Exchange on which the Class D Preferred Units are then-listed or admitted for trading; provided, further, that there shall be no obligation to list or admit the Class D Preferred Units for trading on any National Securities Exchange.

 

(b)          Subject to applicable law and to Section 4.11(a), after the first anniversary of the Class D Initial Issuance Date, each Class D Purchaser may freely transfer Class D Preferred Units; provided that any transferee receiving any Class D Preferred Units shall by its acceptance thereof be deemed to have agreed to the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.11.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at any time, any Class D Purchaser shall be permitted to transfer any Class D Preferred Units held by such Class D Purchaser to any Person that is an Affiliate of such Class D Purchaser or to another Class D Purchaser or its Affiliates, and any Class D Preferred Unit Holder may pledge all or any portion of its Class D Preferred Units to any holders of obligations owed by such Class D Preferred Unit Holder, including to the trustee for, or representative of, such holder; provided that any transferee receiving any Class D Preferred Units and any such pledgee shall by its acceptance of Class D Preferred Units or the pledge thereof be deemed to have agreed to the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.11.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall this Section 4.11 or any other provision of this Agreement limit or restrict indirect transfers of Class D Preferred Units by the direct and indirect owners of a Class D Preferred Unit Holder.

 

(e)           This Section 4.11 sets forth all the restrictions on transfer of the Class D Preferred Units set forth in this Agreement.

 

Article V

 

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Section 5.1    Contributions by the General Partner and the Initial Limited Partners. In connection with the execution of and as set forth in the First Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement, (i) the General Partner made a capital contribution to the Partnership in exchange for a continuation of its General Partner Interest equal to a 0.1% Percentage Interest and the Incentive Distribution Rights and (ii) the Initial Limited Partners made capital contributions to the Partnership in exchange for an aggregate Limited Partnership Interest equal to a 99.9% Percentage Interest.

 

55

 

 

Section 5.2    Maintenance of General Partner’s Percentage Interest. Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership (other than any Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.10), the General Partner may, in order to maintain its Percentage Interest, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest by (B) 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (ii) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. Except as set forth in Section 12.8, the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

 

Section 5.3    Contributions by Limited Partners. No Limited Partner will be required to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4    Interest and Withdrawal. No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon liquidation of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

 

Section 5.5    Capital Accounts.

 

(a)           The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner in its sole discretion) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement; provided that the Capital Account attributable to a Class B Preferred Unit, a Class C Preferred Unit or a Class D Preferred Unit, as applicable, shall not be reduced by the amount of Class B Preferred Unit Distributions, Class C Preferred Unit Distributions or Class D Preferred Unit Distributions, as applicable, made with respect to such Class B Preferred Unit, Class C Preferred Unit or Class D Preferred Unit, as applicable; and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1. The initial Capital Account with respect to the Class A Deemed Warrant Units shall be determined pursuant to the Class A Unit Purchase Agreement. The initial Capital Account attributable to a Class B Preferred Unit shall be the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference, irrespective of the amount paid by the holder of such Class B Preferred Unit for such Unit. The initial Capital Account attributable to a Class C Preferred Unit shall be the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference, irrespective of the amount paid by the holder of such Class C Preferred Unit for such Unit. The initial Capital Account attributable to each Class D Preferred Unit shall be determined pursuant to the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement or Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, as applicable. In connection with the foregoing, the Partnership shall adopt the methodology set forth in the noncompensatory option regulations under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1 and 1.721-2 with respect to the issuance and any conversion of Class B Preferred Units or Class C Preferred Unit, the issuance of the Class D Preferred Units and the Class D Redemption Common Units, and the issuance and exercise of the 2019 Warrants, unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

56

 

 

(b)          For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

 

(i)            Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or other equity holder.

 

(ii)           All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

(iii)          Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

 

57

 

  

(iv)          Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

 

(v)           In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.

 

(vi)          The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).

 

(c)           (i)    A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

 

(ii)           Subject to Section 6.7(c), immediately prior to the transfer of a converted Subordinated Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated to the converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained converted Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.

 

58

 

  

(iii)          Subject to Section 6.11(b), immediately prior to the transfer of a Class A Deemed Warrant Unit that has been exercised for a Common Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate of the assignor unless the General Partner elects to have this Section 5.5(c)(iii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to Class A Deemed Warrant Units or Common Units granted upon exercise of such Class A Deemed Warrant Units will (A) first, be allocated to the Class A Deemed Warrant Units or Common Units into which such Class A Deemed Warrant Units have been exercised in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Common Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any such Class A Deemed Warrant Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained applicable Class A Deemed Warrant Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Class A Deemed Warrant Units or Common Units granted on exercise of such Class A Deemed Warrant Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.

 

(d)           (i)    Consistent with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(h)(2), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of a Noncompensatory Option, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the conversion of a Class B Preferred Unit in accordance with Section 5.11(e), the conversion of a Class C Preferred Unit in accordance with Section 5.12(e), or the issuance of Class D Redemption Common Units in accordance with Section 5.13(d)(iii), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance (or, in the case of a Conversion Date or redemption date, immediately after such date) shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property for an amount equal to its fair market value immediately prior to such issuance; provided, however, that in the event of the issuance of a Partnership Interest pursuant to the exercise of a Noncompensatory Option where the right to share in Partnership capital represented by such Partnership Interest differs from the consideration paid to acquire and exercise such option, the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately after the issuance of such Partnership Interest shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property and the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s); provided, further, that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, in the event of an issuance of a Noncompensatory Option to acquire a de minimis Partnership Interest, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. Any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss (or items thereof) shall be allocated (A) if the operation of this sentence is triggered by the conversion of a Class B Preferred Unit or a Class C Preferred Unit, or issuance of a Class D Redemption Common Unit or the exercise of a 2019 Warrant, first among the Partners holding Common Units as may be necessary to cause the Capital Account attributable to each Common Unit to be the same, and (B) any remaining Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized would have been allocated. If the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss allocated as a result of such occurrence is not sufficient to cause the Capital Account attributable to each Common Unit to be the same, then Capital Account balances shall be reallocated between the Partners holding such Units so as to cause the Capital Account attributable to each Common Unit to be the same, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3). In determining Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss in connection with the issuance of additional Partnership Interests or a Conversion Date, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests (or, in the case of an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property resulting from the exercise of a Noncompensatory Option (including conversion of a Class B Preferred Unit or Class C Preferred Unit, issuance of a Class D Redemption Common Unit or the exercise of a 2019 Warrant) immediately after the issuance of the Partnership Interest acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Noncompensatory Option) shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt in its sole discretion. For this purpose, the General Partner may determine that it is appropriate to first determine an aggregate value for the Partnership, based on the current trading price of the Common Units, the fair market value of all other Partnership Interests (on a fully converted basis) of all Partners at such time, and the amount of Partnership liabilities; and, if before the Conversion Date or redemption date of any Class B Preferred Units, Class C Preferred Units, Class D Preferred Units or other Noncompensatory Options or the exercise of a 2019 Warrant, may adjust the fair market value of all Partnership assets to reflect the difference, if any, between the fair market value of any Class B Preferred Units, Class C Preferred Units, Class D Preferred Units or other Noncompensatory Options for which the Conversion Date or the exercise date has not occurred and the aggregate Capital Accounts (which will be zero with respect to Noncompensatory Options that are not treated as exercised for federal income tax purposes) attributable to such Class B Preferred Units, Class C Preferred Units and Class D Preferred Units or other Noncompensatory Options (including, without limitation, the 2019 Warrants) to the extent of any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss that has not been reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts previously, consistent with the methodology of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(h)(2). The General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines) to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.

 

(ii)           In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated among the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1(c) and Section 6.1(d) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (ii) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

 

59

 

  

Section 5.6    Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests.

 

(a)          Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 5.11, Section 5.12 and Section 5.13, the Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Interests (including as described in Section 7.4(c)) for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

 

(b)          Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

 

(c)           The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10, (iv) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

 

(d)            No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership. 

 

60

 

 

Section 5.7            Limited Preemptive Right. Except as provided in this Section 5.7, in Section 5.2, in Section 5.11, in Section 5.12, in Section 5.13 or as otherwise provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates or the beneficial owners thereof or any of their respective Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates or such beneficial owners or any of their respective Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates and such beneficial owners or any of their respective Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

 

Section 5.8            Splits and Combinations.

 

(a)           Subject to Section 5.8(d), Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests (other than Preferred Units) to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted retroactive to the beginning of the Partnership.

 

(b)           Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

 

(c)           Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

 

(d)           The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.8(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).

 

  61  

 

 

Section 5.9            Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests. All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 17-303, 17-607 or 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

 

Section 5.10         Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.10, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(d) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “IDR Reset Election”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units (the “IDR Reset Common Units”) derived by dividing (i) the average amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as defined in Section 5.10(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the “Reset MQD”) (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units”). The Percentage Interest of the General Partner after the issuance of the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units shall equal the Percentage Interest of the General Partner prior to the issuance of the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in order to maintain its Percentage Interest in connection therewith. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in Section 5.10(b) shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive Common Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.10(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.10(d).

 

(b)           To exercise the right specified in Section 5.10(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “Reset Notice”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, as the case may be, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the aggregate number of Common Units which each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

 

  62  

 

 

(c)           The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however, that the issuance of Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.

 

(d)           If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.10 on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

 

(e)           The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.10 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal the Reset MQD, (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal to 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

 

(f)           Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10(a), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall (A) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units in an amount equal to the product of (x) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights. In the event that there is not a sufficient Capital Account associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance with clause (A) of this Section 5.10(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Section 6.1(d)(x)(A) and Section 6.1(d)(x)(B).

 

  63  

 

 

Section 5.11          Establishment of Class B Preferred Units.

 

(a)          General. The General Partner hereby designates and creates a series of Units to be designated as “9.00% Class B Fixed-to-Floating Rate Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Units,” having the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

(i)            Each Class B Preferred Unit shall be identical in all respects to every other Class B Preferred Unit, except as to the respective dates from which Class B Preferred Unit Distributions may begin accumulating, to the extent such dates may differ. The Class B Preferred Units represent perpetual equity interests in the Partnership and, except as set forth in Section 5.11(d) and Section 5.11(e), shall not give rise to a claim by the Partnership or a Class B Preferred Holder for redemption or the conversion thereof, as applicable, at a particular date.

 

(ii)           The authorized number of Class B Preferred Units shall be unlimited. Class B Preferred Units that are purchased or otherwise acquired by the Partnership shall be cancelled.

 

(iii)          The Class B Preferred Units shall be represented by one or more global Certificates registered in the name of the Class B Securities Depositary or its nominee, and no Class B Preferred Holder shall be entitled to receive a definitive Certificate evidencing its Class B Preferred Units, unless otherwise required by law or the Class B Securities Depositary gives notice of its intention to resign or is no longer eligible to act as such with respect to the Class B Preferred Units and the Partnership shall have not selected a substitute Class B Securities Depositary within 60 calendar days thereafter. So long as the Class B Securities Depositary shall have been appointed and is serving with respect to the Class B Preferred Units, payments and communications made by the Partnership to Class B Preferred Holders shall be made by making payments to, and communicating with, the Class B Securities Depositary.

 

(b)          Distributions.

 

(i)            Distributions on each Outstanding Class B Preferred Unit (“Class B Preferred Unit Distributions”) shall be cumulative and shall accumulate at the applicable Class B Distribution Rate from and including the Class B Original Issue Date (or, for any subsequently issued and newly Outstanding Class B Preferred Units, from and including the Class B Distribution Payment Date immediately preceding the issue date of such Class B Preferred Units) until such time as the Partnership pays the applicable Class B Preferred Unit Distribution or redeems such Class B Preferred Unit in accordance with Section 5.11(d) or such Class B Preferred Unit is converted in accordance with Section 5.11(e), regardless of whether such Class B Preferred Unit Distributions shall have been declared.

 

(ii)           Unless otherwise determined by the General Partner, Class B Preferred Unit Distributions shall be deemed to have been paid out of Available Cash with respect to the Quarter ended immediately preceding the Quarter in which the Class B Preferred Unit Distribution is made; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 5.11(b), Available Cash shall not include any deduction to provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters. Class B Preferred Unit Distributions will be paid on an equal priority basis with distributions on any Outstanding Class B Parity Securities, including the Class C Preferred Units and the Class D Preferred Units.

 

  64  

 

 

(iii)          Class B Preferred Unit Distributions, to the extent declared by the General Partner to be paid by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 5.11(b), shall be paid quarterly, in arrears, on each Class B Distribution Payment Date. Class B Preferred Unit Distributions shall accumulate in each Class B Distribution Period from and including the first day of such Class B Distribution Period, to and including the last day of such Class B Distribution Period (other than the initial Class B Preferred Unit Distribution, which shall accumulate from and including the Class B Original Issue Date, to and including September 30, 2017); provided, however, that if the Partnership fails to pay in full in cash any Class B Preferred Unit Distribution on a Class B Distribution Payment Date, then the amount of such accumulated but unpaid Class B Preferred Unit Distribution shall increase at the then-applicable Class B Distribution Rate, until all accumulated and unpaid distributions on the Class B Preferred Units have been paid in full in cash.

 

(iv)          Class B Preferred Unit Distributions shall be payable based on a 360-day year consisting of four 90-day periods. All Class B Preferred Unit Distributions payable by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 5.11(b) shall be payable without regard to income of the Partnership and shall be treated for federal income tax purposes as guaranteed payments for the use of capital under Section 707(c) of the Code. The guaranteed payment with respect to any Class B Distribution Period shall be for the account of the holders of Class B Preferred Units as of the applicable Class B Distribution Record Date.

 

(v)           Not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on each Class B Distribution Payment Date, the Partnership shall pay those Class B Preferred Unit Distributions, if any, that shall have been declared by the General Partner to Class B Preferred Holders as such holders’ names appear on the Partnership’s unit transfer books maintained by the registrar and Transfer Agent for the Class B Preferred Units on the Class B Distribution Record Date for the applicable Class B Preferred Unit Distribution.

 

(vi)          So long as any Class B Preferred Units are Outstanding, no distribution shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment on any Class B Junior Securities (other than a distribution payable solely in Class B Junior Securities) unless full cumulative Class B Preferred Unit Distributions and full cumulative distributions on any Class B Parity Securities have been or contemporaneously are being paid or set aside for payment on all Outstanding Class B Preferred Units and any such Class B Parity Securities, respectively, through the most recent Class B Distribution Payment Date, with respect to Outstanding Class B Preferred Units, and the most recent distribution payment date, with respect to any such Class B Parity Securities. Accumulated Class B Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears for any past Class B Distribution Period may be declared by the General Partner and paid on any date fixed by the General Partner, regardless of whether a Class B Distribution Payment Date, to Class B Preferred Holders on the Record Date for such payment, which may not be less than 10 days before such payment date. Subject to the next succeeding sentence, if all accumulated Class B Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears on all Outstanding Class B Preferred Units and all accumulated distributions in arrears on any Class B Parity Securities shall not have been declared and paid, or if sufficient funds for the payment thereof shall not have been set aside, payment of accumulated Class B Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears on the Class B Preferred Units and accumulated distributions in arrears on any such Class B Parity Securities shall be made in order of their respective distribution payment dates, commencing with the earliest distribution payment date. If less than all Class B Preferred Unit Distributions payable with respect to all Outstanding Class B Preferred Units and all distributions payable with respect to any Class B Parity Securities are paid, then such partial payment shall be declared and paid pro rata such that the amounts of Class B Preferred Unit Distributions declared and paid per Class B Preferred Unit and the amounts of distributions declared and paid per unit of such Class B Parity Securities shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that unpaid and accumulated Class B Preferred Unit Distributions per Class B Preferred Unit and unpaid and accumulated distributions per unit of such Class B Parity Securities bear to one another.

 

  65  

 

 

(vii)         Subject to Section 12.4 and Section 5.11(d), Class B Preferred Holders shall not be entitled to any distribution, whether payable in cash, property or Partnership Interests, in excess of full cumulative Class B Preferred Unit Distributions. Except insofar as distributions accumulate on the amount of any accumulated and unpaid Class B Preferred Unit Distributions as described in Section 5.11(b)(iii), no interest or sum of money in lieu of interest shall be payable in respect of any distribution payment that may be in arrears on the Class B Preferred Units.

 

(viii)        So long as the Class B Preferred Units are held of record by the Class B Securities Depositary or its nominee, declared Class B Preferred Unit Distributions shall be paid to the Class B Securities Depositary in same-day funds on each Class B Distribution Payment Date or other distribution payment date in the case of payments for Class B Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears.

 

(c)           Voting Rights.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Class B Preferred Units shall have no voting rights and no rights to consent or approve any action or matter, except as set forth in this Section 5.11(c), Section 13.3, or as otherwise required by Delaware law.

 

(ii)           Without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Outstanding Class B Preferred Units, voting as a separate class, the General Partner shall not adopt any amendment to this Agreement that would have a material adverse effect on the terms of the Class B Preferred Units; provided, however, that (x) subject to Section 5.11(c)(iii), the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall not be deemed to constitute such a material adverse effect for purposes of this Section 5.11(c)(ii) and (y) for purposes of this Section 5.11(c)(ii), no amendment of this Agreement in connection with a merger or other transaction in which the Partnership is the surviving entity and the Class B Preferred Units remain Outstanding with the terms thereof materially unchanged in any respect adverse to the Class B Preferred Holders shall be deemed to materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, duties or special rights of the Class B Preferred Units.

 

  66  

 

 

(iii)          Without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Outstanding Class B Preferred Units, voting as a single class with holders of any Class B Parity Securities created after the Class B Original Issue Date and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, the Partnership shall not (x) create or issue any additional Class B Parity Securities if the cumulative distributions payable on the then-Outstanding Class B Preferred Units or Class B Parity Securities are in arrears or (y) create or issue any Class B Senior Securities.

 

(iv)          For any matter described in this Section 5.11(c) in which the Class B Preferred Holders are entitled to vote as a class (whether separately or together with the holders of any Class B Parity Securities), such Class B Preferred Holders shall be entitled to one vote per Class B Preferred Unit. Any Class B Preferred Units held by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or their controlled Affiliates shall not be entitled to vote.

 

(d)         Optional Redemption.

 

(i)            The Partnership shall have the right (A) at any time, and from time to time, on or after July 1, 2022, or (B) at any time within 120 days after the first date on which a Class B Change of Control occurs (the “Class B Change of Control Redemption Period”), in each case, to redeem the Class B Preferred Units, which redemption may be in whole or in part, using any source of funds legally available for such purpose. Any such redemption shall occur on a date set by the General Partner (the “Class B Redemption Date”). The Partnership shall effect any such redemption by paying cash for each Class B Preferred Unit to be redeemed equal to the Class B Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class B Redemption Date. So long as the Class B Preferred Units to be redeemed are held of record by the nominee of the Class B Securities Depositary, the Class B Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class B Redemption Date shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Class B Securities Depositary on the Class B Redemption Date.

 

(ii)           The Partnership shall give written notice of any redemption by mail, postage prepaid, not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days before the scheduled Class B Redemption Date, to the Class B Preferred Holders (as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of any Class B Preferred Units to be redeemed as such Class B Preferred Holders’ names appear on the Partnership’s unit transfer books maintained by the registrar and Transfer Agent and at the address of such Class B Preferred Holders shown therein. Such notice (the “Class B Redemption Notice”) shall state, as applicable: (A) the Class B Redemption Date, (B) the number of Class B Preferred Units to be redeemed and, if less than all Outstanding Class B Preferred Units are to be redeemed, the number (and, in the case of Class B Preferred Units in certificated form, the identification) of Class B Preferred Units to be redeemed from such Class B Preferred Holder, (C) the Class B Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class B Redemption Date, (D) the place where any Class B Preferred Units in certificated form are to be redeemed and shall be presented and surrendered for payment of the Class B Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class B Redemption Date, therefor and (E) that Class B Preferred Unit Distributions on the Class B Preferred Units to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate from and after such Class B Redemption Date.

 

  67  

 

 

(iii)          If the Partnership elects to redeem fewer than all of the Outstanding Class B Preferred Units, the number of Class B Preferred Units to be redeemed shall be determined by the General Partner, and such Class B Preferred Units shall be redeemed by such method of selection as the Class B Securities Depositary shall determine, either Pro Rata or by lot, with adjustments to avoid redemption of fractional Class B Preferred Units. The aggregate Class B Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class B Redemption Date for any such partial redemption of the Outstanding Class B Preferred Units shall be allocated correspondingly among the redeemed Class B Preferred Units. The Class B Preferred Units not redeemed shall remain Outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided in this Section 5.11.

 

(iv)          If the Partnership gives or causes to be given a Class B Redemption Notice, then the Partnership shall deposit with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to redeem the Class B Preferred Units as to which such Class B Redemption Notice shall have been given by no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Class B Redemption Date, and shall give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Class B Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class B Redemption Date, to the Class B Preferred Holders whose Class B Preferred Units are to be redeemed upon surrender or deemed surrender (which shall occur automatically if the Certificate representing such Class B Preferred Units is issued in the name of the Class B Securities Depositary or its nominee) of the Certificates therefor as set forth in the Class B Redemption Notice. If the Class B Redemption Notice shall have been given, then from and after the Class B Redemption Date, unless the Partnership defaults in providing funds sufficient for such redemption at the time and place specified for payment pursuant to the Class B Redemption Notice, all Class B Preferred Unit Distributions on such Class B Preferred Units to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate and all rights of Class B Preferred Holders of such Class B Preferred Units as Limited Partners with respect to such Class B Preferred Units shall cease, except the right to receive the Class B Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class B Redemption Date, regardless of whether declared, and such Class B Preferred Units shall not thereafter be transferred on the Partnership’s unit transfer books maintained by the registrar and Transfer Agent or be deemed to be Outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. The Class B Preferred Holders shall have no claim to the interest income, if any, earned on such funds deposited with the Paying Agent. Any funds deposited with the Paying Agent hereunder by the Partnership for any reason, including, but not limited to, redemption of Class B Preferred Units, that remain unclaimed or unpaid one year after the applicable Class B Redemption Date or other payment date, as applicable, shall be, to the extent permitted by law, repaid to the Partnership upon its written request, after which repayment, the Class B Preferred Holders entitled to such redemption or other payment shall have recourse only to the Partnership. Notwithstanding any Class B Redemption Notice, there shall be no redemption of any Class B Preferred Units called for redemption until funds sufficient to pay the full Class B Redemption Price of such Class B Preferred Units, plus all accumulated and unpaid Class B Preferred Unit Distributions to, but not including, the applicable Class B Redemption Date, regardless of whether declared, shall have been deposited by the Partnership with the Paying Agent.

 

  68  

 

 

(v)           Any Class B Preferred Units that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Partnership shall be cancelled. If only a portion of the Class B Preferred Units represented by a Certificate shall have been called for redemption, upon surrender of the Certificate to the Paying Agent (which shall occur automatically if the Certificate representing such Class B Preferred Units is registered in the name of the Class B Securities Depositary or its nominee), the Partnership shall issue and the Paying Agent shall deliver to such Class B Preferred Holder a new Certificate (or adjust the applicable book-entry account) representing the number of Class B Preferred Units represented by the surrendered Certificate that have not been called for redemption.

 

(vi)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.11, in the event that full cumulative distributions on the Class B Preferred Units and any Class B Parity Securities shall not have been paid or declared and set aside for payment, the Partnership shall not be permitted to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, in whole or in part, any Class B Preferred Units or Class B Parity Securities except pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same relative terms to all Class B Preferred Holders and holders of any Class B Parity Securities. Subject to Section 4.10, so long as any Class B Preferred Units are Outstanding, the Partnership shall not be permitted to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Common Units or any other Class B Junior Securities unless full cumulative distributions on the Class B Preferred Units and any Class B Parity Securities for all prior and the then-ending Class B Distribution Periods, with respect to the Class B Preferred Units, and all prior and then-ending distribution periods, with respect to such Class B Parity Securities, shall have been paid or declared and set aside for payment.

 

(e)          Change of Control Conversion.

 

(i)            Upon the occurrence of a Class B Change of Control, each Class B Preferred Holder shall have the right (“Class B Change of Control Conversion Right”) to convert some or all of the Class B Preferred Units held by such Class B Preferred Holder on the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date into a number of Common Units per Class B Preferred Unit to be converted that is equal to the Class B Conversion Rate (such number of Common Units, the “Class B Common Unit Conversion Consideration”), unless the Partnership provides notice of its election to redeem Class B Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.11(d)(i)(B) prior to the expiration of the Class B Change of Control Redemption Period.

 

  69  

 

 

(ii)           Within five days following the expiration of the Class B Change of Control Redemption Period or, if earlier waived, the date of the Partnership’s waiver of its redemption right set forth in Section 5.11(d)(i)(B), the Partnership will provide to the Class B Preferred Holders written notice (the “Class B Conversion Notice”) of the occurrence of the Class B Change of Control that describes the Class B Change of Control Conversion Right and states: (A) the events constituting the Class B Change of Control; (B) the date of the Class B Change of Control; (C) the date on which the Class B Change of Control Redemption Period expired or was waived; (D) the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date; (E) the last date on which the Class B Preferred Holders may exercise their Class B Change of Control Conversion Right; (F) the method and period for calculating the Common Unit Price with respect to the Class B Preferred Units; (G) if applicable, the type and amount of Class B Alternative Conversion Consideration entitled to be received per Class B Preferred Unit; (H) the name and address of the Paying Agent; and (I) the procedure that the Class B Preferred Holders must follow to exercise the Class B Change of Control Conversion Right.

 

(iii)          In the case of a Class B Change of Control pursuant to which Common Units will be converted into cash, securities or other property or assets (including any combination thereof) (“Class B Alternative Conversion Consideration”), each Class B Preferred Holder electing to exercise its Class B Change of Control Conversion Right will receive upon conversion of the Class B Preferred Units elected by such Class B Preferred Holder the kind and amount of such Class B Alternative Conversion Consideration on a per Class B Preferred Unit basis that such Class B Preferred Holder would have owned or been entitled to receive upon the Class B Change of Control had such Class B Preferred Holder held a number of Common Units equal to the Class B Common Unit Conversion Consideration immediately prior to the effective time of the Class B Change of Control; provided, however, that, if the holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in such Class B Change of Control, the consideration that the Class B Preferred Holders electing to exercise their Class B Change of Control Conversion Right will receive will be the form and proportion of the aggregate consideration elected by the holders of Common Units who participate in the determination (based on the weighted average of elections) and will be subject to any limitations to which all holders of Common Units are subject, including, without limitation, pro rata reductions applicable to any portion of the consideration payable in the Class B Change of Control. The Partnership shall pay the cash value in lieu of issuing any fractional Common Units upon the conversion of the Class B Preferred Units.

 

(iv)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if prior to the expiration of the Class B Change of Control Redemption Period, the Partnership provides notice of its election to redeem Class B Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.11(d)(i), Class B Preferred Holders shall not have any right to convert (including pursuant to the Class B Change of Control Conversion Right) the Class B Preferred Units that the Partnership has elected to redeem, and any Class B Preferred Units subsequently selected for redemption that have been tendered for conversion pursuant to the Class B Change of Control Conversion Right shall be redeemed on the applicable Class B Redemption Date instead of converted on the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date.

 

  70  

 

 

(v)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if prior to the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date, the Partnership provides notice of its election to redeem Class B Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.11(d)(i), Class B Preferred Holders of such Class B Preferred Units shall not have any right to convert (including pursuant to the Class B Change of Control Conversion Right) the Class B Preferred Units that the Partnership has elected to redeem, and any Class B Preferred Units subsequently selected for redemption that have been tendered for conversion pursuant to the Class B Change of Control Conversion Right shall be redeemed on the applicable Class B Redemption Date instead of converted on the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date.

 

(vi)          The Partnership shall issue a press release for publication through a news or press organization as is reasonably expected to broadly disseminate the relevant information to the public, or post notice on the website of the Partnership, in any event prior to the opening of business on the first Business Day following any date on which the Partnership provides the Class B Conversion Notice to the Class B Preferred Holders.

 

(vii)         Each Class B Preferred Holder electing to exercise its Class B Change of Control Conversion Right will be required prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Class B Change of Control Conversion Date, to notify the Partnership of the number of Class B Preferred Units to be converted pursuant to the Class B Change of Control Conversion Right and otherwise to comply with any applicable procedures contained in the Class B Conversion Notice or otherwise required by the Class B Securities Depositary for effecting the conversion.

 

(viii)        Upon conversion, the rights of each participating Class B Preferred Holder, as a holder of the Class B Preferred Units, shall cease with respect to such converted Class B Preferred Units, and each such Person shall continue to be a Partner and have the rights of a holder of Common Units under this Agreement in respect of the Common Units constituting the Class B Conversion Common Units to be issued to such Person in respect of the converted Class B Preferred Units. Each Class B Preferred Unit shall, upon its Class B Change of Control Conversion Date, be deemed to be transferred to, and cancelled by, the Partnership in exchange for the issuance of the Class B Conversion Common Units.

 

(ix)          The Partnership shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes or duties relating to the issuance or delivery of Class B Conversion Common Units. However, the participating Class B Preferred Holder shall pay any tax or duty that may be payable relating to any transfer involving the issuance or delivery of Class B Conversion Common Units in a name other than such Class B Preferred Holder’s name. The Transfer Agent may refuse to reflect the notation of book entry (or the issuance of a Certificate) for Common Units being issued in a name other than the Class B Preferred Holder’s name until the Transfer Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax or duties that will be due because the Common Units are to be issued in a name other than the Class B Preferred Holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation.

 

  71  

 

 

(x)            The Partnership shall comply with all applicable securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of any Class B Conversion Common Units and, if the Common Units are then listed or quoted on a National Securities Exchange or other market, shall list or cause to have quoted and keep listed and quoted the Class B Conversion Common Units to the extent permitted or required by the rules of such exchange or market.

 

(xi)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall give to any Class B Preferred Holder any rights as a creditor in respect of its right to conversion of Class B Preferred Units.

 

(f)           Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the General Partner, the Partnership, the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agent may deem and treat any Class B Preferred Holder as the true, lawful and absolute owner of the applicable Class B Preferred Units for all purposes, and neither the General Partner, the Partnership nor the Transfer Agent or the Paying Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Class B Preferred Units are listed or admitted to trading.

 

(g)          Notices. All notices or communications in respect of the Class B Preferred Units shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Section 5.11, this Agreement or by applicable law.

 

(h)          Other Rights; Fiduciary Duties. The Class B Preferred Units and the Class B Preferred Holders shall not have any designations, preferences, rights, powers or duties, other than as set forth in this Agreement or as provided by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall owe any duties, including fiduciary duties, or have any liabilities to Class B Preferred Holders, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

Section 5.12          Establishment of Class C Preferred Units.

 

(a)           General. The General Partner hereby designates and creates a series of Units to be designated as “9.625% Class C Fixed-to-Floating Rate Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Units,” having the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

(i)            Each Class C Preferred Unit shall be identical in all respects to every other Class C Preferred Unit, except as to the respective dates from which Class C Preferred Unit Distributions may begin accumulating, to the extent such dates may differ. The Class C Preferred Units represent perpetual equity interests in the Partnership and, except as set forth in Section 5.12(d) and Section 5.12(e), shall not give rise to a claim by the Partnership or a Class C Preferred Holder for redemption or the conversion thereof, as applicable, at a particular date.

 

  72  

 

 

(ii)           The authorized number of Class C Preferred Units shall be unlimited. Class C Preferred Units that are purchased or otherwise acquired by the Partnership shall be cancelled.

 

(iii)          The Class C Preferred Units shall be represented by one or more global Certificates registered in the name of the Class C Securities Depositary or its nominee, and no Class C Preferred Holder shall be entitled to receive a definitive Certificate evidencing its Class C Preferred Units, unless otherwise required by law or the Class C Securities Depositary gives notice of its intention to resign or is no longer eligible to act as such with respect to the Class C Preferred Units and the Partnership shall have not selected a substitute Class C Securities Depositary within 60 calendar days thereafter. So long as the Class C Securities Depositary shall have been appointed and is serving with respect to the Class C Preferred Units, payments and communications made by the Partnership to Class C Preferred Holders shall be made by making payments to, and communicating with, the Class C Securities Depositary.

 

(b)           Distributions.

 

(i)            Distributions on each Outstanding Class C Preferred Unit (“Class C Preferred Unit Distributions”) shall be cumulative and shall accumulate at the applicable Class C Distribution Rate from and including the Class C Original Issue Date (or, for any subsequently issued and newly Outstanding Class C Preferred Units, from and including the Class C Distribution Payment Date immediately preceding the issue date of such Class C Preferred Units) until such time as the Partnership pays the applicable Class C Preferred Unit Distribution or redeems such Class C Preferred Unit in accordance with Section 5.12(d) or such Class C Preferred Unit is converted in accordance with Section 5.12(e), regardless of whether such Class C Preferred Unit Distributions shall have been declared.

 

(ii)           Unless otherwise determined by the General Partner, Class C Preferred Unit Distributions shall be deemed to have been paid out of Available Cash with respect to the Quarter ended immediately preceding the Quarter in which the Class C Preferred Unit Distribution is made; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 5.12(b), Available Cash shall not include any deduction to provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters. Class C Preferred Unit Distributions will be paid on an equal priority basis with distributions on any Outstanding Class C Parity Securities, including the Class B Preferred Units and the Class D Preferred Units.

 

(iii)          Class C Preferred Unit Distributions, to the extent declared by the General Partner to be paid by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 5.12(b), shall be paid quarterly, in arrears, on each Class C Distribution Payment Date. Class C Preferred Unit Distributions shall accumulate in each Class C Distribution Period from and including the first day of such Class C Distribution Period, to and including the last day of such Class C Distribution Period (other than the initial Class C Preferred Unit Distribution, which shall accumulate from and including the Class C Original Issue Date, to and including June 30, 2019); provided, however, that if the Partnership fails to pay in full in cash any Class C Preferred Unit Distribution on a Class C Distribution Payment Date, then the amount of such accumulated but unpaid Class C Preferred Unit Distribution shall increase at the then-applicable Class C Distribution Rate, until all accumulated and unpaid distributions on the Class C Preferred Units have been paid in full in cash.

 

  73  

 

 

(iv)          Class C Preferred Unit Distributions shall be payable based on a 360-day year consisting of four 90-day periods. All Class C Preferred Unit Distributions payable by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 5.12(b) shall be payable without regard to income of the Partnership and shall be treated for federal income tax purposes as guaranteed payments for the use of capital under Section 707(c) of the Code. The guaranteed payment with respect to any Class C Distribution Period shall be for the account of the holders of Class C Preferred Units as of the applicable Class C Distribution Record Date.

 

(v)           Not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on each Class C Distribution Payment Date, the Partnership shall pay those Class C Preferred Unit Distributions, if any, that shall have been declared by the General Partner to Class C Preferred Holders as such holders’ names appear on the Partnership’s unit transfer books maintained by the registrar and Transfer Agent for the Class C Preferred Units on the Class C Distribution Record Date for the applicable Class C Preferred Unit Distribution.

 

(vi)          So long as any Class C Preferred Units are Outstanding, no distribution shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment on any Class C Junior Securities (other than a distribution payable solely in Class C Junior Securities) unless full cumulative Class C Preferred Unit Distributions and full cumulative distributions on any Class C Parity Securities have been or contemporaneously are being paid or set aside for payment on all Outstanding Class C Preferred Units and any such Class C Parity Securities, respectively, through the most recent Class C Distribution Payment Date, with respect to Outstanding Class C Preferred Units, and the most recent distribution payment date, with respect to any such Class C Parity Securities. Accumulated Class C Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears for any past Class C Distribution Period may be declared by the General Partner and paid on any date fixed by the General Partner, regardless of whether a Class C Distribution Payment Date, to Class C Preferred Holders on the Record Date for such payment, which may not be less than 10 days before such payment date. Subject to the next succeeding sentence, if all accumulated Class C Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears on all Outstanding Class C Preferred Units and all accumulated distributions in arrears on any Class C Parity Securities shall not have been declared and paid, or if sufficient funds for the payment thereof shall not have been set aside, payment of accumulated Class C Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears on the Class C Preferred Units and accumulated distributions in arrears on any such Class C Parity Securities shall be made in order of their respective distribution payment dates, commencing with the earliest distribution payment date. If less than all Class C Preferred Unit Distributions payable with respect to all Outstanding Class C Preferred Units and all distributions payable with respect to any Class C Parity Securities are paid, then such partial payment shall be declared and paid pro rata such that the amounts of Class C Preferred Unit Distributions declared and paid per Class C Preferred Unit and the amounts of distributions declared and paid per unit of such Class C Parity Securities shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that unpaid and accumulated Class C Preferred Unit Distributions per Class C Preferred Unit and unpaid and accumulated distributions per unit of such Class C Parity Securities bear to one another.

 

  74  

 

 

(vii)         Subject to Section 12.4 and Section 5.12(d), Class C Preferred Holders shall not be entitled to any distribution, whether payable in cash, property or Partnership Interests, in excess of full cumulative Class C Preferred Unit Distributions. Except insofar as distributions accumulate on the amount of any accumulated and unpaid Class C Preferred Unit Distributions as described in Section 5.12(b)(iii), no interest or sum of money in lieu of interest shall be payable in respect of any distribution payment that may be in arrears on the Class C Preferred Units.

 

(viii)        So long as the Class C Preferred Units are held of record by the Class C Securities Depositary or its nominee, declared Class C Preferred Unit Distributions shall be paid to the Class C Securities Depositary in same-day funds on each Class C Distribution Payment Date or other distribution payment date in the case of payments for Class C Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears.

 

(c)          Voting Rights.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Class C Preferred Units shall have no voting rights and no rights to consent or approve any action or matter, except as set forth in this Section 5.12(c), Section 13.3, or as otherwise required by Delaware law.

 

(ii)           Without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Outstanding Class C Preferred Units, voting as a separate class, the General Partner shall not adopt any amendment to this Agreement that would have a material adverse effect on the terms of the Class C Preferred Units; provided, however, that (x) subject to Section 5.12(c)(iii), the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall not be deemed to constitute such a material adverse effect for purposes of this Section 5.12(c)(ii) and (y) for purposes of this Section 5.12(c)(ii), no amendment of this Agreement in connection with a merger or other transaction in which the Partnership is the surviving entity and the Class C Preferred Units remain Outstanding with the terms thereof materially unchanged in any respect adverse to the Class C Preferred Holders shall be deemed to materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, duties or special rights of the Class C Preferred Units.

 

(iii)          Without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Outstanding Class C Preferred Units, voting as a single class with holders of the Class B Preferred Units and any Class C Parity Securities created after the Class C Original Issue Date and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, the Partnership shall not (x) create or issue any additional Class C Parity Securities (including any additional Class B Preferred Units or Class D Preferred Units) if the cumulative distributions payable on the then-Outstanding Class C Preferred Units or Class C Parity Securities are in arrears or (y) create or issue any Class C Senior Securities.

 

  75  

 

 

(iv)          For any matter described in this Section 5.12(c) in which the Class C Preferred Holders are entitled to vote as a class (whether separately or together with the holders of any Class C Parity Securities), such Class C Preferred Holders shall be entitled to one vote per Class C Preferred Unit. Any Class C Preferred Units held by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or their controlled Affiliates shall not be entitled to vote.

 

(d)           Optional Redemption.

 

(i)            The Partnership shall have the right (A) at any time, and from time to time, on or after April 15, 2024, or (B) at any time within 120 days after the first date on which a Class C Change of Control occurs (the “Class C Change of Control Redemption Period”), in each case, to redeem the Class C Preferred Units, which redemption may be in whole or in part, using any source of funds legally available for such purpose. Any such redemption shall occur on a date set by the General Partner (the “Class C Redemption Date”). The Partnership shall effect any such redemption by paying cash for each Class C Preferred Unit to be redeemed equal to the Class C Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class C Redemption Date. So long as the Class C Preferred Units to be redeemed are held of record by the nominee of the Class C Securities Depositary, the Class C Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class C Redemption Date shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Class C Securities Depositary on the Class C Redemption Date.

 

(ii)           The Partnership shall give written notice of any redemption by mail, postage prepaid, not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days before the scheduled Class C Redemption Date, to the Class C Preferred Holders (as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of any Class C Preferred Units to be redeemed as such Class C Preferred Holders’ names appear on the Partnership’s unit transfer books maintained by the registrar and Transfer Agent and at the address of such Class C Preferred Holders shown therein. Such notice (the “Class C Redemption Notice”) shall state, as applicable: (A) the Class C Redemption Date, (B) the number of Class C Preferred Units to be redeemed and, if less than all Outstanding Class C Preferred Units are to be redeemed, the number (and, in the case of Class C Preferred Units in certificated form, the identification) of Class C Preferred Units to be redeemed from such Class C Preferred Holder, (C) the Class C Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class C Redemption Date, (D) the place where any Class C Preferred Units in certificated form are to be redeemed and shall be presented and surrendered for payment of the Class C Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class C Redemption Date, therefor and (E) that Class C Preferred Unit Distributions on the Class C Preferred Units to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate from and after such Class C Redemption Date.

 

  76  

 

 

(iii)           If the Partnership elects to redeem fewer than all of the Outstanding Class C Preferred Units, the number of Class C Preferred Units to be redeemed shall be determined by the General Partner, and such Class C Preferred Units shall be redeemed by such method of selection as the Class C Securities Depositary shall determine, either Pro Rata or by lot, with adjustments to avoid redemption of fractional Class C Preferred Units. The aggregate Class C Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class C Redemption Date for any such partial redemption of the Outstanding Class C Preferred Units shall be allocated correspondingly among the redeemed Class C Preferred Units. The Class C Preferred Units not redeemed shall remain Outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided in this Section 5.12.

 

(iv)          If the Partnership gives or causes to be given a Class C Redemption Notice, then the Partnership shall deposit with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to redeem the Class C Preferred Units as to which such Class C Redemption Notice shall have been given by no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Class C Redemption Date, and shall give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Class C Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class C Redemption Date, to the Class C Preferred Holders whose Class C Preferred Units are to be redeemed upon surrender or deemed surrender (which shall occur automatically if the Certificate representing such Class C Preferred Units is issued in the name of the Class C Securities Depositary or its nominee) of the Certificates therefor as set forth in the Class C Redemption Notice. If the Class C Redemption Notice shall have been given, then from and after the Class C Redemption Date, unless the Partnership defaults in providing funds sufficient for such redemption at the time and place specified for payment pursuant to the Class C Redemption Notice, all Class C Preferred Unit Distributions on such Class C Preferred Units to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate and all rights of Class C Preferred Holders of such Class C Preferred Units as Limited Partners with respect to such Class C Preferred Units shall cease, except the right to receive the Class C Redemption Price, plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to, but not including, the applicable Class C Redemption Date, regardless of whether declared, and such Class C Preferred Units shall not thereafter be transferred on the Partnership’s unit transfer books maintained by the registrar and Transfer Agent or be deemed to be Outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. The Class C Preferred Holders shall have no claim to the interest income, if any, earned on such funds deposited with the Paying Agent. Any funds deposited with the Paying Agent hereunder by the Partnership for any reason, including, but not limited to, redemption of Class C Preferred Units, that remain unclaimed or unpaid one year after the applicable Class C Redemption Date or other payment date, as applicable, shall be, to the extent permitted by law, repaid to the Partnership upon its written request, after which repayment, the Class C Preferred Holders entitled to such redemption or other payment shall have recourse only to the Partnership. Notwithstanding any Class C Redemption Notice, there shall be no redemption of any Class C Preferred Units called for redemption until funds sufficient to pay the full Class C Redemption Price of such Class C Preferred Units, plus all accumulated and unpaid Class C Preferred Unit Distributions to, but not including, the applicable Class C Redemption Date, regardless of whether declared, shall have been deposited by the Partnership with the Paying Agent.

 

  77  

 

 

(v)           Any Class C Preferred Units that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Partnership shall be cancelled. If only a portion of the Class C Preferred Units represented by a Certificate shall have been called for redemption, upon surrender of the Certificate to the Paying Agent (which shall occur automatically if the Certificate representing such Class C Preferred Units is registered in the name of the Class C Securities Depositary or its nominee), the Partnership shall issue and the Paying Agent shall deliver to such Class C Preferred Holder a new Certificate (or adjust the applicable book-entry account) representing the number of Class C Preferred Units represented by the surrendered Certificate that have not been called for redemption.

 

(vi)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.12, in the event that full cumulative distributions on the Class C Preferred Units and any Class C Parity Securities shall not have been paid or declared and set aside for payment, the Partnership shall not be permitted to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, in whole or in part, any Class C Preferred Units or Class C Parity Securities except pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same relative terms to all Class C Preferred Holders and holders of any Class C Parity Securities. Subject to Section 4.10, so long as any Class C Preferred Units are Outstanding, the Partnership shall not be permitted to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Common Units or any other Class C Junior Securities unless full cumulative distributions on the Class C Preferred Units and any Class C Parity Securities for all prior and the then-ending Class C Distribution Periods, with respect to the Class C Preferred Units, and all prior and then-ending distribution periods, with respect to such Class C Parity Securities, shall have been paid or declared and set aside for payment.

 

(e)          Change of Control Conversion.

 

(i)            Upon the occurrence of a Class C Change of Control, each Class C Preferred Holder shall have the right (“Class C Change of Control Conversion Right”) to convert some or all of the Class C Preferred Units held by such Class C Preferred Holder on the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date into a number of Common Units per Class C Preferred Unit to be converted that is equal to the Class C Conversion Rate (such number of Common Units, the “Class C Common Unit Conversion Consideration”), unless the Partnership provides notice of its election to redeem Class C Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.12(d)(i)(B) prior to the expiration of the Class C Change of Control Redemption Period.

 

(ii)           Within five days following the expiration of the Class C Change of Control Redemption Period or, if earlier waived, the date of the Partnership’s waiver of its redemption right set forth in Section 5.12(d)(i)(B), the Partnership will provide to the Class C Preferred Holders written notice (the “Class C Conversion Notice”) of the occurrence of the Class C Change of Control that describes the Class C Change of Control Conversion Right and states: (A) the events constituting the Class C Change of Control; (B) the date of the Class C Change of Control; (C) the date on which the Class C Change of Control Redemption Period expired or was waived; (D) the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date; (E) the last date on which the Class C Preferred Holders may exercise their Class C Change of Control Conversion Right; (F) the method and period for calculating the Common Unit Price with respect to the Class C Preferred Units; (G) if applicable, the type and amount of Class C Alternative Conversion Consideration entitled to be received per Class C Preferred Unit; (H) the name and address of the Paying Agent; and (I) the procedure that the Class C Preferred Holders must follow to exercise the Class C Change of Control Conversion Right.

 

  78  

 

 

(iii)           In the case of a Class C Change of Control pursuant to which Common Units will be converted into cash, securities or other property or assets (including any combination thereof) (“Class C Alternative Conversion Consideration”), each Class C Preferred Holder electing to exercise its Class C Change of Control Conversion Right will receive upon conversion of the Class C Preferred Units elected by such Class C Preferred Holder the kind and amount of such Class C Alternative Conversion Consideration on a per Class C Preferred Unit basis that such Class C Preferred Holder would have owned or been entitled to receive upon the Class C Change of Control had such Class C Preferred Holder held a number of Common Units equal to the Class C Common Unit Conversion Consideration immediately prior to the effective time of the Class C Change of Control; provided, however, that, if the holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in such Class C Change of Control, the consideration that the Class C Preferred Holders electing to exercise their Class C Change of Control Conversion Right will receive will be the form and proportion of the aggregate consideration elected by the holders of Common Units who participate in the determination (based on the weighted average of elections) and will be subject to any limitations to which all holders of Common Units are subject, including, without limitation, pro rata reductions applicable to any portion of the consideration payable in the Class C Change of Control. The Partnership shall pay the cash value in lieu of issuing any fractional Common Units upon the conversion of the Class C Preferred Units.

 

(iv)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if prior to the expiration of the Class C Change of Control Redemption Period, the Partnership provides notice of its election to redeem Class C Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.12(d)(i), Class C Preferred Holders shall not have any right to convert (including pursuant to the Class C Change of Control Conversion Right) the Class C Preferred Units that the Partnership has elected to redeem, and any Class C Preferred Units subsequently selected for redemption that have been tendered for conversion pursuant to the Class C Change of Control Conversion Right shall be redeemed on the applicable Class C Redemption Date instead of converted on the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date.

 

(v)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if prior to the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date, the Partnership provides notice of its election to redeem Class C Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.12(d)(i), Class C Preferred Holders of such Class C Preferred Units shall not have any right to convert (including pursuant to the Class C Change of Control Conversion Right) the Class C Preferred Units that the Partnership has elected to redeem, and any Class C Preferred Units subsequently selected for redemption that have been tendered for conversion pursuant to the Class C Change of Control Conversion Right shall be redeemed on the applicable Class C Redemption Date instead of converted on the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date.

 

  79  

 

 

(vi)          The Partnership shall issue a press release for publication through a news or press organization as is reasonably expected to broadly disseminate the relevant information to the public, or post notice on the website of the Partnership, in any event prior to the opening of business on the first Business Day following any date on which the Partnership provides the Class C Conversion Notice to the Class C Preferred Holders.

 

(vii)         Each Class C Preferred Holder electing to exercise its Class C Change of Control Conversion Right will be required prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Class C Change of Control Conversion Date, to notify the Partnership of the number of Class C Preferred Units to be converted pursuant to the Class C Change of Control Conversion Right and otherwise to comply with any applicable procedures contained in the Class C Conversion Notice or otherwise required by the Class C Securities Depositary for effecting the conversion.

 

(viii)        Upon conversion, the rights of each participating Class C Preferred Holder, as a holder of the Class C Preferred Units, shall cease with respect to such converted Class C Preferred Units, and each such Person shall continue to be a Partner and have the rights of a holder of Common Units under this Agreement in respect of the Common Units constituting the Class C Conversion Common Units to be issued to such Person in respect of the converted Class C Preferred Units. Each Class C Preferred Unit shall, upon its Class C Change of Control Conversion Date, be deemed to be transferred to, and cancelled by, the Partnership in exchange for the issuance of the Class C Conversion Common Units.

 

(ix)           The Partnership shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes or duties relating to the issuance or delivery of Class C Conversion Common Units. However, the participating Class C Preferred Holder shall pay any tax or duty that may be payable relating to any transfer involving the issuance or delivery of Class C Conversion Common Units in a name other than such Class C Preferred Holder’s name. The Transfer Agent may refuse to reflect the notation of book entry (or the issuance of a Certificate) for Common Units being issued in a name other than the Class C Preferred Holder’s name until the Transfer Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax or duties that will be due because the Common Units are to be issued in a name other than the Class C Preferred Holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation.

 

(x)            The Partnership shall comply with all applicable securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of any Class C Conversion Common Units and, if the Common Units are then listed or quoted on a National Securities Exchange or other market, shall list or cause to have quoted and keep listed and quoted the Class C Conversion Common Units to the extent permitted or required by the rules of such exchange or market.

 

  80  

 

 

(xi)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall give to any Class C Preferred Holder any rights as a creditor in respect of its right to conversion of Class C Preferred Units.

 

(f)            Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the General Partner, the Partnership, the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agent may deem and treat any Class C Preferred Holder as the true, lawful and absolute owner of the applicable Class C Preferred Units for all purposes, and neither the General Partner, the Partnership nor the Transfer Agent or the Paying Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Class C Preferred Units are listed or admitted to trading.

 

(g)           Notices. All notices or communications in respect of the Class C Preferred Units shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Section 5.12, this Agreement or by applicable law.

 

(h)           Other Rights; Fiduciary Duties. The Class C Preferred Units and the Class C Preferred Holders shall not have any designations, preferences, rights, powers or duties, other than as set forth in this Agreement or as provided by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall owe any duties, including fiduciary duties, or have any liabilities to Class C Preferred Holders, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

Section 5.13         Establishment of Class D Preferred Units.

 

(a)           General. The General Partner hereby designates and creates a series of Units to be designated as the “Class D Preferred Units,” having the designations, preferences and relative or other special rights, privileges, powers, duties and obligations as set forth in this Section 5.13 and elsewhere in this Agreement. A total of (i) 400,000 Class D Preferred Units were issued by the Partnership on the Class D Initial Issuance Date (the “Class D Initial Preferred Units”) to the Class D Initial Purchasers in exchange for Capital Contributions equal to $1,000 per Class D Preferred Unit, in each case pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Class D Initial Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement and (ii) 200,000 Class D Preferred Units were issued by the Partnership on the Class D Additional Issuance Date (the “Class D Additional Preferred Units”) to the Class D Additional Purchasers in exchange for Capital Contributions equal to $1,000 per Class D Preferred Unit, in each case pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Class D Additional Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement. Accordingly, each of the Class D Purchasers was admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner and a Class D Preferred Unit Holder on the date that it first purchased Class D Preferred Units. Each Class D Preferred Unit shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) the corresponding provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Transfer Agent for all the Class D Preferred Units (the “Class D Transfer Agent”) may be appointed from time to time only by the General Partner, and shall not be the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their respective Affiliates. The initial Class D Transfer Agent so appointed by the General Partner on the Class D Initial Issuance Date is Equiniti Trust Company.

 

  81  

 

 

(b)           Distributions.

 

(i)            Commencing with the Quarter ending on September 30, 2019, each Class D Preferred Unit Holder shall be entitled to receive, in respect of each Class D Preferred Unit held by such Class D Preferred Unit Holder, cumulative distributions (to the extent declared by the General Partner as described in Section 5.13(b)(iv)) in respect of such Quarter (or portion thereof for which a Class D Preferred Unit Distribution is due), in cash (subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 5.13(b)), equal to the sum of (A) the Class D Distribution Amount for such Quarter, which Class D Distribution Amount shall accumulate on a daily basis at the then applicable Class D Distribution Rate (assuming a 360-day year composed of twelve, 30-day months) from and including (i) the Class D Initial Issuance Date with respect to the Class D Initial Preferred Units and (ii) the Class D Additional Issuance Date with respect to the Class D Additional Preferred Units, in each case, until such time as the Partnership redeems such Class D Preferred Unit in accordance with Section 5.13(d) and (B) any Class D Unpaid Distributions with respect to such Class D Preferred Unit (collectively, “Class D Preferred Unit Distributions”), regardless of whether such Class D Preferred Unit Distributions shall have been declared.

 

(ii)           At any time and from time to time during the Class D Selectable Rate Period, the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Unit Majority, may elect, pursuant to an irrevocable written notice (a “Class D Variable Rate Election Notice”) delivered to the Partnership, to cause the Class D Variable Rate to be in effect and applicable unless and until the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Majority, delivers an irrevocable written notice to the Partnership of their election to cause the Class D Variable Rate to no longer be in effect, which election shall become effective as of the first day of the Quarter immediately succeeding the Quarter in which such notice is delivered; provided that such notice must be delivered no later than 60 days prior to the end of such immediately succeeding Quarter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each election to cause the Class D Variable Rate to be in effect or not in effect, as applicable, shall be effective for at least four Quarters following such election, and the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Majority, may make an election to cause the Class D Variable Rate to be in effect or not in effect with respect to each four Quarter period during the Class D Selectable Rate Period.

 

(iii)          The aggregate Class D Distribution Amount shall be deemed to have been paid out of Available Cash with respect to the Quarter ended immediately preceding the Quarter in which such Class D Preferred Unit Distribution is made; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 5.13(b), Available Cash shall not include any deduction to provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters. Class D Preferred Unit Distributions shall be paid on an equal priority basis with distributions on any Outstanding Class D Parity Securities, including the Class B Preferred Units and the Class C Preferred Units.

 

  82  

 

 

(iv)          Each Class D Preferred Unit Distribution that shall have been declared by the General Partner to Class D Preferred Unit Holders with respect to a Quarter (or portion thereof for which a Class D Preferred Unit Distribution is due) shall be paid in arrears after such Quarter, in cash, to the Class D Preferred Unit Holders as such holders’ names appear on the register maintained by the Class D Preferred Units Registrar for the Class D Preferred Units on the Record Date for such Class D Preferred Unit Distribution on the date that is the earlier of: (A) the date that distributions are made on the Common Units pursuant to Section 6.3(a) or Class D Parity Securities in respect of such Quarter or such earlier date after the end of such Quarter as the General Partner may determine, and (B) the date that is forty-five (45) days after the end of such Quarter (the “Class D Distribution Due Date”); provided, however, that if any Class D Distribution Due Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Class D Distribution Due Date shall instead be the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

(v)           On each Class D Distribution Due Date during each Class D Accretion Option Period, if the Partnership has not on or prior to such date paid 100% of the Class D Distribution Amount in respect of such Class D Accretion Option Period in cash, then the Class D Stated Value of such Class D Preferred Unit shall increase automatically effective as of the day immediately following the last day of such Class D Accretion Option Period, by the amount (the “Class D Accretion Amount”) equal to the lesser of (a) 50% of the amount of the Class D Distribution Amount due and payable on such Class D Distribution Due Date in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit for such Class D Accretion Option Period and (b) the excess, if any of (A) the total amount of the Class D Distribution Amount due and payable on such Class D Distribution Due Date in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit for such Class D Accretion Option Period over (B) the amount of the Class D Distribution Amount in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit for such Class D Accretion Option Period paid in cash on or prior to such Class D Distribution Due Date. The full Class D Distribution Amount payable with respect to each Class D Accretion Option Period shall be deemed to have been paid in full on the applicable Class D Distribution Due Date therefor for all purposes if at least 50% of the full cumulative Class D Distribution Amount with respect to such Class D Accretion Option Period shall have been paid in cash (the “Class D Required Cash Amount”). After giving effect to the preceding provisions of this Section 5.13(b)(v), the accumulated and unpaid Class D Distribution Amount in respect of each Class D Preferred Unit in arrears in respect of such Class D Accretion Option Period shall be the amount, if any, equal to the excess of (a) the amount of the Class D Distribution Amount due and payable on such Class D Distribution Due Date in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit for such Class D Accretion Option Period over (b) the sum of (i) the Class D Accretion Amount and (ii) the amount of the Class D Distribution Amount in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit for such Class D Accretion Option Period paid in cash on or prior to the applicable Class D Distribution Due Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (A) to the extent declared by the General Partner as described in Section 5.13(b)(iv), the Partnership shall pay in cash at least the Class D Required Cash Amount of the Class D Distribution Amount in respect of each Class D Accretion Option Period on or before the Class D Distribution Due Date for such Class D Accretion Option Period, (B) if the Partnership fails to pay the Class D Required Cash Amount in cash in respect of a Class D Accretion Period, then such unpaid portion of the Class D Required Cash Amount shall constitute a Class D Unpaid Distribution and shall accumulate in accordance with Section 5.13(b)(viii), (C) the Class D Distribution Amount payable in respect of any Quarter that is not a Class D Accretion Option Period shall be paid entirely in cash (to the extent declared by the General Partner as described in Section 5.13(b)(iv)) and (D) no portion of any Class D Accretion Amount shall decrease the amount of Class D Unpaid Distributions that are accumulated and unpaid on the Class D Distribution Due Date attributable to a Class D Accretion Option Period.

 

  83  

 

 

(vi)          So long as any Class D Preferred Units are Outstanding, no distribution shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment on any Class D Junior Securities (other than a distribution payable solely in Class D Junior Securities), unless full cumulative Class D Preferred Unit Distributions and full cumulative distributions on any Class D Parity Securities have been or contemporaneously are being paid or set aside for payment on all Outstanding Class D Preferred Units and any such Class D Parity Securities, respectively, through the most recent Class D Distribution Due Date, with respect to Outstanding Class D Preferred Units, and the most recent distribution payment date, with respect to any such Class D Parity Securities. Accumulated Class D Preferred Unit Distributions in arrears for any past Quarter may be declared by the General Partner and paid on any date fixed by the General Partner, regardless of whether such fixed date is a Class D Distribution Due Date, to Class D Preferred Unit Holders on the Record Date for such payment, which may not be less than 10 days before such payment date. Subject to the next succeeding sentence, if all Class D Unpaid Distributions and all accumulated distributions in arrears on any Class D Parity Securities shall not have been declared and paid, or if sufficient funds for the payment thereof shall not have been set aside, payment of Class D Unpaid Distributions and accumulated distributions in arrears on any such Class D Parity Securities shall be made in order of their respective distribution payment dates, commencing with the earliest distribution payment date (subject to Section 5.13(b)(iv)). If less than all Class D Preferred Unit Distributions payable with respect to all Outstanding Class D Preferred Units and all distributions payable with respect to any Class D Parity Securities are paid, then such partial payment shall be declared and paid Pro Rata such that the amounts of Class D Preferred Unit Distributions declared and paid per Class D Preferred Unit and the amounts of distributions declared and paid per unit of such Class D Parity Securities shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that unpaid and accumulated Class D Preferred Unit Distributions per Class D Preferred Unit and unpaid and accumulated distributions per unit of such Class D Parity Securities bear to one another.

 

(vii)         Subject to Section 12.4, Class D Preferred Unit Holders shall not be entitled to any distribution, whether payable in cash, property or Partnership Interests, in excess of full cumulative Class D Preferred Unit Distributions.

 

  84  

 

 

 

 

(viii)       If the Partnership fails to pay in full in accordance with this Section 5.13(b) (A) the Class D Distribution Amount of any Class D Preferred Unit Distributions with respect to a Quarter that is not a Class D Accretion Option Period or (B) at least the Class D Required Cash Amount of the Class D Distribution Amount of any Class D Preferred Unit Distributions with respect to a Quarter that is a Class D Accretion Option Period, in each case on the Class D Distribution Due Date for such Quarter (such failure being referred to herein as a “Class D Distribution Payment Default”), whether any such failure is a result of the failure by the Board to declare a Class D Preferred Unit Distribution or otherwise, then (1) the amount of accumulated and unpaid cash distributions (on a per Outstanding Class D Preferred Unit basis, the “Class D Unpaid Distributions”) will constitute arrearages and will accumulate on a daily basis at the Class D Distribution Rate plus the Class D Payment Default Rate from and including the first day of the Quarter immediately following the Quarter in respect of which such payment was due (the “Class D Default Effective Date,” and the period from and after such Class D Default Effective Date to and including the date on which all Class D Unpaid Distributions on all Outstanding Class D Preferred Units with respect to such Quarter are paid in full in cash being referred to herein as a “Class D Distribution Payment Default Period”), assuming a 360-day year composed of twelve, 30-day months, and (2) commencing on the Class D Default Effective Date until the termination of the Class D Distribution Payment Default Period, the Class D Distribution Rate shall equal the Class D Distribution Rate plus the Class D Payment Default Rate and shall accumulate on a daily basis at such increased rate (assuming a 360-day year composed of twelve, 30-day months). Each Class D Distribution Payment Default with respect to the payment of the Class D Distribution Amount for a Quarter shall be deemed to be cured upon payment in full in cash of such Class D Distribution Amount (regardless of the date of such payment), and accordingly, such Class D Distribution Payment Default shall be deemed to be continuing only during the Class D Distribution Payment Default Period that begins on the Class D Default Effective Date.

 

(ix)          All Class D Preferred Unit Distributions payable by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 5.13(b) (including any Class D Accretion Amount) shall be payable without regard to income of the Partnership and shall be treated for federal income tax purposes as guaranteed payments for the use of capital under Section 707(c) of the Code. The guaranteed payment with respect to any Class D Distribution Period shall be for the account of the holders of Class D Preferred Units as of the applicable Class D Distribution Due Date. For purposes of determining the Capital Account attributable to each Class D Preferred Unit, each holder of Class D Preferred Units shall be treated as having subsequently contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution any amount treated as a guaranteed payment with respect to the Class D Accretion Amount.

 

(c)           Voting Rights.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Class D Preferred Units shall have no voting rights and no rights to consent or approve any action or matter, except as set forth in this Section 5.13(c), Section 13.3, or as otherwise required by Delaware law.

 

  85  

 

  

(ii)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in addition to all other requirements imposed by Delaware law and all other voting rights granted under this Agreement, the prior written consent of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of the Class D Preferred Unit Majority, shall be required for (A) any matter that adversely affects the rights, powers, privileges or preferences of the Class D Preferred Units in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests and, (B) to the extent not included in the approval rights set forth in the foregoing clause (A), any amendment to this Agreement or the Certificate of Limited Partnership (including by merger or otherwise) that is adverse (other than in a de minimis manner) to any of the rights, preferences and privileges of the Class D Preferred Units. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, any amendment shall be deemed to have such an adverse effect that is not de minimis if such amendment would:

 

(A)          reduce the Class D Distribution Amount, change the form of payment of distributions on the Class D Preferred Units, defer the date from which distributions on the Class D Preferred Units will accumulate, cancel any accumulated and unpaid distributions on the Class D Preferred Units or any distributions accumulated thereon (including any Class D Unpaid Distributions and any distributions accumulations in respect of the Class D Payment Default Rate or the Class D Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Rate), or change the seniority rights of the Class D Preferred Unit Holders as to the payment of distributions in relation to the holders of any other class or series of Partnership Interests;

 

(B)           reduce the amount payable or change the form of payment to the Record Holders of the Class D Preferred Units upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets, of the Partnership, or change the seniority of the liquidation preferences of the Record Holders of the Class D Preferred Units in relation to the rights of the holders of any other class or series of Partnership Interests upon the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Partnership; or

 

(C)          make the Class D Preferred Units redeemable or convertible at the option of the Partnership other than as set forth herein.

 

(iii)           The approval of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of the Class D Preferred Unit Majority, shall be required to approve any matter for which the Class D Preferred Unit Holders are entitled to vote as a separate class.

 

(iv)          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in addition to all other voting rights granted under this Agreement, without the approval of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Unit Majority, the Partnership will not, and the Partnership will cause each of its Subsidiaries not to:

 

  86  

 

  

(A)          (1) create (by reclassification or otherwise), authorize, sell or issue any Units or other Partnership Interests, including any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or other Partnership Interests, other than the creation, authorization, sale or issuance of Units or other Partnership Interests that are not Class D Senior Securities or Class D Parity Securities (other than Class D Exempt Parity Securities), or (2) amend the provisions of any existing class of Units or other Partnership Interests to make any such Units or other Partnership Interests Class D Senior Securities or Class D Parity Securities;

 

(B)           issue additional Class D Preferred Units after the Class D Initial Issuance Date (other than the Class D Additional Preferred Units issued on the Class D Additional Issuance Date);

 

(C)           cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Partnership to create, authorize, sell or issue any capital stock (or other equity interests) of such Subsidiary that has preferential rights to any other capital stock (or other equity interests) of such Subsidiary with respect to dividends or redemptions or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary (“Subsidiary Preferred Securities”), other than Subsidiary Preferred Securities issued to the Partnership or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries; provided that the Partnership may cause its Subsidiaries to issue Subsidiary Preferred Securities with an aggregate liquidation preference less than or equal to $25.0 million to Persons other than the Partnership or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries without the consent of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative;

 

(D)           incur, create, issue, assume or guarantee, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness on any date, if both (i) on such date of incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee, the Principal Credit Facility contains a restrictive covenant based on compliance with the Leverage Ratio (or a substantially equivalent ratio that is defined in the Principal Credit Facility to have a substantially similar meaning as Leverage Ratio, including in respect of definitions for each defined term referenced in, related to or necessary for the calculation of, the Leverage Ratio) and a restrictive covenant based on compliance with the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio (or a substantially equivalent ratio that is defined in the Principal Credit Facility to have a substantially similar meaning as Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio, including in respect of definitions for each defined term referenced in, related to or necessary for the calculation of, the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio) and (ii) after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee and the simultaneous application of the proceeds therefrom, on such date of incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee (1) the Leverage Ratio would exceed 4.5 or (2) the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio would exceed (x) 6.5 (if such date of incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee is on or prior to September 30, 2019), (y) 6.25 (if such date of incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee is after September 30, 2019 and on or prior to March 31, 2020) or (z) 6.0 (if such date of incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee is after March 31, 2020);

 

  87  

 

 

(E)           incur, create, issue, assume or guarantee, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness on any date, if both (i) on such date of incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee, the Principal Credit Facility does not contain a restrictive covenant based on compliance with the Leverage Ratio (or a substantially equivalent ratio that is defined in the Principal Credit Facility to have a substantially similar meaning as Leverage Ratio, including in respect of definitions for each defined term referenced in, related to or necessary for the calculation of, the Leverage Ratio) and (ii) after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee and the simultaneous application of the proceeds therefrom, on such date of incurrence, creation, issuance, assumption or guarantee the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio would exceed the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio Limit. “Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio Limit” means, (a) if the Principal Credit Facility contains a restrictive covenant based on compliance with the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio (or a substantially equivalent ratio that is defined in the Principal Credit Facility to have a substantially similar meaning as Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio, including in respect of definitions for each defined term referenced in, related to or necessary for the calculation of, the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio), the lesser of (i) 5.5 and (ii) the sum of 0.25 plus the limit on the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio (or a substantially equivalent ratio that is defined in the Principal Credit Facility to have a substantially similar meaning as Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio, including in respect of definitions for each defined term referenced in, related to or necessary for the calculation of, the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio) set forth in the Principal Credit Facility, and (b) in all other instances (including during any times when there is no Principal Credit Facility), 5.5;

 

(F)           redeem or repurchase any Class D Junior Securities or Class D Parity Securities unless, at the time of such redemption or repurchase, no Class D Unpaid Distributions are outstanding;

 

(G)           engage in or agree (or allow any of its Subsidiaries to engage in or agree) to any of the following (pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law): (1) commence a voluntary case, action or proceeding, or file a voluntary petition, in each case seeking relief under any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or relief of debtors, (2) consent to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (3) consent to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property or (4) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or admit in writing its inability or failure generally to pay its debts as they become due (5) file an answer or other pleading or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in any U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or (6) adopt any plan or proposal for a complete or partial liquidation, reorganization or recapitalization of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, unless each Class D Preferred Unit is redeemed in full in cash at the Class D Redemption Price of such Class D Preferred Unit prior to taking any of the foregoing actions;

 

  88  

 

 

(H)           enter into an agreement to effect, or consummate, a Class D Change of Control, unless at the time of entering into such agreement or such consummation, as applicable, the Partnership has access to sufficient cash to redeem all the Outstanding Class D Preferred Units as and when required pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(i) as a consequence of such Class D Change of Control;

 

(I)             take any action that would cause the Partnership to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

(J)            enter into, amend or terminate any agreement between, or engage in any transaction between, the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner (that is not the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries) or any officer or director of the General Partner or any Group Member, on the other hand, in each case except for (x) Class D Permitted Affiliate Transactions and (y) agreements or transactions entered into on an arm’s length basis and approved by Special Approval;

 

(K)           enter into, adopt, agree to, create or permit to become effective any direct consensual encumbrance, restriction or prohibition (including with respect to any “restricted payment” or similar provisions under any agreement, document or instrument governing or evidencing the Partnership’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Funded Indebtedness) on the ability of the Partnership to repurchase or redeem the Class D Preferred Units, or to pay distributions on the Class D Preferred Units, other than any such encumbrance, restriction or prohibition that is either (1) in effect on the Class D Initial Issuance Date or (2) not more restrictive than any such encumbrance, restriction or prohibition existing as of the Class D Initial Issuance Date;

 

(L)            enter into a merger or other similar transaction (other than a Class D Change of Control) if the Class D Preferred Units will cease to be outstanding and are exchanged for other consideration in such merger or other similar transaction, and such consideration is less than the amount the Class D Preferred Units would receive if the merger or similar transaction were a Class D Change of Control;

 

(M)          declare or pay any distribution from Capital Surplus (other than on account of the Class D Distribution Amount); or

 

(N)           enter into any agreement or otherwise commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

(v)           In addition to all of the other voting rights granted pursuant to this Agreement, upon the occurrence of a third Class D Distribution Payment Default (regardless of whether any of such three Class D Distribution Payment Defaults occurred in consecutive Quarters) and continuing until the termination of the Class D Distribution Payment Default Period attributable to all then-continuing Class D Distribution Payment Defaults, the Partnership will not, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, in each case without the approval of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Unit Majority:

  

  89  

 

 

(A)           incur any Indebtedness;

 

(B)           (1) acquire any assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions with a purchase price greater than $10.0 million or in the aggregate during any Quarter with aggregate purchase prices in excess of $25.0 million or sell any assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions with a purchase price greater than $10.0 million or in the aggregate during any Quarter with aggregate purchase prices in excess of $25.0 million, or (2) enter into any agreement with respect to a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(C)           cause or permit a Subsidiary to issue any equity interests (unless such equity interests are issued solely to the Partnership or to one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries);

 

(D)           (1) create (by reclassification or otherwise), authorize, sell or issue, (x) any Class D Parity Securities (or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class D Parity Securities) or (y) any Class D Other Preferred Securities (or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class D Other Preferred Securities), or (2) redeem or repurchase any of the foregoing;

 

(E)            make any Investment Capital Expenditures or Expansion Capital Expenditures in excess of $5.0 million in a single expenditure or in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate; or

 

(F)            enter into any agreement or otherwise commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

(vi)          In addition to all of the other voting rights granted pursuant to this Agreement, at any time during a Class D Redemption Default Period, the Partnership will not, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, in each case without the approval of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Unit Majority:

 

(A)           take any action set forth in clauses (A) - (F) of Section 5.13(c)(v);

 

(B)           pay any distribution on any Class D Junior Security;

 

(C)           enter into, consensually terminate or amend or grant a waiver under any contract involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million; or

 

  90  

 

 

(D)           enter into any agreement or otherwise commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

(vii)         In addition to all of the other voting rights granted pursuant to this Agreement, if either (a) on March 31, 2020, the Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio exceeds 7.0 or (b) on June 30, 2020 the Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio exceeds 6.5, then until the first date on which the Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 7.0 (at any time prior to June 30, 2020) or 6.5 (at any time on or after June 30, 2020) (such period of time, the “Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio Default Period”), the Partnership will not, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, in each case without the approval of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Unit Majority:

 

(A)           acquire any assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions with a purchase price greater than $10.0 million or in the aggregate during any Quarter with aggregate purchase prices in excess of $25.0 million or sell any assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions with a purchase price greater than $10.0 million or in the aggregate during any Quarter with aggregate purchase prices in excess of $25.0 million; or

 

(B)           increase the Quarterly distribution amount on the Common Units.

 

(viii)        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Partnership may, without the approval of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Unit Majority:

 

(A)          create (by reclassification or otherwise) and issue Class D Junior Securities (including by amending the provisions of any existing class of Partnership Interest (other than the Class D Preferred Units), to make such class of Partnership Interests a class of Class D Junior Securities); and

 

(B)           create (by reclassification or otherwise) and issue Class D Exempt Parity Securities (including by amending the provisions of any existing class of Partnership Interest (other than the Class D Preferred Units), to make such class of Partnership Interests a class of Class D Exempt Parity Securities).

 

(ix)          For the avoidance of doubt, the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, shall deliver each request for approval of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Majority (and any documentation or other materials distributable by the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, in connection with such request), pursuant to this Section 5.13(c) to each Class D Preferred Unit Holder; provided that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative to act on behalf of the Class D Preferred Majority as set forth in this Agreement,

 

  91  

 

 

(d)           Redemption.

 

(i)            Upon the occurrence of a Class D Change of Control, each Class D Preferred Unit Holder shall have the option, exercisable at its sole election, but only during the period beginning upon the occurrence of such Class D Change of Control and ending at the end of the 90th day following such occurrence, to require the Partnership to redeem all, or any Minimum Portion, of the Class D Preferred Units held by such Class D Preferred Unit Holder for an amount of cash in respect of each Class D Preferred Unit to be redeemed equal to the Class D Redemption Price of such Class D Preferred Unit. The Partnership shall deliver to all Class D Preferred Unit Holders a written notice of the expected occurrence of a Class D Change of Control (a “Class D CoC Notice”) within five Business Days following execution of definitive agreements relating to a Class D Change of Control, and at least fifteen Business Days prior to consummating such Class D Change of Control (or, if such advance notice is not practicable based on the event that resulted in a Class D Change of Control, as soon as reasonably practicable upon the Partnership becoming aware of such Class D Change of Control), which Class D CoC Notice shall include the material terms of the event constituting a Class D Change of Control and any definitive agreements executed by the Partnership or the General Partner in connection therewith. To exercise its right to redemption pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(i), a Class D Preferred Unit Holder must deliver a written notice of such exercise (a “Class D CoC Redemption Election Notice”) to the Partnership prior to the 90th day following the occurrence of such Class D Change of Control, which Class D CoC Redemption Election Notice shall set forth the number of Class D Preferred Units such Class D Preferred Unit Holder elects to have redeemed by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(i). No later than five Business Days following the later of the occurrence of such Change of Control or the delivery of a Class D CoC Redemption Election Notice by a Class D Preferred Unit Holder to the Partnership, the Partnership shall redeem the Class D Preferred Units set forth in such Class D CoC Redemption Election Notice by paying such Class D Preferred Unit Holder an amount in cash in same-day funds in respect of each such Class D Preferred Unit equal to the Class D Redemption Price of such Class D Preferred Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a redemption pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(i) would cause the Class D Preferred Units to be characterized as “disqualified stock,” “disqualified capital stock” or any similar concept pursuant to the terms of any agreement, document or instrument governing or evidencing any Funded Indebtedness of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries that is, or was originally issued or incurred, in excess of $10,000,000, the redemption obligation of the Partnership set forth in this Section 5.13(d)(i) shall be tolled until the earlier of the date (A) such redemption would comply with a “Restricted Payments” covenant or similar covenant contained in any such agreement, document or instrument, or (B) the applicable loans and other debt obligations under such agreement, document or instrument are, to the extent required, repaid (and, if applicable, any commitments will be terminated and any obligations to offer to redeem, repay or repurchase such loans or other debt obligations as a result of the Class D Change of Control will have expired) prior to such redemption of the Class D Preferred Units and the Partnership will timely comply with any “change of control offer” or similar requirements under the terms of any such agreement, document or instrument, if applicable. The preceding sentence shall not be deemed to be a waiver by any Class D Preferred Unit Holder of its right to receive from the Partnership and/or its successor the cash payment required by this Section 5.13(d)(i) in connection with such Class D Change of Control and redemption.

 

  92  

 

 

(ii)           At any time, and from time to time, the Partnership shall have the option, exercisable at its sole election, to redeem all, or any Minimum Portion, of the Outstanding Class D Preferred Units at a price per Class D Preferred Unit equal to the Class D Redemption Price of such Class D Preferred Unit. To exercise such option to redeem Class D Preferred Units, the Partnership must deliver a written notice thereof (which notice shall be irrevocable) (the “Class D Optional Redemption Notice”) to each Class D Preferred Unit Holder, which notice shall set forth (A) the date on which the Partnership intends to consummate the redemption of Class D Preferred Units pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(ii), which date shall be no more than five Business Days following the date of the Class D Optional Redemption Notice, (B) the number of Class D Preferred Units to be redeemed from such Class D Preferred Unit Holder and (C) the aggregate Class D Redemption Price payable to such Class D Preferred Unit Holder in exchange for such Class D Preferred Units. Upon and after delivery of a Class D Optional Redemption Notice to each Class D Preferred Unit Holder, the Partnership shall be irrevocably obligated to redeem the number of Class D Preferred Units set forth on the relevant Class D Optional Redemption Notice on the date of redemption set forth in such notice. On such redemption date, the Partnership shall redeem each such Class D Preferred Unit held by a Class D Preferred Unit Holder that is to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(ii) by paying such Class D Preferred Unit Holder an amount in cash in same-day funds in respect of each such Class D Preferred Unit equal to the Class D Redemption Price of such Class D Preferred Unit. If the Partnership elects to redeem less than all of the Outstanding Class D Preferred Units pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(ii), then such redemption will be made on a pro rata basis based on the number of Class D Preferred Units held by each Class D Preferred Unit Holder immediately prior to such redemption.

 

(iii)          The following rights and obligations shall apply only at any time after the eighth anniversary of the Class D Initial Issuance Date:

 

(A)          At any time on or after such eighth anniversary, each Class D Preferred Unit Holder shall have the option, exercisable at its sole election, to initiate the requirement of the Partnership to redeem all or a portion of such Class D Preferred Unit Holder’s Outstanding Class D Preferred Units in exchange for an amount of cash in respect of each Class D Preferred Unit equal to the Class D Redemption Price of such Class D Preferred Unit. To elect such redemption, a Class D Preferred Unit Holder must deliver a written notice thereof (a “Class D Forced Redemption Notice”) to the Partnership on or after such eighth anniversary, which Class D Forced Redemption Notice shall set forth the number of Class D Preferred Units held by such Class D Preferred Unit Holder to be redeemed by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(iii) and specify a date such redemption is to occur, which date shall be no earlier than 180 days after such eighth anniversary.

  

  93  

 

 

(B)           On such redemption date set forth in such Class D Forced Redemption Notice, the Partnership shall redeem the Class D Preferred Units set forth in such Class D Forced Redemption Notice by paying such Class D Preferred Unit Holder an amount in cash in same-day funds in respect of each such Class D Preferred Unit being redeemed equal to the applicable Class D Redemption Price in respect of such Class D Preferred Unit; provided, however, if all of the Class D Common Unit Conditions are satisfied as of the date of such redemption, the Partnership may, at the option of the Partnership, exercisable in its sole discretion, satisfy any portion not exceeding one-half of the aggregate Class D Redemption Price payable in respect of such redemption (such portion of the aggregate Class D Redemption Price the Partnership elects to satisfy in the form of Common Units, the “Class D Common Unit Redemption Amount”) by issuing to the relevant Class D Unit Holder a number of Common Units as determined pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(iii)(C),which issuance of Common Units shall be consummated immediately prior to the redemption of the Class D Preferred Units on such date of redemption.

 

(C)           If the Partnership so elects to satisfy a portion of the aggregate Class D Redemption Price payable to a Class D Preferred Unit Holder in connection with a redemption of Class D Preferred Units pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(iii) by issuing Common Units in accordance with Section 5.13(d)(iii)(B), the number of Common Units issuable to such Class D Preferred Unit Holder on the date of redemption shall equal a whole number of newly issued Common Units (“Class D Redemption Common Units”) most nearly equal to the quotient of (1) the applicable Class D Common Unit Redemption Amount divided by (2) 93% of the VWAP Price of Common Units for the 30 trading days immediately preceding the second Business Day preceding such date of redemption. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Partnership be permitted to issue Class D Redemption Common Units in satisfaction of any portion of the aggregate Class D Redemption Price payable to a Class D Preferred Unit Holder pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(iii)(B) that is attributable to Class D Unpaid Distributions, and such portion of such aggregate Class D Redemption Price shall be satisfied solely in cash.

 

(D)           The Partnership shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes or duties relating to the issuance or delivery of Common Units upon redemption of Class D Preferred Units pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(iii). However, a Class D Preferred Unit Holder who receives Class D Redemption Common Units pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(iii) shall pay any tax or duty that may be payable relating to any transfer involving the issuance or delivery of any such Class D Redemption Common Units in a name other than the holder’s name. The Transfer Agent may refuse to deliver the Certificate representing Common Units (or notation of book entry) being issued in a name other than the Class D Preferred Unit Holder’s name until the Transfer Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax or duties due because the Class D Redemption Common Units are to be issued in a name other than such holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation.

 

(E)           In the event the Partnership fails to redeem a Class D Preferred Unit Holder’s Class D Preferred Units when required pursuant to this Section 5.13(d)(iii) (a “Class D Redemption Default”), then, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, until the termination of the applicable Class D Redemption Default Period, the Class D Distribution Amount will accumulate at the Class D Distribution Rate plus the Class D Payment Default Rate.

 

  94  

 

 

(iv)          Immediately upon payment of the applicable Class D Redemption Price or the issuance of the applicable number of Class D Redemption Common Units, if any, for the redemption of any Class D Preferred Units redeemed pursuant to this Section 5.13(d), such Class D Preferred Units shall cease to be Outstanding.

 

(e)           Certificates, Registrar and Transfer Agent.

 

(i)            The Class D Transfer Agent and the Class D Preferred Units Registrar shall each maintain a register of the Class D Preferred Units and the transfer of ownership thereof. The register maintained by the Class D Transfer Agent shall be the definitive record of ownership of all Class D Preferred Units, and no Person shall be deemed an owner of a Class D Preferred Unit for any purpose, unless and until such Class D Preferred Unit is recorded in such register as owned by such Person. The register maintained by the Class D Preferred Units Registrar will contain a schedule with respect to the Class D Accretion Amounts, if any, and the applicable Class D Stated Value.

 

(ii)           Beginning on the Class D Initial Issuance Date, the General Partner shall act as the Class D Preferred Units Registrar and the Class D Transfer Agent shall act as the Transfer Agent for the Class D Preferred Units. Thereafter, (A) the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may appoint one or more agents to act as the Class D Preferred Units Registrar, and (B) the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, and the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, on behalf of the Class D Preferred Unit Majority, may mutually agree to replace the Transfer Agent for the Class D Preferred Units.

 

(iii)          If requested by a Class D Preferred Unit Holder, the Class D Preferred Units shall be evidenced by certificates in such form as the General Partner may approve and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the satisfaction of any applicable legal, regulatory and contractual requirements, may be assigned or transferred in a manner identical to the assignment and transfer of other Units.

 

  95  

 

 

(iv)         The certificate(s) representing the Class D Preferred Units may be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER AND, IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT OR THE ISSUER HAS RECEIVED DOCUMENTATION REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT. THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN (i) THE SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF THE PARTNERSHIP, DATED AS OF JULY 2, 2019, AS AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND (ii) EITHER THE CLASS D PREFERRED UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JULY 2, 2019, BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO OR THE CLASS D PREFERRED UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 25, 2019, BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO, AS APPLICABLE, IN EACH CASE, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE PARTNERSHIP AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.”

 

In connection with a sale of Class D Preferred Units pursuant to an effective registration statement or in reliance on Rule 144 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, upon receipt by the Partnership of such information as the Partnership reasonably deems necessary to determine that the sale of the Class D Preferred Units is made in compliance with Rule 144, the Partnership shall remove or cause to be removed the restrictive legend from the certificate(s) representing such Class D Preferred Units (or the book-entry account, if any, maintained by the Class D Transfer Agent), and the Partnership shall bear all costs associated therewith.

 

(v)          From and after the first date on which the rate described in clause (a) of the definition of Class D Three-Month LIBOR is no longer published as contemplated by such clause, the Calculation Agent with respect to the Class D Preferred Units shall be mutually agreed between the Partnership and the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, acting on behalf of a Class D Preferred Unit Majority.

 

  96  

 

 

(f)            Class D Preferred Unit Representative.

 

(i)            The Class D Preferred Unit Representative shall have such powers and authority as are necessary to carry out the functions assigned to it under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Class D Preferred Unit Representative shall have no obligation to act, except as expressly provided herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Class D Preferred Unit Representative shall have the full power of substitution, and full power of authority and discretion, to act in the name, place and stead of the Class D Preferred Majority with respect to the performance on behalf of the Class D Preferred Majority under the terms and provisions of this Agreement (as it may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms), and to do or refrain from doing all such further acts and things, and to execute all such documents on behalf of the Class D Preferred Majority, if any, as the Class D Preferred Unit Representative will deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the exercise of its authority pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Class D Preferred Unit Representative, solely in its capacity as the Class D Preferred Unit Representative, shall have no liability (whether in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, or granted by statute) for any claims, causes of action, obligations or liabilities arising under, out of, in connection with, or related in any manner to, this Agreement, including with respect to any action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by the Class D Preferred Unit Representative on behalf of the Class D Preferred Majority in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership shall be entitled to rely conclusively and without any inquiry on any and all instructions of, decisions of or actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Class D Preferred Unit Representative under this Agreement without any liability to any Class D Preferred Unit Holder or obligation to inquire as to such instructions, decisions of, or actions or omissions including the authority or validity thereof, all of which instructions, decisions, actions or omissions shall be legally binding on the Class D Preferred Unit Holders and their respective assigns as if expressly confirmed and ratified in writing by each of them, and no Class D Preferred Unit Holder shall have the right to object, dissent, protest or otherwise contest the same.

 

(ii)           Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary herein, in the event the Partnership desires to take (or fail to take) an action that is subject to the consent of the Class D Preferred Unit Representative pursuant to this Agreement and, at the time the Partnership seeks such consent, the Class D Preferred Unit Holders have not validly appointed a Class D Preferred Unit Representative in accordance with this Agreement, then the Partnership shall be permitted to take (or not take) such action with the consent of a Class D Preferred Unit Majority.

 

Article VI

 

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 6.1        Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) for each taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.

 

(a)           Net Income. Net Income for each taxable period (including a Pro Rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period) shall be allocated:

 

(i)            First, to the General Partner until the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable periods; and

 

(ii)           The balance, if any, to the General Partner and the Unitholders (other than the Preferred Holders with respect to their Preferred Units), Pro Rata.

 

  97  

 

  

(b)           Net Loss. Net Loss for each taxable period (including a Pro Rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period) shall be allocated:

 

(i)            First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders (other than Preferred Holders with respect to their Preferred Units) Pro Rata; provided that Net Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account) as such Adjusted Capital Account would be determined without regard to any Preferred Units then held by such Unitholder;

 

(ii)           Second, to all Preferred Holders in proportion to their respective positive Adjusted Capital Account balances, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Preferred Unit then Outstanding is reduced to zero; and

 

(iii)          The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

 

(c)            Net Termination Gains and Losses. Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for each taxable period shall be allocated in the manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 5.13, Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

 

(i)            Net Termination Gain (including a Pro Rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated:

 

(A)           First, to the General Partner until the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C) for all previous taxable periods;

 

(B)           Second, to the General Partner and the Unitholders (other than Preferred Holders with respect to their Preferred Units), Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Unpaid MQD”) ;

 

  98  

 

 

(C)           Third, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders (other than Preferred Holders with respect to their Preferred Units), Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD and (3) the excess of (a) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (b) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(b) (the sum of (1), (2) and (3) is hereinafter to as the “First Liquidation Target Amount”);

 

(D)           Fourth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders (other than Preferred Holders with respect to their Preferred Units), Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (D), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount and (2) the excess of (a) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (b) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(c) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Second Liquidation Target Amount”);

 

(E)           Fifth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders (other than Preferred Holders with respect to their Preferred Units), Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (E), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (a) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (b) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(d); and

 

(F)           Finally, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders (other than Preferred Holders with respect to their Preferred Units), Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (G).

 

(ii)           Net Termination Loss (including a Pro Rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Loss) shall be allocated:

 

(A)          First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders (other than Preferred Holders with respect to their Preferred Units), Pro Rata, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

 

  99  

 

  

(B)           Second, to all Preferred Holders, in proportion to their respective positive Adjusted Capital Account balances, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Preferred Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

 

(C)           The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

 

(d)            Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:

 

(i)            Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(ii)           Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

  100  

 

 

(iii)          Priority Allocations.

 

(A)          If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the excess, an “Excess Distribution” and the Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “Excess Distribution Unit”), then (1) there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated gross income and gain with respect to each such Excess Distribution in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the quotient determined by dividing (aa) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs by (bb) a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs, times (y) the total amount allocated in clause (1) above with respect to such Excess Distribution; provided, however, this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) shall not apply to any Excess Distribution in respect to or measured by a distribution with respect to a Preferred Unit and shall not apply to the extent distributions are not made with respect to a Class A Deemed Warrant Unit with respect to any Record Date prior to the Vesting Date of such Class A Deemed Warrant Unit.

 

(B)           After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated (1) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period; and (2) to the General Partner an amount equal to the product of (x) an amount equal to the quotient determined by dividing (aa) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest by (bb) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (y) the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.

 

(iv)          Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.

 

  101  

 

 

(v)           Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.

 

(vi)          Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners Pro Rata. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

 

(vii)         Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

 

(viii)        Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners Pro Rata.

 

(ix)          Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

 

  102  

 

 

(x)           Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law.

 

(A)          With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10, any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.10 equaling the product of (1) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (2) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

 

(B)           With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Common Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit until such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

 

(C)           For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (1) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (2) make special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (3) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(C) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

 

(xi)          Curative Allocation.

 

(A)          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. In exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners.

 

  103  

 

  

(B)           The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

 

(xii)         Corrective and Other Allocations. In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

 

(A)          Except as provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to (1) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner to the same extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to Section 5.5(d) and (2) all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

 

(B)           In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset that is an Adjusted Property (“Disposed of Adjusted Property”), the General Partner shall allocate (1) additional items of gross income and gain (x) away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (y) to the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and loss (x) away from the Unitholders and (y) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.

 

(C)           In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balances of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.

 

  104  

 

  

(D)           For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (the “lower tier partnership”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(A) – Section 6.1(d)(xii)(C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).

 

(E)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), (1) no allocations shall be made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii) with respect to any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date and (2) for taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending after the Closing Date, the determinations of Additional Book Basis (and items derived therefrom) and Net Positive Adjustments (and items derived therefrom) shall be made without regard to any Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event that occurred on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(xiii)        Class A Deemed Warrant Units. Following each applicable Vesting Date, to the extent the Per Unit Capital Amount attributable to any Class A Deemed Warrant Unit for which a Vesting Date has occurred is less than the Per Unit Capital Amount of a Common Unit:

 

(A)          Items of Partnership gross income, gain, loss and deduction resulting from a Book-Up Event or a Book-Down Event shall be allocated to the holders of Class A Deemed Warrant Units and Common Units as necessary, to cause, to the extent possible, the Per Unit Capital Amount attributable to any Class A Deemed Warrant Units for which a Vesting Date has occurred to equal the Per Unit Capital Amount of a Common Unit.

 

  105  

 

 

(B)           With respect to any taxable period in which the Vesting Date occurs (and if necessary subsequent tax periods), to the extent the Per Unit Capital Amount of the Class A Deemed Warrant Unit for which a Vesting Date occurs is not equivalent to the Per Unit Capital Amount of a Common Unit after application of Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(A), items of Partnership gross income, gain, deduction or loss for the taxable period shall be allocated 100% to each holder of Class A Deemed Warrant Units for which a Vesting Date occurs in the proportion that the respective number of Class A Deemed Warrant Units for which a Vesting Date occurs held by such holder bears to the total number of Class A Deemed Warrant Units for which a Vesting Date occurs, until each such holder has been allocated an amount of gross income, gain, deduction or loss with respect to such Class A Deemed Warrant Units for which a Vesting Date has occurred that causes the Capital Account attributable to each Class A Deemed Warrant Unit, on a per Unit basis, to equal the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit on the Vesting Date. The purpose for this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Class A Deemed Warrant Units for which a Vesting Date occurs and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units immediately prior to the Vesting Date.

 

(C)           If a holder of Class A Deemed Warrant Units or Common Units granted upon exercise of the Class A Deemed Warrant Units has a remaining Capital Account remaining after the disposing of all such Class A Deemed Warrant Units or Common Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(iii) or in the event a Class A Deemed Warrant Unit is not exercised, such holder shall be allocated items of loss and deduction equal to such remaining balance.

 

(xiv)        Allocations with Respect to Class B Preferred Units.

 

(A)           Items of income or gain for each taxable period shall be allocated to each holder of Class B Preferred Units, in proportion to, and to the extent of, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (1) the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference with respect to such holder’s Class B Preferred Units, over (2) such holder’s existing Capital Account balance in respect of such Class B Preferred Units, until the Capital Account balance of each such holder in respect of its Class B Preferred Units is equal to the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference with respect to such holder’s Class B Preferred Units.

 

(B)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if (1) the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Class B Preferred Unit and (2) after having made all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 (other than the allocations provided for in Section 6.1(d)(xv)(B) and Section 6.1(d)(xvi)(C), if any, which shall be made simultaneously with the allocations in this Section 6.1(d)(xiv)(B)) for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Class B Preferred Unit does not equal the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for such taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Per Unit Capital Amount in respect of each Class B Preferred Unit to equal the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference. For the avoidance of doubt, the reallocation of items set forth in the immediately preceding sentence provides that, to the extent necessary to achieve the Per Unit Capital Amount balances described above, items of income and gain that would otherwise be included in Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, shall be reallocated from the Unitholders holding Units other than Class B Preferred Units to Unitholders holding Class B Preferred Units. In the event that (1) the Liquidation Date occurs on or before the date (not including any extension of time) prescribed by law for the filing of the Partnership’s federal income tax return for the taxable period immediately prior to the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs and (2) the reallocation of items for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs as set forth above in this Section 6.1(d)(xiv)(B) fails to achieve the Per Unit Capital Amounts described above, items of income, gain, loss and deduction that would otherwise be included in the Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such prior taxable period shall be reallocated among all Partners in a manner that will, to the maximum extent possible and after taking into account all other allocations made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiv)(B), cause the Per Unit Capital Amount in respect of each Class B Preferred Unit to equal the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference.

 

  106  

 

 

(xv)         Allocations with Respect to Class C Preferred Units.

 

(A)          Items of income or gain for each taxable period shall be allocated to each holder of Class C Preferred Units, in proportion to, and to the extent of, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (1) the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference with respect to such holder’s Class C Preferred Units, over (2) such holder’s existing Capital Account balance in respect of such Class C Preferred Units, until the Capital Account balance of each such holder in respect of its Class C Preferred Units is equal to the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference with respect to such holder’s Class C Preferred Units.

 

(B)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if (1) the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Class C Preferred Unit and (2) after having made all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 (other than the allocations provided for in Section 6.1(d)(xiv)(B) and Section 6.1(d)(xvi)(C), if any, which shall be made simultaneously with the allocations in this Section 6.1(d)(xv)(B)) for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Class C Preferred Unit does not equal the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for such taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Per Unit Capital Amount in respect of each Class C Preferred Unit to equal the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference. For the avoidance of doubt, the reallocation of items set forth in the immediately preceding sentence provides that, to the extent necessary to achieve the Per Unit Capital Amount balances described above, items of income and gain that would otherwise be included in Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, shall be reallocated from the Unitholders holding Units other than Class C Preferred Units to Unitholders holding Class C Preferred Units. In the event that (1) the Liquidation Date occurs on or before the date (not including any extension of time) prescribed by law for the filing of the Partnership’s federal income tax return for the taxable period immediately prior to the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs and (2) the reallocation of items for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs as set forth above in this Section 6.1(d)(xv)(B) fails to achieve the Per Unit Capital Amounts described above, items of income, gain, loss and deduction that would otherwise be included in the Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such prior taxable period shall be reallocated among all Partners in a manner that will, to the maximum extent possible and after taking into account all other allocations made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xv)(B), cause the Per Unit Capital Amount in respect of each Class C Preferred Unit to equal the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference.

 

  107  

 

 

(xvi)        Allocations with respect to Class D Preferred Units.

 

(A)           Items of Partnership gross income shall be allocated to the Class D Preferred Unit Holders, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of gross income allocated to each Class D Preferred Unit Holder pursuant hereto for the current and all prior taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Net Losses allocated to such Class D Preferred Unit Holder pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods; provided that gross income shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xvi)(A) to the extent such allocation would cause the Per Unit Capital Amount of a Class D Preferred Unit to exceed the Class D Liquidation Preference.

 

(B)           To the extent the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Class D Preferred Unit is less than the Class D Liquidation Preference, income and gain resulting from a Book-up Event shall be allocated to the holders of Class D Preferred Units, until the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Class D Preferred Unit is equal to the Class D Liquidation Preference.

 

  108  

 

 

(C)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if (1) the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the redemption of the last Outstanding Class D Preferred Unit and (2) after having made all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 (other than the allocations provided for in Section 6.1(d)(xiv)(B) and Section 6.1(d)(xv)(B), if any, which shall be made simultaneously with the allocations in this Section 6.1(d)(xvi)(C)) for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Class D Preferred Unit does not equal the Class D Liquidation Preference, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for such taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Per Unit Capital Amount in respect of each Class D Preferred Unit to equal the Class D Liquidation Preference. For the avoidance of doubt, the reallocation of items set forth in the immediately preceding sentence provides that, to the extent necessary to achieve the Per Unit Capital Amount balances described above, items of income and gain that would otherwise be included in Net Income, Net Loss, Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss, as the case may be, for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, shall be reallocated from the Unitholders holding Units other than Class D Preferred Units to Unitholders holding Class D Preferred Units. In the event that (1) the Liquidation Date occurs on or before the date (not including any extension of time) prescribed by law for the filing of the Partnership’s federal income tax return for the taxable period immediately prior to the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs and (2) the reallocation of items for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs as set forth above in this Section 6.1(d)(xvi)(C) fails to achieve the Per Unit Capital Amounts described above, items of income, gain, loss and deduction that would otherwise be included in the Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such prior taxable period shall be reallocated among all Partners in a manner that will, to the maximum extent possible and after taking into account all other allocations made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xvi)(C), cause the Per Unit Capital Amount in respect of each Class D Preferred Unit to equal the Class D Liquidation Preference. If, after making such allocations, the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Class D Preferred Unit does not equal the Class D Liquidation Preference, then to the extent the Class D Liquidation Preference exceeds such Capital Account balance, the Partnership will make a guaranteed payment to the Class D Preferred Unit Holders, Pro Rata, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such excess for all Class D Preferred Units; provided, however, that such guaranteed payment shall not be made unless, after making the allocations described in Section 6.1(d)(xiv) (if applicable), the Per Unit Capital Amount in respect of each Class B Preferred Unit equals the Class B Stated Liquidation Preference and, after making the allocations described in Section 6.1(d)(xv) (if applicable), the Per Unit Capital Amount in respect of each Class C Preferred Unit equals the Class C Stated Liquidation Preference.

 

Section 6.2        Allocations for Tax Purposes.

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

(b)            In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(C)); provided, that the General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.

 

  109  

 

 

(c)            The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

 

(d)            In accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

 

(e)            All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

 

(f)            Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction shall, for federal income tax purposes, be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such item is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

 

(g)            Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.

 

  110  

 

 

 

(h)           If, as a result of an exercise of a Noncompensatory Option, a Capital Account reallocation is required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the General Partner shall make corrective allocations pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

 

Section 6.3      Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.

 

(a)           Subject to Section 6.3(b), within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurred an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date after the Closing Date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be “Capital Surplus.”

 

(b)           With respect to the distribution for the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurred, the amount of Available Cash distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 6.3(a) shall equal 100% of the Available Cash with respect to such Quarter multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurred and of which the denominator is the number of days in such Quarter.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all cash received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from Working Capital Borrowings, shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

 

(d)           Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through any Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

 

Section 6.4      Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.

 

Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto (including pursuant to Article V with respect to the Preferred Units):

 

(a)           First, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 

  111  

 

 

(b)           Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 

(c)           Third, (i) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (ii) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (iii) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (c), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

 

(d)           Fourth, (i) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (ii) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (iii) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (d), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

 

(e)           Thereafter, (i) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (ii) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (iii) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (e);

 

provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(e).

 

Section 6.5        Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise and subject to Article V with respect to the Preferred Units, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a). Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

Section 6.6        Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.

 

(a)           The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 5.8. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market value of the Common Units immediately prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the ex-dividend date. If the Common Units are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

  112  

 

 

(b)           The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.10 and Section 6.9.

 

Section 6.7        Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Converted Subordinated Units.

 

(a)           Holders of converted Subordinated Units shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such converted Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(c)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(x), Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).

 

(b)           A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a converted Subordinated Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained converted Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii).

 

(c)           The Unitholder holding a converted Subordinated Unit shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, if the Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Section 5.5(c)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(x) and Section 6.7(b); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

 

Section 6.8        Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (a) shall (i) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (ii) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Section 6.4 and Section 12.4 or (iii) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or deduction other than as specified in this Article VI.

 

  113  

 

 

Section 6.9        Entity-Level Taxation. If legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or local or non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation (the “Incremental Income Taxes”), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.9. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution for any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount”) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.9 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.

 

Section 6.10      Special Provisions Relating to the Preferred Holders.

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided herein, a Preferred Holder shall not have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder.

 

(b)           Immediately upon the conversion of a Preferred Unit into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11(e), Section 5.12(e) or Section 5.13(d)(iii), as applicable, the Unitholder holding a Preferred Unit that is converted shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that a converted Preferred Unit shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 6.10(c).

 

(c)           A Unitholder holding a Class B Preferred Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.11(e), a Class C Preferred Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.12(e) or a Class D Preferred Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.13(d)(iii), shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 and shall not be permitted to transfer its converted Class B Preferred Units, its converted Class C Preferred Unit or converted Class D Preferred Units to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that upon transfer, each such converted Class B Preferred Unit, converted Class C Preferred Unit or converted Class D Preferred Unit should have intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics to the transferee, in all material respects, that are the same as the intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics that a Common Unit (other than a converted Class B Preferred Unit, converted Class C Preferred Unit or converted Class D Preferred Unit) would have to such transferee upon transfer, provided that in all events such determination shall be made within 5 Business Days of the date of conversion or receipt by the Partnership of the notice of transfer, as applicable. The General Partner shall act in good faith and shall make the determinations set forth in this Section 6.10(c) as soon as practicable following a Conversion Date or as earlier provided herein.

 

  114  

 

 

(d)           Except as expressly set forth herein, all payments and distributions to holders of Preferred Units shall be made ratably to them in accordance with the Preferred Units held by them.

 

Section 6.11      Special Provisions Relating to Warrants.

 

(a)           For purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts and for purposes of Section 6.1 and Section 6.2, the 2016 Warrants shall be treated as exercised for Common Units that are not entitled to any distributions (each such Common Unit being referred to herein as a “Class A Deemed Warrant Unit”).

 

(b)           A Unitholder holding a Common Unit that has resulted from the exercise of a Warrant shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, if the Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.11(b), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Section 5.5(c)(iii), Section 6.1(d)(xiii) and Section 6.11(b); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

 

Article VII

 

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

 

Section 7.1         Management.

 

(a)           The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

 

  115  

 

 

(i)            the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible or exchangeable into Partnership Interests, and the incurring of any other obligations;

 

(ii)           the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

 

(iii)          the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3 or Article XIV);

 

(iv)          the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;

 

(v)           the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

 

(vi)          the distribution of Partnership cash;

 

(vii)         the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

(viii)        the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;

 

  116  

 

 

(ix)           the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;

 

(x)            the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

 

(xi)           the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

(xii)          the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);

 

(xiii)         the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Interests;

 

(xiv)         the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in any Group Member; and

 

(xv)          the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests or is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement of any other Group Member, the Contribution, Purchase and Sale Agreement, Underwriting Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement (in each case other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements after the date hereof); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Contribution, Purchase and Sale Agreement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests or is otherwise bound by this Agreement; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

  117  

 

 

Section 7.2        Certificate of Limited Partnership. The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

 

Section 7.3        Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority. Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to, in the best interest of the Partnership Group, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.

 

Section 7.4        Reimbursement of the General Partner.

 

(a)           Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.

 

(b)           The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General Partner, to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the Partnership Group’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the General Partner or the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7.

 

  118  

 

 

(c)           The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership benefit plans, programs and practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests or options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights or phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any benefit plan, program or practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees and directors of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees and directors pursuant to any such benefit plans, programs or practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates, from the Partnership, to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any benefit plans, programs or practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.

 

(d)           The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any member of the Partnership Group a management fee to the extent necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon the revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group if the tax benefit produced by the payment of such management fee or fees exceeds the amount of such fee or fees.

 

Section 7.5        Outside Activities.

 

(a)           The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members as described and contemplated by this Agreement or the Registration Statement, or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group Member.

 

(b)           Each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to any Group Member or any Partner. None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership relationship established hereby in any outside business ventures of any Indemnitee.

 

  119  

 

 

(c)           Subject to the terms of the limited liability company agreement of the General Partner, as may be amended from time to time, Section 7.5(a) and (b), but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any fiduciary duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee for the Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the Indemnitees shall have no obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to present business opportunities to the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Indemnitee (including the General Partner). No Indemnitee (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership; provided such Indemnitee does not engage in such business or activity as a result of or using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Indemnitee.

 

(d)           The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units and/or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.5(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) to the extent that any provision of this Agreement purports or is interpreted to have the effect of restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise, as a result of Delaware or other applicable law, be owed by the General Partner to the Partnership and its Limited Partners, or to constitute a waiver or consent by the Limited Partners to any such restriction, such provisions shall be deemed to have been approved by the Partners and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall limit or otherwise affect any separate contractual obligations outside of this Agreement of any Person (including any Indemnitee) to the Partnership or any of its Affiliates.

 

  120  

 

 

Section 7.6         Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members.

 

(a)           The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may, but shall be under no obligation to, lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “Group Member” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.

 

(b)           The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

 

(c)           No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to the Partnership or the Limited Partners by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all Partners.

 

Section 7.7         Indemnification.

 

(a)           To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity; provided, that an Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

 

  121  

 

 

(b)           To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 7.7, be advanced by the Partnership, from time to time, prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified.

 

(c)           The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Contribution, Purchase and Sale Agreement and the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

 

(d)           The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e)           For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by an Indemnitee of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, the Indemnitee to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

 

(f)            In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(g)           An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

  122  

 

 

(h)           The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

 

(i)            No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

Section 7.8         Liability of Indemnitees.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership Interests, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

 

(b)           Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

 

(c)           To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)           Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

  123  

 

 

Section 7.9        Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.

 

(a)           Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval or Unitholder approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder approval. If Special Approval is sought, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if neither Special Approval nor Unitholder approval is sought and the Board of Directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

(b)           Whenever the General Partner, or any committee of the Board of Directors (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, such committee or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards (including fiduciary standards) imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership.

 

  124  

 

 

(c)           Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, and any other Person bound by this Agreement, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrases, “at the option of the General Partner,” “in its sole discretion” or some variation of those phrases, are used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity.

 

(d)           The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a partnership.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be in its sole discretion.

 

(f)            Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or the Delaware Act, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

 

(g)           The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

 

  125  

 

 

Section 7.10      Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.

 

(a)           The General Partner may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

(b)           The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

 

(c)           The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership.

 

Section 7.11      Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests. Subject to Section 5.11(d), Section 5.12(d) and Section 5.13(d), the General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Article IV and Article X.

 

Section 7.12      Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

  126  

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

 

Section 8.1        Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 8.2        Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending March 31.

 

Section 8.3        Reports.

 

(a)           As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means, to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

 

(b)           As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

(c)           The General Partner shall be deemed to have made a report available to each Record Holder as required by this Section 8.3 if it has either (i) filed such report with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such report is publicly available on such system or (ii) made such report available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.

 

  127  

 

 

Article IX

 

TAX MATTERS

 

Section 9.1         Tax Returns and Information. The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or years that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information (including any information necessary for unrelated business tax income calculations) reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

 

Section 9.2        Tax Elections.

 

(a)           The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

 

Section 9.3        Tax Controversies.

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

 

(b)           With respect to tax returns filed for taxable years beginning on or after December 31, 2017, the General Partner (or its designee) will be designated as the “partnership representative” in accordance with the rules prescribed pursuant to Section 6223 of the Code and shall have the sole authority to act on behalf of the Partnership in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. The General Partner (or its designee) shall exercise, in its sole discretion, any and all authority of the “partnership representative” under the Code, including, without limitation, (i) binding the Partnership and its Partners with respect to tax matters and (ii) determining whether to make any available election under Section 6226 of the Code.

 

  128  

 

 

Section 9.4        Withholding; Tax Payments.

 

(a)           The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of all or less than all of the Partners, either as a distribution of cash to such Partners or as a general expense of the Partnership, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Article VI or Section 12.4(c) in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

 

Article X

 

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

 

Section 10.1      Admission of Limited Partners.

 

(a)           Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to the Underwriters as described in Article V in connection with the Initial Public Offering, such parties were automatically admitted to the Partnership as Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units issued to them.

 

(b)           By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger or consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee or other recipient has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until such Person is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.9.

 

  129  

 

 

(c)           The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1.

 

(d)           Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(b).

 

Section 10.2      Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6, provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

 

Section 10.3      Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

 

  130  

 

 

Article XI

 

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

 

Section 11.1      Withdrawal of the General Partner.

 

(a)           The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “Event of Withdrawal”);

 

(i)            The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

 

(ii)           The General Partner transfers all of its General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6;

 

(iii)          The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

 

(iv)          The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

 

(v)           A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

 

(vi)          (A) In the event the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

 

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), Section 11.1(a)(v) or Section 11.1(a)(vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give written notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

 

  131  

 

 

(b)           Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

 

(i)            at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 11:59 p.m., prevailing Central Time, on the first day of the first Quarter beginning after the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance written notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided, that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed);

 

(ii)           at any time after 11:59 p.m., prevailing Central Time, on the first day of the first Quarter beginning after the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance written notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice;

 

(iii)          at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or

 

(iv)          notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance written notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

 

  132  

 

 

Section 11.2      Removal of the General Partner. The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

 

Section 11.3      Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.

 

(a)           In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest and its or its Affiliates’ or beneficial owners’ general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its or its Affiliates’ Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “Combined Interest”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

 

  133  

 

 

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor as General Partner, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor as General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall consider the value of the Units, including the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner (including an appropriate “control premium”), the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.

 

(b)           If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and the Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed the Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

 

(c)            If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (y) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

 

  134  

 

 

Section 11.4      Withdrawal of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

 

Article XII

 

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Section 12.1      Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 10.2, Section 11.1, Section 11.2 or Section 12.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner is hereby authorized to, and shall, continue the business of the Partnership. Subject to Section 12.2, the Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

 

(a)            an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(b)           an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

 

(c)            the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

 

(d)           at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.

 

Section 12.2      Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution. Upon (a) an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or Section 11.1(a)(iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), Section 11.1(a)(v) or Section 11.1(a)(vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

 

  135  

 

 

(i)            the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

 

(ii)           if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

 

(iii)          the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided, that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

 

Section 12.3      Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

 

Section 12.4      Liquidation. The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

 

(a)           The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

 

  136  

 

 

(b)           Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

 

(c)           All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence); provided that any property or cash (including cash equivalents) available for distribution under this Section 12.4(c) shall be distributed (i) first in respect of the Liquidation Preference (to the extent of the positive balances in the associated Capital Accounts) and then (ii) in respect of any accumulated and unpaid Class B Preferred Unit Distributions, Class C Preferred Unit Distributions and Class D Preferred Unit Distributions (without duplication) prior to the making of any distributions of property or cash (including cash equivalents) with respect to the Class D Junior Securities.

 

Section 12.5      Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership. Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

 

Section 12.6      Return of Contributions. The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

 

Section 12.7      Waiver of Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

 

  137  

 

 

 

Section 12.8     Capital Account Restoration. No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable period of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.

 

Article XIII

 

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

 

Section 13.1     Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner. Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

 

(a)            a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

 

(b)           admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(c)            a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;

 

(d)            subject to Section 5.11(c), Section 5.12(c) and Section 5.13(c), a change that the General Partner determines (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.8 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or the Contribution, Purchase and Sale Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or the Contribution, Purchase and Sale Agreement;

 

(e)            a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions (other than Preferred Distributions) are to be made by the Partnership;

 

  138  

 

 

(f)            an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

 

(g)            an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 5.6;

 

(h)            any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

 

(i)             an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

 

(j)             an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4 or Section 7.1(a);

 

(k)            a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or

 

(l)             any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

 

Section 13.2     Amendment Procedures. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so in its sole discretion, and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. An amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 5.11(c), Section 5.12(c), Section 5.13(c), Section 13.1 or Section 13.3, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has either (i) filed such amendment with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such amendment is publicly available on such system or (ii) made such amendment available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.

 

  139  

 

 

Section 13.3     Amendment Requirements.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, increasing such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced or increased, as applicable.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of (including requiring any holder of a class of Partnership Interests to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership) any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict, change or modify in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

 

(c)            Except as provided in Section 14.3 or Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected. If the General Partner determines an amendment does not satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1(d) because it adversely affects one or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely affected class or classes.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.

 

(e)            Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

 

  140  

 

 

Section 13.4     Special Meetings. All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

 

Section 13.5     Notice of a Meeting. Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

 

Section 13.6     Record Date. For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals. If the General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner in accordance with Section 13.11.

 

Section 13.7     Adjournment. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

 

  141  

 

 

Section 13.8     Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes. The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

 

Section 13.9     Quorum and Voting. The holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and be present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner). In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.

 

Section 13.10   Conduct of a Meeting. The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

 

  142  

 

 

Section 13.11   Action Without a Meeting. If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting without a vote and without prior notice, if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot, if any, submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date such sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners. Nothing contained in this Section 13.11 shall be deemed to require the General Partner to solicit all Limited Partners in connection with a matter approved by the holders of the requisite percentage of Units acting by written consent without a meeting.

 

Section 13.12   Right to Vote and Related Matters.

 

(a)            Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

 

  143  

 

 

(b)           Only those Record Holders of the Class B Preferred Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Class B Preferred Holders or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Class B Preferred Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Class B Preferred Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Class B Preferred Units.

 

(c)            Only those Record Holders of the Class C Preferred Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Class C Preferred Holders or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Class C Preferred Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Class C Preferred Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Class C Preferred Units.

 

(d)            Only those Record Holders of the Class D Preferred Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Class D Preferred Unit Holders or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Class D Preferred Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Class D Preferred Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Class D Preferred Units.

 

(e)            With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(e) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

 

Article XIV

 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

 

Section 14.1     Authority. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation (“Merger Agreement”) or a written plan of conversion (“Plan of Conversion”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV.

 

  144  

 

 

Section 14.2     Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

 

(a)            Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.

 

(b)            If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

 

(i)        the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

 

(ii)       the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “Surviving Business Entity”);

 

(iii)      the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

 

(iv)      the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity interests of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, then the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of equity interests represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

 

(v)       a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

 

  145  

 

 

(vi)      the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in the certificate of merger); and

 

(vii)     such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

(c)            If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion, the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:

 

(i)        the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;

 

(ii)       a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;

 

(iii)      a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;

 

(iv)      the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity or another entity, or for the cancellation of such equity securities;

 

(v)       in an attachment or exhibit, the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership; and

 

(vi)      in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;

 

(vii)     the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion (provided, that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in such articles of conversion); and

 

(viii)    such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 14.3     Approval by Limited Partners.

 

(a)            Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion and the merger, consolidation or conversion contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

 

  146  

 

 

(b)            Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, contains any provision that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Delaware Act would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

 

(c)            Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or certificate of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger, or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

 

(e)            Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (D) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than Incentive Distribution Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

 

  147  

 

 

(f)            Pursuant to Section 17-211(g) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

 

Section 14.4     Certificate of Merger. Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or certificate of conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.

 

Section 14.5     Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

 

(a)            At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

 

(i)        all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

 

(ii)       the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

 

(iii)      all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

 

(iv)      all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

 

(b)            At the effective time of the certificate of conversion, for all purposes of the laws of the State of Delaware:

 

(i)        the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;

 

(ii)       all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall remain vested in the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;

 

  148  

 

 

(iii)      all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;

 

(iv)      all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and are enforceable against the converted entity by such creditors and obligees to the same extent as if the liabilities and obligations had originally been incurred or contracted by the converted entity;

 

(v)       the Partnership Interests that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other rights or securities in the converted entity or cash as provided in the Plan of Conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.

 

Article XV

 

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

 

Section 15.1     Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time after the Closing Date the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase for cash all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.

 

(b)            If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Article III, Article IV, Article V, Article VI, and Article XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Article III, Article IV, Article V, Article VI and Article XII).

 

  149  

 

 

(c)            In the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything in this Article XV to the contrary, the repurchase right described in this Article XV shall not apply to Preferred Units.

 

Article XVI

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 16.1     Addresses and Notices; Written Communications.

 

(a)            Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or (ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when delivered or made available via such mode of delivery. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report given or made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 is returned marked to indicate that such notice, payment or report was unable to be delivered, such notice, payment or report and, in the case of notices, payments or reports returned by the United States Postal Service (or other physical mail delivery mail service outside the United States of America), any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) or other delivery if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

 

  150  

 

 

(b)            The terms “in writing”, “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication subject to the provisions of Section 16.1(a).

 

Section 16.2     Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 16.3     Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

Section 16.4     Integration. Except for agreements with Affiliates of the General Partner, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

 

Section 16.5     Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

 

  151  

 

 

Section 16.6     Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

Section 16.7     Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Partner agrees that any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee.

 

Section 16.8     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement (a) immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, (b) in the case of the General Partner and the holders of Limited Partner Interests which were outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed in connection with the Initial Public Offering, immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed in connection with the Initial Public Offering, or (c) in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) immediately upon the acquisition of such Limited Partner Interests, without execution hereof.

 

Section 16.9     Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction.

 

(a)            This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)            Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

 

(i)         irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;

 

(ii)        irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

 

  152  

 

 

(iii)      agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;

 

(iv)      expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and

 

(v)       consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided that nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

Section 16.10   Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and part thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

 

Section 16.11   Consent of Partners. Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

 

Section 16.12   Facsimile Signatures. The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the Transfer Agent of the Partnership on Certificates representing Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

 

(Signature Pages Follow)

 

  153  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  General Partner:
   
  NGL ENERGY HOLDINGS LLC
   
  By: /s/ H. Michael Krimbill
  Name: H. Michael Krimbill
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to the Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

(to the Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership
of NGL Energy Partners LP)

 

Certificate Evidencing Common Units Representing Limited Partner Interests in
NGL Energy Partners LP

 

No.       Common Units

 

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of NGL Energy Partners LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”), NGL Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that _______________________________________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of ______________ Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at 6120 S. Yale, Suite 805, Tulsa, OK 74136. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). NGL ENERGY HOLDINGS LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO (A) AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES OR (B) IN THE CASE OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS, TO PRESERVE THE UNIFORMITY THEREOF (OR ANY CLASS OR CLASSES OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS). THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

 

A-1

 

 

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement and (iii) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

 

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Dated:     NGL Energy Partners LP

 

Countersigned and Registered by: By: NGL Energy Holdings LLC

 

[Name of Transfer Agent and Registrar] By:        
Transfer Agent and Registrar   Chief Executive Officer

 

By:       By:       
  Authorized Signature Chief Financial Officer

 

A-2

 

 

[Reverse of Certificate]

 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties ___________Custodian___________
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in
common

(Cust)                          (Minor)

Under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)

 

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

 

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS OF
NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _______ hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)   (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)

 

Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _______________as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of NGL Energy Partners LP.

 

Dated: ___________   NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.
     
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15  

 

 
(Signature)

 

 
(Signature)

 

 

   
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED    

 

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

 

A-3

 

 

 

  A-4  

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP

 

AND

 

THE PURCHASERS NAMED HEREIN

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of October 31, 2019, by and among NGL Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), EIG Neptune Equity Aggregator, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Neptune”), FS Energy and Power Fund, a Delaware Statutory Trust (the “Trust” and together with Neptune, the “Initial Purchasers”) and GCM Pellit Holdings, LLC (“Foundation”) (each of the Initial Purchasers and Foundation, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”).

 

WHEREAS, the Initial Purchasers previously entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 2, 2019 (the “Original Registration Rights Agreement”) and desire to amend and restate the Original Registration Rights Agreement to, among other things, add Foundation as a Purchaser;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is entered into in connection with the closing of the issuance and sale of the Additional Preferred Units (as defined below) and the Additional Warrants (as defined below), pursuant to the Class D Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2019 (the “Additional Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Partnership and the Purchasers;

 

WHEREAS, the Partnership has agreed to provide the registration and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Purchasers pursuant to the Additional Purchase Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of each Purchaser and the Partnership under the Additional Purchase Agreement that this Agreement be executed and delivered;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each party hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

Article I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01           Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Additional Purchase Agreement. The terms set forth below are used herein as so defined:

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Partnership, on the one hand, and the Purchasers, on the other hand, shall not be considered Affiliates and (ii) any fund, entity or account managed, advised or sub-advised, directly or indirectly, by a Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, shall be considered an Affiliate of such Purchaser. For purposes of this Agreement, any fund, entity or account managed, advised or sub-advised, directly or indirectly, by any Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or the direct or indirect equity owners, including limited partners, of such Purchaser or Affiliate, shall be considered an Affiliate of such Purchaser.

 

Additional Preferred Units” means the Class D Preferred Units of the Partnership initially purchased and sold pursuant to the Additional Purchase Agreement and issued pursuant to the Seventh Partnership Agreement.

 

Additional Purchase Agreement” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Additional Warrants” means the warrants purchased and sold pursuant to the Additional Purchase Agreement.

 

Agreement” has the meaning specified therefor in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, any federal legal holiday or day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or State of Oklahoma are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

 

Common Unit” has the meaning specified therefor in Article I of the Seventh Partnership Agreement.

 

Common Unit Price” means $14.54.

 

Common Unit Registrable Securities” means the Common Units issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants, and includes any type of ownership interest issued to the Holders as a result of Section 3.04 of this Agreement.

 

Delay Liquidated Damages” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.03 of this Agreement.

 

2

 

 

Effective Date” means, with respect to a particular Shelf Registration Statement, the date of effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Effectiveness Deadline” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement.

 

Effectiveness Period” means the period beginning on the Effective Date for the Registration Statement and ending at the time all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have ceased to be Registrable Securities.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Existing Registration Rights Agreement” means the First Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 3, 2011 by and among the Partnership and the investors party thereto, as amended from time to time.

 

General Partner” means NGL Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign government, or other governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission or any court, tribunal, or judicial or arbitral body.

 

Holder” means the record holder of any Registrable Securities. In accordance with Section 3.05 of this Agreement, for purposes of determining the availability of any rights and applicability of any obligations under this Agreement, including, calculating the amount of Registrable Securities held by a Holder, a Holder’s Registrable Securities shall be aggregated together with all Registrable Securities held by other Holders who are Affiliates of such Holder.

 

In-Kind LD Amount” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(b) of this Agreement.

 

Included Registrable Securities” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.02(a) of this Agreement.

 

Initial Closing Date” means July 2, 2019.

 

Initial Purchase Agreement” means the Class D Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2019, by and among the Partnership and the Initial Purchasers.

 

Initial Purchasers” has the meaning specified therefor in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Launch” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.04 of this Agreement.

 

Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, order, code, governmental restriction, decree, injunction or other requirement of law, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, of any Governmental Authority.

 

3

 

 

LD Period” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(b) of this Agreement.

 

LD Termination Date” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(b) of this Agreement.

 

Liquidated Damages” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(b) of this Agreement.

 

Liquidated Damages Multiplier” means the sum of (a) the product of the Common Unit Price times the number of Warrant Common Unit Registrable Securities held by the applicable Holder plus (b) the product of the Preferred Unit Price times the number of Preferred Unit Registrable Securities held by the applicable Holder.

 

Losses” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.09(a) of this Agreement.

 

Managing Underwriter” means, with respect to any Underwritten Offering, the book-running lead manager of such Underwritten Offering.

 

NYSE” means The New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

Opt-Out Notice” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.02(a) of this Agreement.

 

Partnership” has the meaning specified therefor in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

 

Piggyback Threshold Amount” means $5.0 million.

 

Post-Launch Withdrawing Selling Holders” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.04 of this Agreement.

 

Preferred Unit Price” means $1,000.

 

Preferred Units” means the (a) Class D Preferred Units of the Partnership initially purchased and sold pursuant to the Initial Purchase Agreement and issued pursuant to the Sixth Partnership Agreement and (b) Class D Preferred Units of the Partnership initially purchased and sold pursuant to the Additional Purchase Agreement and issued pursuant to the Seventh Partnership Agreement.

 

Preferred Unit Registrable Securities” means the Preferred Units, all of which are subject to the rights of Preferred Unit Registrable Securities provided herein until such time as such securities cease to be Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.02.

 

Purchaser” and “Purchasers” have the meanings specified therefor in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

4

 

 

Registrable Securities” means the Common Unit Registrable Securities and the Preferred Unit Registrable Securities.

 

Registrable Securities Amount” means the calculation based on the product of the Common Unit Price times the number of Registrable Securities.

 

Registration Expenses” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.08(b) of this Agreement.

 

Registration Statement” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement.

 

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Selling Expenses” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.08(b) of this Agreement.

 

Selling Holder” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities under a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Selling Holder Indemnified Persons” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.09(a) of this Agreement.

 

Seventh Partnership Agreement” means the Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of October 31, 2019.

 

Shelf Registration Statement” means a registration statement under the Securities Act to permit the public resale of the Registrable Securities from time to time as permitted by Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar provision adopted by the SEC then in effect).

 

Sixth Partnership Agreement” means the Sixth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of July 2, 2019.

 

Underwritten Offering” means an offering (including an offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement) in which Registrable Securities are sold to one or more underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public or an offering that is a “bought deal” with one or more investment banks.

 

Underwritten Offering Notice” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.04 of this Agreement.

 

VWAP Price” means, for each such period of measurement, the volume weighted average closing price of a Common Unit on the national securities exchange on which the Common Units are then listed (or admitted to trading).

 

5

 

 

Warrant” means both (i) the warrants purchased and sold pursuant to the Initial Purchase Agreement and (ii) the Additional Warrants.

 

Warrant Common Unit Registrable Securities” means the Common Units issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants.

 

Section 1.02        Registrable Securities. Any Registrable Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security at the earliest of the following: (a) when a registration statement covering such Registrable Security becomes or has been declared effective by the SEC and such Registrable Security has been sold or disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement; (b) when such Registrable Security has been sold or disposed of (excluding transfers or assignments by a Holder to an Affiliate) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar provision adopted by the SEC then in effect) under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 (as then in effect) are met; (c) when such Registrable Security is held by the Partnership or one of its direct or indirect subsidiaries; or (d) when such Registrable Security has been sold or disposed of in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of such securities pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Article II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 2.01        Shelf Registration.

 

(a)            Shelf Registration. Within 180 calendar days of the Initial Closing Date, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file a Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC to permit the public resale of all Registrable Securities on the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.01 (a “Registration Statement”). The Registration Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to this Section 2.01(a) shall be on Form S-3 or, if Form S-3 is not then available to the Partnership, on Form S-1 or such other form of registration statement as is then available to effect a registration for resale of the Registrable Securities, covering the Registrable Securities, and shall contain a prospectus in such form as to permit any Selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar provision adopted by the SEC then in effect) at any time beginning on the Effective Date for such Registration Statement; provided, however, such Registration Statement shall not be filed on a shelf registration statement that automatically becomes effective upon filing. The Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.01(a) to be declared effective within 360 calendar days after the Initial Closing Date (the “Effectiveness Deadline”). A Registration Statement shall provide for the resale pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, the Selling Holders, including by way of an Underwritten Offering, if such an election has been made pursuant to Section 2.04 of this Agreement. During the Effectiveness Period, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.01(a) to remain effective, and to be supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that such Registration Statement is available or, if not available, that another registration statement is available for the resale of the Registrable Securities until the date on which all Registrable Securities have ceased to be Registrable Securities. The Partnership shall prepare and file a supplemental listing application with the NYSE (or such other national securities exchange on which the Warrant Common Unit Registrable Securities are then listed and traded) to list the Warrant Common Unit Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Warrant Common Unit Registrable Securities approved for listing on the NYSE (or such other national securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed and traded) by the Effective Date of such Registration Statement, subject only to official notice of issuance. Within two Business Days of the Effective Date of a Registration Statement, the Partnership shall notify the Selling Holders of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

 

6

 

 

When effective, a Registration Statement (including the documents incorporated therein by reference) will comply as to form in all material respects with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any prospectus contained in such Registration Statement, in the light of the circumstances under which a statement is made). If the Managing Underwriter of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities (other than an Underwritten Offering of Included Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.02) advises the Partnership that the inclusion of all of the Selling Holders’ Registrable Securities that the Selling Holders intend to include in such offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Registrable Securities offered or the market for the Registrable Securities, then the Registrable Securities to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall include the number of Registrable Securities that such Managing Underwriter advises the Partnership can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated (i) first, to the Selling Holders, allocated among such Selling Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Selling Holder or in such other manner as such Selling Holders may agree, and (ii) second, to any other holder of securities of the Partnership having rights of registration that are neither expressly senior nor subordinated to the Holders in respect of the Registrable Securities.

 

(b)            Failure to Go Effective. If a Registration Statement required to be filed by Section 2.01(a) is not declared effective on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline, then each Holder shall be entitled to a payment in cash (with respect to each Registrable Security held by the Holder), as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, of 0.25% of the Liquidated Damages Multiplier per 30-day period, which shall accrue daily, for the first 60 calendar days immediately following the Effectiveness Deadline, increasing by an additional 0.25% of the Liquidated Damages Multiplier per 30-calendar-day period, which shall accrue daily, for each subsequent 30-calendar-day period (i.e., 0.5% for 61-90 calendar days, 0.75% for 91-120 calendar days and 1.00% thereafter), up to a maximum of 1.00% of the Liquidated Damages Multiplier per 30-calendar-day period, until such time as such Registration Statement is declared effective or when the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement cease to be Registrable Securities (the “Liquidated Damages”). The Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be payable within 10 Business Days after the end of each such 30-calendar-day period. Any Liquidated Damages shall be paid to each Holder in immediately available funds; provided, however, if the Partnership certifies that it is unable to pay Liquidated Damages in cash because such payment would result in a breach of any covenant or constitute a default under a credit facility, indenture, note purchase agreement or other debt instrument filed as an exhibit to the Partnership’s periodic reports filed with the SEC, then the Partnership may pay such Liquidated Damages using as much cash as permitted without breaching any such credit facility or other debt instrument and shall pay the balance of such Liquidated Damages (the “In-Kind LD Amount”) in kind in the form of the issuance of additional Common Units. Prior to any issuance of Common Units as Liquidated Damages, the Partnership shall promptly (A) prepare and file an amendment to such Registration Statement prior to its effectiveness adding such Common Units to such Registration Statement as additional Registrable Securities and (B) prepare and file a supplemental listing application with the NYSE (or such other national securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed and traded) to list such additional Common Units. The determination of the number of Common Units to be issued as Liquidated Damages shall be equal to the In-Kind LD Amount divided by the VWAP Price calculated for the consecutive 10 trading day period ending on the close of trading on the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Liquidated Damages payment is due, less a discount to such average closing price of 7.0%. The accrual of Liquidated Damages to a Holder shall cease (an “LD Termination Date,” and, each such period beginning on an Effectiveness Deadline and ending on an LD Termination Date being, an “LD Period”) at the earlier of (1) the Registration Statement being declared effective and (2) when the Holder’s Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement cease to be Registrable Securities. Any amount of Liquidated Damages shall be prorated for any period of less than 30 calendar days accruing during an LD Period. If the Partnership is unable to cause a Registration Statement to be declared effective on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline as a result of an acquisition, merger, reorganization, disposition or other similar transaction, then the Partnership may request a waiver of the Liquidated Damages, and each Holder may individually grant or withhold its consent to such request in its discretion. Nothing in this Section 2.01(b) shall relieve the Partnership from its obligations under Section 2.01(a).

 

7

 

 

Section 2.02        Piggyback Rights.

 

(a)            Participation. So long as a Holder has Common Unit Registrable Securities, if the Partnership proposes to file (i) a shelf registration statement other than a Registration Statement contemplated by Section 2.01(a), (ii) a prospectus supplement to an effective shelf registration statement relating to the sale of equity securities of the Partnership for its own account or that of another Person, or both, other than a Registration Statement contemplated by Section 2.01(a) and Holders may be included without the filing of a post-effective amendment thereto, or (iii) a registration statement, other than a shelf registration statement, in each case, for the sale of Common Units in an Underwritten Offering for its own account or that of another Person, or both, then promptly following the selection of the Managing Underwriter for such Underwritten Offering, the Partnership shall give notice of such Underwritten Offering to each Holder (together with its Affiliates) holding at least the Piggyback Threshold Amount of the then-outstanding Common Unit Registrable Securities (calculated based on the Common Unit Price) and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to include in such Underwritten Offering such number of Common Unit Registrable Securities (the “Included Registrable Securities”) as each such Holder may request in writing; provided, however, that (A) the Partnership shall not be required to provide such opportunity to any such Holder that does not offer a minimum of the Piggyback Threshold Amount of Common Unit Registrable Securities (based on the Common Unit Price), or such lesser amount if it constitutes the remaining holdings of such Holder, and (B) if the Partnership has been advised by the Managing Underwriter that the inclusion of Common Unit Registrable Securities for sale for the benefit of the Holders will have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Common Units in the Underwritten Offering, then (x) if no Common Unit Registrable Securities can be included in the Underwritten Offering in the opinion of the Managing Underwriter, the Partnership shall not be required to offer such opportunity to the Holders or (y) if any Common Unit Registrable Securities can be included in the Underwritten Offering in the opinion of the Managing Underwriter, then the amount of Common Unit Registrable Securities to be offered for the accounts of Holders shall be determined based on the provisions of Section 2.02(b). Any notice required to be provided in this Section 2.02(a) to Holders shall be provided on a Business Day and receipt of such notice shall be confirmed by the Holder. Each such Holder shall then have five Business Days (or three Business Days in connection with any overnight or bought Underwritten Offering) after notice has been delivered to request in writing the inclusion of Common Unit Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Offering. If no written request for inclusion from a Holder is received within the specified time, each such Holder shall have no further right to participate in such Underwritten Offering. If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to undertake an Underwritten Offering and prior to the closing of such Underwritten Offering, the Partnership shall determine for any reason not to undertake or to delay such Underwritten Offering, the Partnership may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Selling Holders and, (1) in the case of a determination not to undertake such Underwritten Offering, shall be relieved of its obligation to sell any Included Registrable Securities in connection with such terminated Underwritten Offering, and (2) in the case of a determination to delay such Underwritten Offering, shall be permitted to delay offering any Included Registrable Securities as part of such Underwritten Offering for the same period as the delay in the Underwritten Offering. Any Selling Holder shall have the right to withdraw such Selling Holder’s request for inclusion of such Selling Holder’s Common Unit Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering by giving written notice to the Partnership of such withdrawal at or prior to the time of pricing of such Underwritten Offering. Any Holder may deliver written notice (an “Opt-Out Notice”) to the Partnership requesting that such Holder not receive notice from the Partnership of any proposed Underwritten Offering; provided, however, that such Holder may later revoke any such Opt-Out Notice in writing. Following receipt of an Opt-Out Notice from a Holder (unless subsequently revoked), the Partnership shall not be required to deliver any notice to such Holder pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) and such Holder shall no longer be entitled to participate in Underwritten Offerings by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 2.02(a).

 

8

 

 

(b)            Priority. If the Managing Underwriter of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Common Units included in an Underwritten Offering involving Included Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.02 advises the Partnership that the total amount of Common Units that the Selling Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number of Common Units that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Common Units offered or the market for the Common Units, then the Common Units to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall include the number of Common Unit Registrable Securities that such Managing Underwriter advises the Partnership can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated (i) first, to the Partnership or other party or parties requesting or initiating such registration or to any other holder of securities of the Partnership having rights of registration pursuant to the Existing Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) second, by the Selling Holders who have requested participation in such Underwritten Offering and by the other holders of Common Units (other than holders of Common Unit Registrable Securities) with registration rights entitling them to participate in such Underwritten Offering, allocated among such Selling Holders and other holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Common Unit Registrable Securities or Common Units proposed to be sold by each applicable Selling Holder or other holder in such Underwritten Offering (based, for each such participant, on the percentage derived by dividing (x) the number of Common Units proposed to be sold by such participant in such Underwritten Offering by (y) the aggregate number of Common Units proposed to be sold by all participants in such Underwritten Offering) or in such manner as they may agree. The allocation of Common Units to be included in any Underwritten Offering other than an Underwritten Offering involving Included Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.02 shall be governed by Section 2.01(a).

 

(c)            Termination of Piggyback Registration Rights. Each Holder’s rights under this Section 2.02 shall terminate upon such Holder ceasing to hold at least the Piggyback Threshold Amount of Common Unit Registrable Securities (calculated based on the Common Unit Price).

 

9

 

 

Section 2.03        Delay Rights.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Partnership may, upon written notice to (i) all Holders, delay the filing of a Registration Statement required under Section 2.01(a), or (ii) any Selling Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in a Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement, suspend such Selling Holder’s use of any prospectus that is a part of such Registration Statement or other registration statement (in which event the Selling Holder shall discontinue sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement but may settle any previously made sales of Registrable Securities) if the Partnership (x) is pursuing an acquisition, merger, reorganization, disposition or other similar transaction and the General Partner determines in good faith that the Partnership’s ability to pursue or consummate such a transaction would be materially adversely affected by any required disclosure of such transaction in such Registration Statement or other registration statement or (y) has experienced some other material non-public event the disclosure of which at such time, in the good faith judgment of the General Partner, would materially adversely affect the Partnership; provided, however, in no event shall (A) filing of such Registration Statement be delayed under clauses (x) or (y) of this Section 2.03 for a period that exceeds 90 calendar days or (B) such Selling Holders be suspended under clauses (x) or (y) of this Section 2.03 from selling Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement or other registration statement for a period that exceeds an aggregate of 45 calendar days in any 180 calendar-day period or 90 calendar days in any 365 calendar-day period, in each case, exclusive of days covered by any lock-up agreement executed by a Selling Holder in connection with any Underwritten Offering. Upon disclosure of such information or the termination of the condition described above, the Partnership shall provide prompt notice, but in any event within one Business Day of such disclosure or termination, to the Selling Holders whose Registrable Securities are included in such Registration Statement and shall promptly terminate any suspension of sales it has put into effect and shall take such other reasonable actions to permit registered sales of Registrable Securities as contemplated in this Agreement.

 

10

 

 

If (i) the Selling Holders shall be prohibited or prevented from selling their Registrable Securities under a Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement as a result of a delay or suspension pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph in excess of the periods permitted therein or (ii) a Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement is filed and is declared effective but, during the Effectiveness Period, shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded within 60 calendar days by a post-effective amendment thereto, a supplement to the prospectus or a report filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or l5(d) of the Exchange Act, then, until the suspension is lifted or the Registration Statement required under Section 2.01(a), a post-effective amendment, supplement or report is filed with the SEC, but not including any day on which a suspension is lifted or such Registration Statement, amendment, supplement or report is filed with the SEC, if applicable, each Selling Holder shall be entitled to a payment (with respect to each Registrable Security) from the Partnership, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, of 0.25% of the Liquidated Damages Multiplier per 30-calendar-day period, which shall accrue daily, for the first 60 calendar days immediately following the earlier of (x) the date on which the suspension or delay period exceeded the permitted period and (y) the 31st calendar day after such Shelf Registration Statement ceased to be effective or failed to be usable for its intended purposes, with such payment amount increasing by an additional 0.25% of the Liquidated Damages Multiplier per 30-day period, which shall accrue daily, for each subsequent 30-calendar-day period (i.e., 0.5% for 61-90 calendar days, 0.75% for 91-120 calendar days and 1.00% thereafter), up to a maximum of 1.00% of the Liquidated Damages Multiplier per 30-day period (the “Delay Liquidated Damages”). For purposes of this paragraph, a suspension or delay shall be deemed lifted with respect to a Selling Holder on the date that (A) notice that the suspension has been terminated is delivered to such Selling Holder, (B) the Registration Statement required under Section 2.01(a) is filed with the SEC, or (C) a post-effective amendment or supplement to the prospectus or report is filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Any Delay Liquidated Damages shall cease to accrue pursuant to this paragraph upon the earlier of (1) a suspension or delay being deemed lifted and (2) when such Selling Holder no longer holds Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, and shall be payable within 10 Business Days after the end of each such 30-day period. Any amount of Delay Liquidated Damages shall be prorated for any period of less than 30 calendar days in which the payment of Delay Liquidated Damages ceases. Any Delay Liquidated Damages shall be paid to each Selling Holder in immediately available funds.

 

11

 

 

Section 2.04      Underwritten Offerings. In the event that any Holder or Holders that are Affiliates of each other (the “Electing Holders”) elect to include, other than pursuant to Section 2.02 of this Agreement, at least the lesser of (i) $15.0 million of Common Unit Registrable Securities in the aggregate (calculated based on the expected gross proceeds of the Underwritten Offering of such Common Unit Registrable Securities) and (ii) 100% of the then outstanding Common Unit Registrable Securities held by such Electing Holders under a Registration Statement pursuant to an Underwritten Offering, the Partnership shall, upon request by the Electing Holders (such request, an “Underwritten Offering Notice”), retain underwriters to permit the Electing Holders to effect such sale through an Underwritten Offering; provided, however, that each Holder, together with its Affiliates, shall have the option and right to require the Partnership to effect not more than four Underwritten Offerings in the aggregate, subject to a maximum of one Underwritten Offering during any 90-day period. Upon delivery of such Underwritten Offering Notice to the Partnership, the Partnership shall as soon as practicable (but in no event later than one Business Day following the date of delivery of the Underwritten Offering Notice to the Partnership) deliver notice of such Underwritten Offering Notice to all other Holders, who shall then have two Business Days from the date that such notice is given to them to notify the Partnership in writing of the number of Common Unit Registrable Securities held by such Holder that they want to be included in such Underwritten Offering. Any Holders notified about an Underwritten Offering by the Partnership after the Partnership has received the corresponding Underwritten Offering Notice may participate in such Underwritten Offering, but shall not count toward the $15.0 million of Common Unit Registrable Securities required under clause (i) of this Section 2.04 to request an Underwritten Offering pursuant to an Underwritten Offering Notice. In connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of the Common Unit Registrable Securities being sold in such Underwritten Offering shall be entitled to select the Managing Underwriter or Underwriters, but only with the consent of the Partnership, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. In connection with an Underwritten Offering contemplated by this Agreement in which a Selling Holder participates, each Selling Holder and the Partnership shall be obligated to enter into an underwriting agreement that contains such representations, covenants, indemnities and other rights and obligations as are customary in underwriting agreements for firm commitment offerings of securities. No Selling Holder may participate in such Underwritten Offering unless such Selling Holder agrees to sell its Common Unit Registrable Securities on the basis provided in such underwriting agreement and completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement. Each Selling Holder may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Partnership to and for the benefit of such underwriters also be made to and for such Selling Holder’s benefit and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also be conditions precedent to its obligations. No Selling Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Partnership or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Selling Holder, its authority to enter into such underwriting agreement and to sell, and its ownership of, the securities whose offer and resale will be registered, on its behalf, its intended method of distribution and any other representation required by Law. If any Selling Holder disapproves of the terms of an underwriting, such Selling Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by notice to the Partnership, the Electing Holders and the Managing Underwriter; provided, however, that any such withdrawal must be made no later than the time of pricing of such Underwritten Offering. If all Selling Holders withdraw from an Underwritten Offering prior to the pricing of such Underwritten Offering, the events will not be considered an Underwritten Offering and will not decrease the number of available Underwritten Offerings the Holders have the right and option to request under this Section 2.04. No such withdrawal or abandonment shall affect the Partnership’s obligation to pay Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 2.08; provided, however, that if (A) certain Selling Holders withdraw from an Underwritten Offering after the public announcement at launch (the “Launch”) of such Underwritten Offering (such Selling Holders, the “Post-Launch Withdrawing Selling Holders”), and (B) all Selling Holders withdraw from such Underwritten Offering prior to pricing, other than in either clause (A) or (B) as a result of the occurrence of any event that would reasonably be expected to permit the Partnership to exercise its rights to suspend the use of a Registration Statement or other registration statement pursuant to Section 2.03, then the Post-Launch Withdrawing Selling Holders shall pay for all reasonable Registration Expenses incurred by the Partnership during the period from the Launch of such Underwritten Offering until the time all Selling Holders withdraw from such Underwritten Offering.

 

12

 

 

Section 2.05        Sale Procedures.

 

In connection with its obligations under this Article II, the Partnership shall, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)            use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the Effectiveness Period and as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement;

 

(b)           if a prospectus supplement will be used in connection with the marketing of an Underwritten Offering from a Registration Statement and the Managing Underwriter at any time shall notify the Partnership in writing that, in the sole judgment of such Managing Underwriter, inclusion of detailed information to be used in such prospectus supplement is of material importance to the success of the Underwritten Offering of such Registrable Securities, the Partnership shall use its reasonable best efforts to include such information in such prospectus supplement;

 

(c)           furnish to each Selling Holder (i) as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing a Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement or any supplement or amendment thereto, upon request, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (including exhibits and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then required by the rules and regulations of the SEC), and provide each such Selling Holder the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Selling Holder and its plan of distribution that is contained therein and make the corrections reasonably requested by such Selling Holder with respect to such information prior to filing a Registration Statement or such other registration statement or supplement or amendment thereto, and (ii) such number of copies of such Registration Statement or such other registration statement and the prospectus included therein and any supplements and amendments thereto as such Selling Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or other registration statement;

 

(d)           if applicable, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Selling Holders or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, the Managing Underwriter, shall reasonably request; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to qualify generally to transact business in any jurisdiction where it is not then required to so qualify or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

(e)            promptly notify each Selling Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered by any of them under the Securities Act, of (i) the filing of a Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement to be used in connection therewith, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any other registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective; and (ii) the receipt of any written comments from the SEC with respect to any filing referred to in clause (i) and any written request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or any other registration statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement thereto;

 

13

 

 

(f)            immediately notify each Selling Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered by such Selling Holder under the Securities Act, of (i) the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus or prospectus supplement contained in a Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any prospectus contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which a statement is made); (ii) the issuance or express threat of issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; or (iii) the receipt by the Partnership of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction. Following the provision of such notice, the Partnership agrees to as promptly as practicable amend or supplement the prospectus or prospectus supplement or take other appropriate action so that the prospectus or prospectus supplement does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and to take such other commercially reasonable action as is necessary to remove a stop order, suspension, threat thereof or proceedings related thereto;

 

(g)           upon request and subject to appropriate confidentiality obligations, furnish to each Selling Holder copies of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence with the SEC or any other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction (including any domestic or foreign securities exchange) relating to such offering of Registrable Securities;

 

(h)           in the case of an Underwritten Offering, furnish, or use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be furnished, to the underwriters upon request, (i) an opinion of counsel for the Partnership dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement and (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the pricing date of such Underwritten Offering and a letter of like kind dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in each case, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Partnership’s financial statements included or incorporated by reference into the applicable registration statement, and each of the opinion and the “comfort” letter shall be in customary form and covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus and any prospectus supplement included therein) as have been customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to the underwriters in Underwritten Offerings of securities by the Partnership and such other matters as such underwriters and Selling Holders may reasonably request;

 

(i)            otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement, covering a period of twelve months beginning within three months after the Effective Date of such Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder;

 

14

 

 

(j)            make available to the appropriate representatives of the Managing Underwriter and Selling Holders access to such information and Partnership and General Partner personnel as is reasonable and customary to enable such parties to establish a due diligence defense under the Securities Act; provided, that the Partnership need not disclose any non-public information to any such representative unless and until such representative has entered into a confidentiality agreement with the Partnership;

 

(k)            use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Common Unit Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange or nationally recognized quotation system on which the Common Units are then listed or quoted; provided, however, that the Partnership shall have no obligation to cause any Preferred Unit Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on any securities exchange or nationally recognized quotation system;

 

(l)            use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Partnership to enable the Selling Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(m)           provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the Effective Date of such registration statement;

 

(n)           enter into customary agreements and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by the Selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of Common Unit Registrable Securities (including, making appropriate officers of the General Partner available to participate in any “road show” presentations before analysts, and other customary marketing activities (including one-on-one meetings with prospective purchasers of the Common Unit Registrable Securities)), provided, however, that in the event the Partnership, using reasonable best efforts, is unable to make such appropriate officers of the General Partner available to participate in connection with any “road show” presentations and other customary marketing activities (whether in person or otherwise), the Partnership shall make such appropriate officers available to participate via conference call or other means of communication in connection with no more than one “road show” presentation per Underwritten Offering;

 

(o)           if requested by a Selling Holder, (i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as such Selling Holder reasonably requests to be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering, and (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

(p)           if reasonably required by the Partnership’s transfer agent, the Partnership shall promptly deliver any authorizations, certificates, opinions or directions required by the transfer agent which authorize and direct the transfer agent to transfer Registrable Securities without legend upon sale by the Holder of such Registrable Securities under a Registration Statement; and

 

15

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.05, the Partnership shall not name a Holder as an underwriter as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act in any Registration Statement without such Holder’s consent. If the staff of the SEC requires the Partnership to name any Holder as an underwriter as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and such Holder does not consent thereto, then such Holder’s Registrable Securities shall not be included on such Registration Statement, such Holder shall no longer be entitled to receive Liquidated Damages under this Agreement with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities and the Partnership shall have no further obligations hereunder with respect to Registrable Securities held by such Holder, unless such Holder has not had an opportunity to conduct customary underwriter’s due diligence with respect to the Partnership at the time such Holder’s consent is sought.

 

Each Selling Holder, upon receipt of notice from the Partnership of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.05(f), shall forthwith discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities by means of a prospectus or prospectus supplement until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.05(f) or until it is advised in writing by the Partnership that the use of the prospectus may be resumed and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings incorporated by reference in the prospectus, and, if so directed by the Partnership, such Selling Holder shall, or shall request the Managing Underwriter, if any, to deliver to the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) all copies in their possession or control, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

Section 2.06        Cooperation by Holders.

 

The Partnership shall have no obligation to include Registrable Securities of a Holder in a Registration Statement or in an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.02(a) who has failed to timely furnish after receipt of a written request from the Partnership such information that the Partnership determines, after consultation with its counsel, is reasonably required in order for the registration statement or prospectus supplement, as applicable, to comply with the Securities Act, and any such Holder shall not be entitled to Liquidated Damages or Delay Liquidated Damages in connection with the applicable Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 2.07        Restrictions on Public Sale by Holders of Registrable Securities.

 

Each Holder of Common Unit Registrable Securities that participates in an Underwritten Offering will enter into a customary letter agreement with underwriters providing such Holder will not effect any public sale or distribution of Common Unit Registrable Securities during the 60 calendar-day period beginning on the date of a prospectus or prospectus supplement filed with the SEC with respect to the pricing of any Underwritten Offering, provided that (i) the duration of the foregoing restrictions shall be no longer than the duration of the shortest restriction generally imposed by the underwriters on the Partnership or the officers, directors or any other Affiliate of the Partnership or the General Partner on whom a restriction is imposed and (ii) the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.07 shall not apply to any Common Unit Registrable Securities that are included in such Underwritten Offering by such Holder. In addition, this Section 2.07 shall not apply to any Holder that is not entitled to participate in such Underwritten Offering, whether because such Holder delivered an Opt-Out Notice prior to receiving notice of the Underwritten Offering or because such Holder (together with its Affiliates) holds less than the Piggyback Threshold Amount of the then-outstanding Common Unit Registrable Securities (calculated based on the Common Unit Registrable Securities Amount) or because the Common Unit Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be disposed of without restriction pursuant to any section of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar provision adopted by the SEC then in effect).

 

16

 

 

Section 2.08      Expenses.

 

(a)            Expenses. Subject to the last sentence of Section 2.04, the Partnership shall pay all reasonable Registration Expenses as determined in good faith by the General Partner, including, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, the reasonable Registration Expenses of an Underwritten Offering, regardless of whether any sale is made pursuant to such Underwritten Offering. Each Selling Holder shall pay its pro rata share of all Selling Expenses in connection with any sale of its Registrable Securities hereunder. Each Selling Holder’s pro rata allocation of Selling Expenses shall be the percentage derived by dividing (i) the number of Registrable Securities sold by such Selling Holder in connection with such sale by (ii) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities sold by all Selling Holders in connection with such sale. In addition, except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.09 hereof, the Partnership shall not be responsible for legal fees incurred by Holders in connection with the exercise of such Holders’ rights hereunder.

 

(b)           Certain Definitions. “Registration Expenses” means all expenses incident to the Partnership’s performance under or compliance with this Agreement to effect the registration of Registrable Securities on a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.01(a) or an Underwritten Offering covered under this Agreement, and the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, securities exchange listing and NYSE fees, all registration, filing, qualification and other fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws, fees of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., fees of transfer agents and registrars, all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, any transfer taxes, and the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Partnership, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Selling Holders participating in such Registration Statement or Underwritten Offering to effect the disposition of such Registrable Securities, selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities initially being registered under such Registration Statement or other registration statement as contemplated by this Agreement, subject to the reasonable consent of the Partnership. “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts and selling commissions or similar fees or arrangements allocable to the sale of the Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel to the Selling Holders, except for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Selling Holders required to be paid by the Partnership pursuant to Sections 2.08 and 2.09.

 

17

 

 

Section 2.09        Indemnification.

 

(a)            By the Partnership. In the event of a registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder thereunder, its directors, officers, managers, partners, employees and agents and each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and its directors, officers, managers, partners, employees or agents (collectively, the “Selling Holder Indemnified Persons”), against any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”), joint or several, to which such Selling Holder Indemnified Person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Losses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact (in the case of any prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which such statement is made) contained in (which includes documents incorporated by reference in) such Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement, any preliminary prospectus, prospectus supplement or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or any free writing prospectus relating thereto or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and shall reimburse each such Selling Holder Indemnified Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending or resolving any such Loss or actions or proceedings; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by such Selling Holder Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in such Registration Statement or such other registration statement, or prospectus supplement, as applicable. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Selling Holder Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Selling Holder.

 

(b)           By Each Selling Holder. Each Selling Holder agrees severally and not jointly to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership, the General Partner, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Partnership within the meaning of the Securities Act or of the Exchange Act, and its directors, officers, employees and agents, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Partnership to the Selling Holders, but only with respect to information regarding such Selling Holder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement, any preliminary prospectus, prospectus supplement or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or any free writing prospectus relating thereto; provided, however, that the liability of each Selling Holder shall not be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of any Selling Expenses) received by such Selling Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification.

 

18

 

 

(c)            Notice. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party other than under this Section 2.09. In any action brought against any indemnified party, it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 2.09 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and of liaison with counsel so selected; provided, however, that, (i) if the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense or employ counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnified party or (ii) if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and counsel to the indemnified party shall have concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or if the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, then the indemnified party shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to assume such legal defense and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the reasonable expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other reasonable expenses related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no indemnifying party shall settle any action brought against any indemnified party with respect to which such indemnified party is entitled to indemnification hereunder without the consent of the indemnified party, unless the settlement thereof imposes no liability or obligation on, and includes a complete and unconditional release from all liability of, and does not contain any admission of wrongdoing by, the indemnified party.

 

(d)           Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.09 is held by a court or government agency of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to any indemnified party or is insufficient to hold them harmless in respect of any Losses, then each such indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that in no event shall such Selling Holder be required to contribute an aggregate amount in excess of the dollar amount of proceeds (net of Selling Expenses) received by such Selling Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification. The relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact has been made by, or relates to, information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this paragraph were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to include any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, defending or resolving any Loss that is the subject of this paragraph. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

19

 

 

(e)            Other Indemnification. The provisions of this Section 2.09 shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that an indemnified party may have pursuant to law, equity, contract or otherwise.

 

Section 2.10        Rule 144 Reporting.

 

With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Partnership agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

 

(a)           make and keep public information regarding the Partnership available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar provision adopted by the SEC then in effect), at all times from and after the date hereof;

 

(b)           file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Partnership under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at all times from and after the date hereof; and

 

(c)            so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish, unless otherwise available electronically at no additional charge via the SEC’s EDGAR system, to such Holder forthwith upon request a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Partnership, and such other reports and documents as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing such Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

Section 2.11        Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights.

 

The rights to cause the Partnership to register Registrable Securities granted to the Purchasers by the Partnership under this Article II may be transferred or assigned by any Purchaser to one or more transferees or assignees of Registrable Securities, subject to the transfer restrictions provided in Section 4.12 of the Seventh Partnership Agreement, provided, however, that (a) the Partnership is given written notice prior to any said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of each of the transferee or assignee and identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned and (b) each such transferee or assignee assumes in writing responsibility for its portion of the obligations of such Purchaser under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.12        Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights.

 

From and after the date hereof, the Partnership shall not, without the prior written consent of (a) the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Common Unit Registrable Securities and (b) the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preferred Unit Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any current or future holder of any equity securities of the Partnership that would allow such current or future holder to require the Partnership to include equity securities in any registration statement filed by the Partnership on a basis that is superior in any respect to the rights granted to the Holders pursuant to this Agreement.

 

20

 

 

Section 2.13        Limitation on Obligations for Preferred Unit Registrable Securities.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to require the Partnership to (a) conduct an underwritten offering for the public sale, resale or any other disposition of Preferred Unit Registrable Securities, (b) except as expressly provided in this Agreement, otherwise assist in the public resale of any Preferred Unit Registrable Securities, (c) provide any Holder of Preferred Unit Registrable Securities any rights to include any Preferred Unit Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering relating to the sale by the Partnership or any other Person of any securities of the Partnership or (d) cause any Preferred Unit Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or nationally recognized quotation system.

 

Section 2.14        Obligation to Obtain Rating for Preferred Units.

 

If requested by any Holder, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain a rating from a nationally recognized rating agency (chosen by the Holders holding at least a majority of the Preferred Units then outstanding) with respect to the Preferred Units. The Partnership shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Holders holding Preferred Units for all direct costs paid to the applicable rating agency by the Partnership in obtaining the initial rating, which costs shall be shared by such Holders pro rata (based, for each such Holder on the percentage derived by dividing (x) the number of Preferred Units held by each such Holder, by (y) the aggregate number of Preferred Units outstanding at the time such rating is obtained). After the date on which a rating has been obtained for the Preferred Units, if requested by the Holders of 75% of the Preferred Units then outstanding, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonably efforts to cause such rating on the Preferred Units to be withdrawn.

 

Article III
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 3.01        Communications.

 

All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by facsimile, electronic mail, courier service or personal delivery:

 

(a)            if to a Purchaser:

 

To the respective address listed on Schedule A hereof with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: John Pitts and Julian Seiguer

Facsimile: (713) 835-3601

Email: john.pitts@kirkland.com

Email: julian.seiguer@kirkland.com

 

(b)           if to a transferee of a Purchaser, to such Holder at the address provided pursuant to Section 2.11 above; and

 

21

 

 

(c)           if to the Partnership:

 

NGL Energy Partners LP

6120 South Yale Avenue

Suite 805

Tulsa, Oklahoma 74136

Attention: H. Michael Krimbill

Facsimile: (918) 492-0990

Email: michael.krimbill@nglep.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP

600 Travis St., Suite 4200

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: G. Michael O’Leary and Henry Havre

Facsimile: (713) 220-4285

Email: moleary@huntonak.com

Email: henryhavre@huntonak.com

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when receipt acknowledged, if sent via facsimile or sent via Internet electronic mail; and when actually received, if sent by courier service or any other means.

 

Section 3.02        Successor and Assigns.

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties, including subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities to the extent permitted herein.

 

Section 3.03        Assignment of Rights.

 

All or any portion of the rights and obligations of any Purchaser under this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by such Purchaser only in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Section 3.04        Recapitalization, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting the Common Units.

 

The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to any and all units of the Partnership or any successor or assign of the Partnership (whether by merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or otherwise) that may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of, the Registrable Securities, and shall be appropriately adjusted for combinations, unit splits, recapitalizations, pro rata distributions of units and the like occurring after the date of this Agreement.

 

22

 

 

Section 3.05        Aggregation of Registrable Securities.

 

All Registrable Securities held or acquired by Persons who are Affiliates of one another shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights and applicability of any obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 3.06        Specific Performance.

 

Damages in the event of breach of this Agreement by a party hereto may be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, and it is therefore agreed that each such Person, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, shall have the right to an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any such breach, and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof, and each of the parties hereto hereby waives any and all defenses it may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief. The existence of this right shall not preclude any such Person from pursuing any other rights and remedies at law or in equity that such Person may have.

 

Section 3.07        Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, including facsimile or .pdf counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

 

Section 3.08        Headings.

 

The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

Section 3.09        Governing Law.

 

This Agreement, including all issues and questions concerning its application, construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement, shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 3.10        Severability of Provisions.

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting or impairing the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 3.11        Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the rights granted by the Partnership set forth herein. This Agreement, the Additional Purchase Agreement and the Seventh Partnership Agreement supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

23

 

 

Section 3.12        Amendment.

 

This Agreement may be amended only by means of a written amendment signed by the Partnership, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Common Unit Registrable Securities and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preferred Unit Registrable Securities; provided, however, that no such amendment shall materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder hereunder without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 3.13        No Presumption.

 

If any claim is made by a party relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion shall be implied by virtue of the fact that this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of a particular party or its counsel.

 

Section 3.14        Obligations Limited to Parties to Agreement.

 

Each of the parties hereto covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no Person other than the Purchasers (and their permitted transferees and assignees) and the Partnership shall have any obligation hereunder. Notwithstanding that one or more of the Purchasers may be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, no recourse under this Agreement or under any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be had against any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the Purchasers or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any applicable Law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the Purchasers or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate thereof, as such, for any obligations of the Purchasers under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith or therewith or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligation or its creation, except in each case for any transferee or assignee of a Purchaser hereunder.

 

Section 3.15        Independent Nature of Purchaser’s Obligations.

 

The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under this Agreement. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of group or entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

24

 

 

Section 3.16        Interpretation.

 

Article and Section references are to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. All references to instruments, documents, contracts and agreements are references to such instruments, documents, contracts and agreements as the same may be amended, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time, unless otherwise specified. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” or words of similar import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Whenever any determination, consent or approval is to be made or given by a Purchaser under this Agreement, such action shall be in such Purchaser’s sole discretion unless otherwise specified. Unless expressly set forth or qualified otherwise (e.g., by “Business” or “trading”), all references herein to a “day” are deemed to be a reference to a calendar day.

 

(Signature pages follow)

 

25

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement, effective as of the date first above written.

 

  NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
   
  By:

NGL Energy Holdings LLC,

its general partner

     
     
  By: /s/ H. Michael Krimbill
  Name: H. Michael Krimbill
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

 

  PURCHASERS:
     
  EIG NEPTUNE EQUITY AGGREGATOR, L.P.
     
  By: EIG Neptune Equity GP, LLC,
its general partner
     
  By: EIG Asset Management, LLC,
its managing member
     
     
  By: /s/ Brian P. Boland
  Name: Brian P. Boland
  Title: Managing Director
     
     
  By: /s/ Michael Ravvin
  Name: Michael Ravvin
  Title: Associate Counsel
     
     
  FS ENERGY AND POWER FUND
     
  By: FS/EIG Advisor, LLC,
its investment advisor
     
     
  By: /s/ Brian P. Boland
  Name: Brian P. Boland
  Title: Managing Director
     
     
  By: /s/ Michael Ravvin
  Name: Michael Ravvin
  Title: Associate Counsel

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

 

  GCM PELLIT HOLDINGS, LLC
     
  By: CFIG Holdings, LLC,
its Managing Member
     
     
  By: /s/ Todd Henigan
  Name: Todd Henigan
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP

 

SERIES C 2019 WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON UNITS

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, SUCH WARRANTS AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH WARRANTS MAY ONLY BE TRANSFERRED IF THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR SUCH WARRANTS AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH WARRANTS HAS RECEIVED DOCUMENTATION SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

Original Issue Date: [____] [__], 2019                        Warrant Certificate No.: [●]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NGL Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that                                                                      , a                                                                  , or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled to purchase from the Partnership                       Common Units at a purchase price per Common Unit of $13.56 (the “Exercise Price”), all subject to the terms, conditions and adjustments set forth below in this Warrant. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 1 hereof. This Warrant is one of a series of like tenor issued by the Partnership pursuant to the terms of the Class D Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of September [__], 2019 (the “Purchase Agreement”) between the Partnership and the Purchasers named on Schedule A thereto.

 

1.            Definitions. As used in this Warrant, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Aggregate Exercise Price” means an amount equal to the product of (a) the number of Warrant Units in respect of which this Warrant is being exercised pursuant to Section 3 hereof, multiplied by (b) the Exercise Price.

 

Board” means the board of directors of the General Partner.

 

Business Day” means any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, on which banking institutions in the cities of New York, New York or Tulsa, Oklahoma are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Buy-In” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(h).

 

 

 

 

Buy-In Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(h).

 

Class D Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Common Units” means common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership, the terms of which are set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Common Units Deemed Outstanding” means, at any given time, the sum of (a) the number of Common Units actually outstanding at such time, plus (b) the number of Common Units issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange of Convertible Securities actually outstanding at such time, including without limitation Warrants in the series issued by the Partnership pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, in each case, regardless of whether the Convertible Securities are actually convertible, exercisable or exchangeable at such time; provided, that Common Units Deemed Outstanding at any given time shall not include units owned or held by or for the account of the Partnership.

 

Convertible Securities” means any warrants or other rights exercisable to subscribe for or to purchase Common Units, or any security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Units, regardless of whether the right to exercise, convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities is immediately exercisable, including without limitation Warrants in the series issued by the Partnership pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Delaware LP Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

 

Exercise Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i).

 

Exercise Date” means, for any given exercise of this Warrant, the date on which the conditions to such exercise as set forth in Section 3 shall have been satisfied at or prior to 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on a Business Day, including, without limitation, the receipt by the Partnership of the Exercise Agreement, the Warrant and the Aggregate Exercise Price.

 

Exercise Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

Exercise Price” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Warrant.

 

Fair Market Value” means, as of the Business Day (the “Reference Date”) immediately preceding the date of determination or, if resulting in a greater amount, for a period (the “Reference Period”) measured over the three consecutive Business Days ending on the Reference Date: (a) the average closing sale price of the Common Units on the Reference Date or the VWAP Price for the Reference Period, as applicable, on all domestic securities exchanges on which the Common Units may at the time be listed; (b) if there have been no sales of the Common Units on any such exchange on the Reference Date or over the Reference Period, as applicable, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Common Units on all such exchanges at the end of the Reference Date or the Reference Period, as applicable; (c) if on the Reference Date or over the Reference Period, as applicable, the Common Units are not listed on a domestic securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Units as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Pink OTC Markets or similar quotation system or association for the Reference Date or the Reference Period, as applicable; or (d) if there have been no sales of the Common Units on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Pink OTC Markets or similar quotation system or association on the Reference Date or over the Reference Period, as applicable, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for Common Units quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Pink OTC Markets or similar quotation system or association at the end of the Reference Date or the Reference Period, as applicable; provided, that if the Common Units are listed on any domestic securities exchange, the term “Business Day” as used in this sentence means Business Days on which such exchange is open for trading. If at any time the Common Units are not listed on any domestic securities exchange or quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Pink OTC Markets or similar quotation system or association, the “Fair Market Value” of the Common Units shall be the fair market value per unit as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

  2  

 

 

 

General Partner” means NGL Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership.

 

Holder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Warrant.

 

Original Issue Date” means [____] [__], 2019, the date on which this Warrant was issued to the first Holder by the Partnership pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

OTC Bulletin Board” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority OTC Bulletin Board electronic inter-dealer quotation system.

 

Other Warrants” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.

 

Partnership” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Warrant.

 

Partnership Agreement” means the Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended from time to time.

 

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, incorporated organization or government or department or agency thereof.

 

Pink OTC Markets” means the OTC Markets Group Inc. electronic inter-dealer quotation system, including OTCQX, OTCQB and OTC Pink.

 

Preferred Units” means the Class D Preferred Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership, the terms of which are to be set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Warrant.

 

VWAP Price” as of a particular date means the volume-weighted average trading price, as adjusted for splits, combinations and other similar transactions, of a Common Unit.

 

Warrant” means this Warrant and all warrants issued upon division or combination of, or in substitution for, this Warrant.

 

  3  

 

 

Warrant Unit Adjustmenthas the meaning set forth in Section 4(e).

 

Warrant Units” means the Common Units purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the exercisability of this Warrant, other than with respect to Section 2 or Section 3 of this Warrant).

 

 

2.            Term of Warrant. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time or from time to time during the period beginning on the first anniversary of the Original Issue Date and ending at 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the tenth anniversary of the Original Issue Date or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day (the “Exercise Period”), the Holder of this Warrant may exercise this Warrant for the Warrant Units purchasable hereunder (subject to adjustment as provided herein) as provided in Section 3. Holders may not exercise this Warrant except during the Exercise Period.

 

3.            Exercise of Warrant.

 

(a)           Vesting and Exercise Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, including the vesting provisions of Section 2, the Holder may purchase all or any part of the Warrant Units purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant beginning on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Original Issue Date, (ii) the consummation of a Class D Change of Control and (iii) the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Partnership. The Holder may exercise this Warrant only upon:

 

(i)            surrender of this Warrant to the Partnership at its then principal executive offices (or an indemnification undertaking with respect to this Warrant in the case of its loss, theft or destruction), together with an Exercise Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, an “Exercise Agreement”), duly completed (including specifying the number of Warrant Units to be purchased) and executed; and

 

(ii)           payment to the Partnership of the Aggregate Exercise Price in accordance with Section 3(b).

 

(b)           Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price. Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price shall be made, at the option of the Holder as expressed in the Exercise Agreement, only by the following methods:

 

(i)            by delivery to the Partnership of a certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Partnership or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Partnership, in the amount of such Aggregate Exercise Price;

 

(ii)           by instructing the Partnership to withhold a number of Warrant Units in an amount equal to the quotient of (A) the Aggregate Exercise Price and (B) the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Unit as of the Exercise Date; or

 

(iii)          any combination of the foregoing.

 

  4  

 

 

In the event of any withholding of Warrant Units pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above where the number of units whose value is equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price is not a whole number, the number of units withheld by or surrendered to the Partnership shall be rounded up to the nearest whole unit and the Partnership shall make a cash payment to the Holder (by delivery of a certified or official bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds) based on the incremental fraction of a unit being so withheld by or surrendered to the Partnership in an amount equal to the product of (x) such incremental fraction of a Warrant Unit being so withheld or surrendered multiplied by (y) the Fair Market Value per Warrant Unit as of the Exercise Date.

 

(c)           Delivery of Certificates. Upon receipt by the Partnership of the Exercise Agreement, surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price (in accordance with Section 3(a) hereof), the Partnership shall, within three Business Days thereafter, execute (or cause to be executed) and deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Units issuable upon such exercise, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a unit, as provided in Section 3(d) hereof. Certificates shall be transmitted by the Partnership’s transfer agent by crediting the account of the Holder’s prime broker with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit / Withdrawal At Custodian system if the Holder is a participant in such system, and otherwise by physical delivery to the address specified by the Holder in the Exercise Agreement. The certificate or certificates so delivered shall be, to the extent possible, in such denomination or denominations as the exercising Holder shall reasonably request in the Exercise Agreement and shall be registered in the name of the Holder or, subject to compliance with Section 6 below, such other Person’s name as shall be designated in the Exercise Agreement. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and such certificate or certificates of Warrant Units shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other Person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Units for all purposes, as of the Exercise Date.

 

(d)           Fractional Units. The Partnership shall not be required to issue a fractional Warrant Unit upon exercise of any Warrant. As to any fraction of a Warrant Unit that the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Partnership shall pay to such Holder an amount in cash (by delivery of a certified or official bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds) equal to the product of (i) such fraction multiplied by (ii) the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Unit on the Exercise Date.

 

(e)           Delivery of New Warrant. Unless the purchase rights represented by this Warrant shall have expired or shall have been fully exercised, the Partnership shall, at the time of delivery of the certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Units being issued in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unexpired and unexercised Warrant Units called for by this Warrant. Such new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical to this Warrant.

 

(f)            Valid Issuance of Warrant and Warrant Units; Payment of Taxes. With respect to the exercise of this Warrant, the Partnership hereby represents, covenants and agrees:

 

(i)            This Warrant is, and any Warrant issued in substitution for or replacement of this Warrant shall be, upon issuance, duly authorized and validly issued.

 

  5  

 

 

(ii)           All Warrant Units issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant pursuant to the terms hereof shall be, upon issuance, and the Partnership shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that such Warrant Units are, validly issued, fully paid (to the extent required under applicable law and the Partnership Agreement) and non-assessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act), issued without violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any unitholder of the Partnership and free and clear of all taxes, liens and charges.

 

(iii)          The Partnership shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such Warrant Units are issued without violation by the Partnership of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which Common Units or other securities constituting Warrant Units may be listed at the time of such exercise (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Partnership upon each such issuance).

 

(iv)          The Partnership shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Warrant Units, immediately upon such exercise, to be listed on any domestic securities exchange upon which Common Units or other securities constituting Warrant Units are listed at the time of such exercise.

 

(v)           The Partnership shall pay all expenses in connection with, and all taxes and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to, the issuance or delivery of Warrant Units upon exercise of this Warrant; provided, that the Partnership shall not be required to pay any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed with respect to any applicable withholding or the issuance or delivery of the Warrant Units to any Person other than the Holder, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issuance has paid to the Partnership the amount of any such tax, or has established to the satisfaction of the Partnership that such tax has been paid.

 

(g)           Conditional Exercise. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if an exercise of any portion of this Warrant is to be made in connection with (i) a sale of the Partnership (pursuant to a merger, sale of units, or otherwise), (ii) a sale of Common Units pursuant to a registered offering under the Securities Act or (iii) a Class D Change of Control, such exercise may at the election of the Holder be conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction, registered offering or Class D Change of Control, in which case such exercise shall not be deemed to be effective until immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, registered offering or Class D Change of Control.

 

(h)           Buy-In. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Partnership fails to deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Units in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof within seven Business Days of receipt by the Partnership of the Exercise Agreement and surrender of this Warrant (in accordance with Section 3(a) hereof) and payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) Common Units to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Units which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Partnership shall, at the Holder’s option, either (i) pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the Common Units so purchased (the “Buy-In Price”), at which point the Partnership’s obligation to deliver such certificate (and to issue such Common Units) shall terminate, or (ii) promptly honor its obligation to deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing such Common Units and pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (A) such number of Common Units, times (B) the closing bid price on the date of exercise. The Holder shall provide the Partnership written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In, together with applicable confirmations and other evidence reasonably requested by the Partnership. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Partnership’s failure to timely deliver certificates representing Common Units upon exercise of this Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

  6  

 

 

4.             Adjustment to Number of Warrant Units. The number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 4 (in each case, after taking into consideration any prior adjustments pursuant to this Section 4).

 

(a)           Adjustment to Number of Warrant Units Upon Dividend, Distribution, Subdivision or Combination of Common Units. If the Partnership shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, (i) pay a dividend or make any other distribution upon the Common Units or any other limited partner interests of the Partnership payable in Common Units or Convertible Securities, or (ii) subdivide (by any split, recapitalization or otherwise) its outstanding Common Units into a greater number of units, the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to any such dividend, distribution or subdivision shall be proportionately increased. If the Partnership at any time combines (by combination, reverse split or otherwise) its outstanding Common Units into a smaller number of units, the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased. Any adjustment under this Section 4(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(b)           Adjustment to Number of Warrant Units Upon a Class D Change of Control. In the event of any Class D Change of Control, each Warrant shall, immediately after such Class D Change of Control, remain outstanding and shall thereafter, in lieu of or in addition to (as the case may be) the number of Warrant Units then exercisable under this Warrant, be exercisable for the kind and number of other securities or assets of the Partnership or of the successor Person resulting from such Class D Change of Control, with appropriate adjustment made to the number of Warrant Units and Exercise Price as required by reference to the applicable exchange ratio or other similar mechanic that provides for the allocation of consideration, if any, to the holders of Common Units in such Class D Change of Control; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (in form and substance satisfactory to the Holder) shall be made with respect to the Holder’s rights under this Warrant to ensure that the provisions of this Section 4(b) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as possible, to this Warrant in relation to any securities or assets thereafter acquirable upon exercise of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 4(b) shall similarly apply to successive Class D Changes of Control. The Partnership shall not effect any such Class D Change of Control unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor Person (if other than the Partnership) resulting from such Class D Change of Control, shall assume, by written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant and satisfactory to the Holder, the obligation to deliver to the Holder such securities or assets which, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, including the vesting provisions of Section 2, with respect to any Class D Change of Control or other transaction contemplated by the provisions of this Section 4(b), the Holder shall have the right to elect prior to the consummation of such event or transaction, to give effect to the exercise rights contained in Section 3 instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section 4(b) with respect to this Warrant.

 

  7  

 

 

(c)           Certain Events. If any event of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 4 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of unit appreciation rights, phantom unit rights or other rights with equity features) occurs, then the Board shall make an appropriate adjustment in the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant so as to protect the rights of the Holder in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Section 4; provided, that no such adjustment pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall decrease the number of Warrant Units issuable as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 4.

 

(d)           Certificate as to Adjustment.

 

(i)            As promptly as reasonably practicable following any adjustment of the number of Warrant Units pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4, but in any event not later than five Business Days thereafter, the Partnership shall furnish to the Holder a certificate of an executive officer setting forth in reasonable detail such adjustment and the facts upon which it is based and certifying the calculation thereof.

 

(ii)           As promptly as reasonably practicable following the receipt by the Partnership of a written request by the Holder, but in any event not later than five Business Days thereafter, the Partnership shall furnish to the Holder a certificate of an executive officer certifying the number of Warrant Units or the amount, if any, of other, securities or assets then issuable upon exercise of the Warrant.

 

(e)           Adjustment in Exercise Price. Upon any adjustment to the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Section 4 (each, a “Warrant Unit Adjustment”), the Aggregate Exercise Price upon the exercise of this Warrant thereafter shall be adjusted by multiplying the Aggregate Exercise Price applicable prior to such Warrant Unit Adjustment by a fraction: the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrants Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such Warrant Unit Adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately after such Warrant Unit Adjustment.

 

  8  

 

 

(f)            Notices. In the event:

 

(i)            that the Partnership shall take a record of the holders of its Common Units (or other securities at the time issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or any other distribution, to vote at a meeting (or by written consent), to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(ii)           of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Partnership; or

 

(iii)          of any Class D Change of Control;

 

then, and in each such case, the Partnership shall send or cause to be sent to the Holder at least 10 days prior to the applicable record date or the applicable expected effective date, as the case may be, for the event, a written notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the record date for such dividend, distribution, meeting or consent or other right or action, and a description of such dividend, distribution or other right or action to be taken at such meeting or by written consent, or (B) the effective date on which such Class D Change of Control or dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the date, if any is to be fixed, as of which the books of the Partnership shall close or a record shall be taken with respect to which the holders of record of Common Units (or securities at the time issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Units (or such other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Class D Change of Control or dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per unit and character of such exchange applicable to the Warrant and the Warrant Units.

 

5.            Purchase Rights. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 4 above, if at any time the Partnership grants, issues or sells any Common Units, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase units, warrants, securities or other property exclusively pro rata to the record holders of Common Units (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder shall be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder would have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Warrant Units acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Units are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.

 

6.            Transfer of Warrant. Subject to the transfer conditions referred to in the legend endorsed hereon, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, by the Holder without charge to the Holder, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Partnership at its then principal executive offices with a properly completed and duly executed Assignment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, together with funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes described in Section 3(f)(v) in connection with the making of such transfer. Upon such compliance, surrender and delivery and, if required, such payment, the Partnership shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees and in the denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant, if any, not so assigned and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Warrants may be transferred separately from Preferred Units.

 

  9  

 

 

7.            Holder Not Deemed a Unitholder; Limitations on Liability. Prior to the issuance to the Holder of the Warrant Units to which the Holder is then entitled to receive upon the due exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or any other distribution or be deemed the holder of limited partner interests of the Partnership for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Warrant be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a unitholder of the Partnership or any right to vote, give or withhold consent to any partnership action (whether any reorganization, issue of limited partner interests, reclassification of limited partner interests, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise), receive notice of meetings, receive dividends, distributions or subscription rights, or otherwise. In addition, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a unitholder of the Partnership, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Partnership or by creditors of the Partnership. Notwithstanding this Section 7, (i) the Partnership shall provide the Holder with copies of the same notices and other information given to the unitholders of the Partnership generally, contemporaneously with the giving thereof to the unitholders and (ii) the Partnership shall not amend or modify its Partnership Agreement in a manner adverse to any rights or benefits applicable to the Warrant Units thereunder.

 

8.            Replacement on Loss; Division and Combination.

 

(a)          Replacement of Warrant on Loss. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Partnership of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and upon delivery of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (it being understood that a written indemnification agreement with an affidavit of loss of the Holder shall be a sufficient indemnity) and, in case of mutilation, upon surrender of such Warrant for cancellation to the Partnership, the Partnership at its own expense shall execute and deliver to the Holder, in lieu hereof, a new Warrant of like tenor and exercisable for an equivalent number of Warrant Units as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed; provided, that, in the case of mutilation, no indemnity shall be required if this Warrant in identifiable form is surrendered to the Partnership for cancellation.

 

(b)          Division and Combination of Warrant. Subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of this Warrant as to any transfer or other assignment which may be involved in such division or combination, this Warrant may be divided or, following any such division of this Warrant, subsequently combined with other Warrants, upon the surrender of this Warrant or Warrants to the Partnership at its then principal executive offices, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the respective Holders or their agents or attorneys. Subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of this Warrant as to any transfer or assignment which may be involved in such division or combination, the Partnership shall at its own expense execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered in accordance with such notice. Such new Warrant or Warrants shall be of like tenor to the surrendered Warrant or Warrants and shall be exercisable in the aggregate for an equivalent number of Warrant Units as the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered in accordance with such notice.

 

  10  

 

 

9.            No Impairment. The Partnership shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Formation or Partnership Agreement, or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by it hereunder, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in the taking of all such action as may reasonably be requested by the Holder in order to protect the exercise rights of the Holder against dilution or other impairment, consistent with the tenor and purpose of this Warrant.

 

10.          Agreement to Comply with the Securities Act; Legend. The Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 10 and the restrictive legend requirements set forth on the face of this Warrant and further agrees that such Holder shall not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Units to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act. All Warrant Units issued upon exercise of this Warrant (unless registered under the Securities Act or the conditions for the removal of the legend set forth in Section 8.06 of the Partnership Agreement are otherwise satisfied) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction. These securities may not be sold or offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from registration thereunder, in each case in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the states or other jurisdictions, and in the case of a transaction exempt from registration, such securities may only be transferred if the transfer agent for such securities has received documentation satisfactory to it that such transaction does not require registration under the Securities Act.”

 

11.          Warrant Register. The Partnership (or the General Partner on its behalf) shall keep and properly maintain at its principal executive offices books for the registration of the Warrant and any transfers thereof. The Partnership may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Warrant is registered on such register as the Holder thereof for all purposes, and the Partnership shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, except any assignment, division, combination or other transfer of the Warrant effected in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

12.          Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given: (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or e-mail of a portable document format (pdf) document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the addresses indicated below (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 12).

 

  11  

 

 

If to the Partnership: NGL Energy Partners LP
6120 South Yale Avenue
Suite 805
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74316
Attention: Kurston P. McMurray, General Counsel
Facsimile: (918) 481-5896
Email: Kurston.McMurray@nglep.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

  Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP
600 Travis St., Suite 4200
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: G. Michael O’Leary and Henry Havre
Facsimile: (713) 220-4285
Email: gmoleary@huntonak.com
Email: henryhavre@huntonak.com
   
If to the Holder: [●]

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

  Kirkland & Ellis LLP
  609 Main Street
  Houston, TX 77002
  Attention: John Pitts and Julian Seiguer
  Facsimile: (713) 835-3601
  Email: john.pitts@kirkland.com
  Email: julian.seiguer@kirkland.com

 

13.          Cumulative Remedies. Except to the extent expressly provided in Section 7 to the contrary, the rights and remedies provided in this Warrant are cumulative and are not exclusive of, and are in addition to and not in substitution for, any other rights or remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

14.          Equitable Relief. Each of the Partnership and the Holder acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach by such party of any of its obligations under this Warrant would give rise to irreparable harm to the other party hereto for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by such party of any such obligations, the other party hereto shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including a restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  12  

 

 

15.          Entire Agreement. This Warrant, together with the Purchase Agreement, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Warrant with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Warrant and the Purchase Agreement, the statements in the body of this Warrant shall control.

 

16.          Successor and Assigns. This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of the Partnership and the successors and permitted assigns of the Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of the Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

 

17.          No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Warrant is for the sole benefit of the Partnership and the Holder and their respective successors and, in the case of the Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Warrant.

 

18.          Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Warrant.

 

19.          Amendment and Modification; Waiver. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by the Partnership or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The Partnership shall not amend, modify or supplement, or waive any provision of, any other warrant issued concurrently with this Warrant under the Purchase Agreement (the “Other Warrants”), unless the Partnership has (i) provided 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Holder of any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any Other Warrants and (ii) if elected by the Holder, amended, modified, supplemented or waived the corresponding provision or provisions of this Warrant.

 

20.          Severability. If any term or provision of this Warrant is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Warrant or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

  13  

 

 

21.          Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

22.          Submission to Jurisdiction. The parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and County of New York in any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby, and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of process, summons, notice or other document by certified or registered mail to such party’s address for receipt of notices pursuant to Section 12 shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or any proceeding in such courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

23.          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Warrant is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues and, therefore, each such party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any legal action arising out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

24.          Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Warrant delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Warrant.

 

25.          No Strict Construction. This Warrant shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted.

 

(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)

 

  14  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partnership has duly executed this Warrant on the Original Issue Date.

 

           
    NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
     
    By: NGL Energy Holdings LLC,
      its general partner
       
       
        By:  
          Name:
          Title:
     
     
Accepted and agreed,    
     
[HOLDER NAME]    
     
By:      
  Name:    
  Title:    
           

 

Signature Page
to
Warrant Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

To [Name]:

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase represented by the Warrant to which this Exercise Agreement is attached (the “Warrant”) for, and to purchase thereunder by the payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price and surrender of the Warrant, Common Units (“Warrant Units”) provided for therein, and requests that certificates for the Warrant Units be issued as follows:

 

Name
 
 
 
Address
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Tax or Social Security No.
 
 

 

and delivered by (certified mail to the above address), or
   
  (electronically           (provide DWAC
Instructions:_______________)), or
   
  (other _______________) (specify):.

 

and, if the number of Warrant Units shall not be all the Warrant Units purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, that a new Warrant for the balance of the Warrant Units purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant be registered in the name of the undersigned Holder or the undersigned’s Assignee as below indicated and delivered to the address stated below.

 

Dated: ________________, _____
   
Note: The signature must correspond with

 

A-1

 

 

Signature:  
     
the name of the Holder as written on the first page of this Warrant in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, unless this Warrant has been assigned.   Name (please print)
   
 
   
 
     
    Address
     
     
   
     
    Federal Identification or Social Security No.
     
     
    Assignee:
     
   
     
   
     
   

 

 

A-2

 

 

Exhibit B

 

NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
ASSIGNMENT

 

For value received                                    hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                          the within Warrant1, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney, to transfer said Warrant on the books of the within-named Partnership, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Date:    
     
Signature:    

 

Note: The above signature must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Warrant in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

 

1 For partial assignment, indicate portion assigned.

 

B-1

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP

 

SERIES D 2019 WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON UNITS

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, SUCH WARRANTS AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH WARRANTS MAY ONLY BE TRANSFERRED IF THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR SUCH WARRANTS AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH WARRANTS HAS RECEIVED DOCUMENTATION SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

Original Issue Date: [____] [__], 2019   Warrant Certificate No.: [●]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NGL Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that                                                                      , a                                                                  , or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled to purchase from the Partnership                       Common Units at a purchase price per Common Unit of $16.27 (the “Exercise Price”), all subject to the terms, conditions and adjustments set forth below in this Warrant. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 1 hereof. This Warrant is one of a series of like tenor issued by the Partnership pursuant to the terms of the Class D Preferred Unit and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of September [__], 2019 (the “Purchase Agreement”) between the Partnership and the Purchasers named on Schedule A thereto.

 

1.             Definitions. As used in this Warrant, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Aggregate Exercise Price” means an amount equal to the product of (a) the number of Warrant Units in respect of which this Warrant is being exercised pursuant to Section 3 hereof, multiplied by (b) the Exercise Price.

 

Board” means the board of directors of the General Partner.

 

Business Day” means any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, on which banking institutions in the cities of New York, New York or Tulsa, Oklahoma are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

 

 

 

Buy-In” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(h).

 

Buy-In Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(h).

 

Class D Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Common Units” means common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership, the terms of which are set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Common Units Deemed Outstanding” means, at any given time, the sum of (a) the number of Common Units actually outstanding at such time, plus (b) the number of Common Units issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange of Convertible Securities actually outstanding at such time, including without limitation Warrants in the series issued by the Partnership pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, in each case, regardless of whether the Convertible Securities are actually convertible, exercisable or exchangeable at such time; provided, that Common Units Deemed Outstanding at any given time shall not include units owned or held by or for the account of the Partnership.

 

Convertible Securities” means any warrants or other rights exercisable to subscribe for or to purchase Common Units, or any security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Units, regardless of whether the right to exercise, convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities is immediately exercisable, including without limitation Warrants in the series issued by the Partnership pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Delaware LP Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

 

Exercise Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i).

 

Exercise Date” means, for any given exercise of this Warrant, the date on which the conditions to such exercise as set forth in Section 3 shall have been satisfied at or prior to 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on a Business Day, including, without limitation, the receipt by the Partnership of the Exercise Agreement, the Warrant and the Aggregate Exercise Price.

 

Exercise Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

Exercise Price” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Warrant.

 

Fair Market Value” means, as of the Business Day (the “Reference Date”) immediately preceding the date of determination or, if resulting in a greater amount, for a period (the “Reference Period”) measured over the three consecutive Business Days ending on the Reference Date: (a) the average closing sale price of the Common Units on the Reference Date or the VWAP Price for the Reference Period, as applicable, on all domestic securities exchanges on which the Common Units may at the time be listed; (b) if there have been no sales of the Common Units on any such exchange on the Reference Date or over the Reference Period, as applicable, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Common Units on all such exchanges at the end of the Reference Date or the Reference Period, as applicable; (c) if on the Reference Date or over the Reference Period, as applicable, the Common Units are not listed on a domestic securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Units as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Pink OTC Markets or similar quotation system or association for the Reference Date or the Reference Period, as applicable; or (d) if there have been no sales of the Common Units on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Pink OTC Markets or similar quotation system or association on the Reference Date or over the Reference Period, as applicable, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for Common Units quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Pink OTC Markets or similar quotation system or association at the end of the Reference Date or the Reference Period, as applicable; provided, that if the Common Units are listed on any domestic securities exchange, the term “Business Day” as used in this sentence means Business Days on which such exchange is open for trading. If at any time the Common Units are not listed on any domestic securities exchange or quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Pink OTC Markets or similar quotation system or association, the “Fair Market Value” of the Common Units shall be the fair market value per unit as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

2

 

 

General Partner” means NGL Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership.

 

Holder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Warrant.

 

Original Issue Date” means [____] [__], 2019, the date on which this Warrant was issued to the first Holder by the Partnership pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

OTC Bulletin Board” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority OTC Bulletin Board electronic inter-dealer quotation system.

 

Other Warrants” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.

 

Partnership” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Warrant.

 

Partnership Agreement” means the Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended from time to time.

 

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, incorporated organization or government or department or agency thereof.

 

Pink OTC Markets” means the OTC Markets Group Inc. electronic inter-dealer quotation system, including OTCQX, OTCQB and OTC Pink.

 

Preferred Units” means the Class D Preferred Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership, the terms of which are to be set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Warrant.

 

VWAP Price” as of a particular date means the volume-weighted average trading price, as adjusted for splits, combinations and other similar transactions, of a Common Unit.

 

3

 

 

Warrant” means this Warrant and all warrants issued upon division or combination of, or in substitution for, this Warrant.

 

Warrant Unit Adjustmenthas the meaning set forth in Section 4(e).

 

Warrant Units” means the Common Units purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the exercisability of this Warrant, other than with respect to Section 2 or Section 3 of this Warrant).

 

2.             Term of Warrant. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time or from time to time during the period beginning on the first anniversary of the Original Issue Date and ending at 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the tenth anniversary of the Original Issue Date or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day (the “Exercise Period”), the Holder of this Warrant may exercise this Warrant for the Warrant Units purchasable hereunder (subject to adjustment as provided herein) as provided in Section 3. Holders may not exercise this Warrant except during the Exercise Period.

 

3.             Exercise of Warrant.

 

(a)           Vesting and Exercise Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, including the vesting provisions of Section 2, the Holder may purchase all or any part of the Warrant Units purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant beginning on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Original Issue Date, (ii) the consummation of a Class D Change of Control and (iii) the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Partnership. The Holder may exercise this Warrant only upon:

 

(i)             surrender of this Warrant to the Partnership at its then principal executive offices (or an indemnification undertaking with respect to this Warrant in the case of its loss, theft or destruction), together with an Exercise Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, an “Exercise Agreement”), duly completed (including specifying the number of Warrant Units to be purchased) and executed; and

 

(ii)            payment to the Partnership of the Aggregate Exercise Price in accordance with Section 3(b).

 

(b)           Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price. Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price shall be made, at the option of the Holder as expressed in the Exercise Agreement, only by the following methods:

 

(i)             by delivery to the Partnership of a certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Partnership or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Partnership, in the amount of such Aggregate Exercise Price;

 

(ii)            by instructing the Partnership to withhold a number of Warrant Units in an amount equal to the quotient of (A) the Aggregate Exercise Price and (B) the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Unit as of the Exercise Date; or

 

(iii)           any combination of the foregoing.

 

4

 

 

In the event of any withholding of Warrant Units pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above where the number of units whose value is equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price is not a whole number, the number of units withheld by or surrendered to the Partnership shall be rounded up to the nearest whole unit and the Partnership shall make a cash payment to the Holder (by delivery of a certified or official bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds) based on the incremental fraction of a unit being so withheld by or surrendered to the Partnership in an amount equal to the product of (x) such incremental fraction of a Warrant Unit being so withheld or surrendered multiplied by (y) the Fair Market Value per Warrant Unit as of the Exercise Date.

 

(c)            Delivery of Certificates. Upon receipt by the Partnership of the Exercise Agreement, surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price (in accordance with Section 3(a) hereof), the Partnership shall, within three Business Days thereafter, execute (or cause to be executed) and deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Units issuable upon such exercise, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a unit, as provided in Section 3(d) hereof. Certificates shall be transmitted by the Partnership’s transfer agent by crediting the account of the Holder’s prime broker with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit / Withdrawal At Custodian system if the Holder is a participant in such system, and otherwise by physical delivery to the address specified by the Holder in the Exercise Agreement. The certificate or certificates so delivered shall be, to the extent possible, in such denomination or denominations as the exercising Holder shall reasonably request in the Exercise Agreement and shall be registered in the name of the Holder or, subject to compliance with Section 6 below, such other Person’s name as shall be designated in the Exercise Agreement. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and such certificate or certificates of Warrant Units shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other Person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Units for all purposes, as of the Exercise Date.

 

(d)            Fractional Units. The Partnership shall not be required to issue a fractional Warrant Unit upon exercise of any Warrant. As to any fraction of a Warrant Unit that the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Partnership shall pay to such Holder an amount in cash (by delivery of a certified or official bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds) equal to the product of (i) such fraction multiplied by (ii) the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Unit on the Exercise Date.

 

(e)            Delivery of New Warrant. Unless the purchase rights represented by this Warrant shall have expired or shall have been fully exercised, the Partnership shall, at the time of delivery of the certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Units being issued in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unexpired and unexercised Warrant Units called for by this Warrant. Such new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical to this Warrant.

 

(f)            Valid Issuance of Warrant and Warrant Units; Payment of Taxes. With respect to the exercise of this Warrant, the Partnership hereby represents, covenants and agrees:

 

5

 

 

(i)            This Warrant is, and any Warrant issued in substitution for or replacement of this Warrant shall be, upon issuance, duly authorized and validly issued.

 

(ii)           All Warrant Units issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant pursuant to the terms hereof shall be, upon issuance, and the Partnership shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that such Warrant Units are, validly issued, fully paid (to the extent required under applicable law and the Partnership Agreement) and non-assessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act), issued without violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any unitholder of the Partnership and free and clear of all taxes, liens and charges.

 

(iii)          The Partnership shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such Warrant Units are issued without violation by the Partnership of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which Common Units or other securities constituting Warrant Units may be listed at the time of such exercise (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Partnership upon each such issuance).

 

(iv)          The Partnership shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Warrant Units, immediately upon such exercise, to be listed on any domestic securities exchange upon which Common Units or other securities constituting Warrant Units are listed at the time of such exercise.

 

(v)           The Partnership shall pay all expenses in connection with, and all taxes and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to, the issuance or delivery of Warrant Units upon exercise of this Warrant; provided, that the Partnership shall not be required to pay any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed with respect to any applicable withholding or the issuance or delivery of the Warrant Units to any Person other than the Holder, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issuance has paid to the Partnership the amount of any such tax, or has established to the satisfaction of the Partnership that such tax has been paid.

 

(g)            Conditional Exercise. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if an exercise of any portion of this Warrant is to be made in connection with (i) a sale of the Partnership (pursuant to a merger, sale of units, or otherwise), (ii) a sale of Common Units pursuant to a registered offering under the Securities Act or (iii) a Class D Change of Control, such exercise may at the election of the Holder be conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction, registered offering or Class D Change of Control, in which case such exercise shall not be deemed to be effective until immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, registered offering or Class D Change of Control.

 

(h)            Buy-In. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Partnership fails to deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Units in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof within seven Business Days of receipt by the Partnership of the Exercise Agreement and surrender of this Warrant (in accordance with Section 3(a) hereof) and payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) Common Units to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Units which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Partnership shall, at the Holder’s option, either (i) pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the Common Units so purchased (the “Buy-In Price”), at which point the Partnership’s obligation to deliver such certificate (and to issue such Common Units) shall terminate, or (ii) promptly honor its obligation to deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing such Common Units and pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (A) such number of Common Units, times (B) the closing bid price on the date of exercise. The Holder shall provide the Partnership written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In, together with applicable confirmations and other evidence reasonably requested by the Partnership. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Partnership’s failure to timely deliver certificates representing Common Units upon exercise of this Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

6

 

 

4.              Adjustment to Number of Warrant Units. The number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 4 (in each case, after taking into consideration any prior adjustments pursuant to this Section 4).

 

(a)            Adjustment to Number of Warrant Units Upon Dividend, Distribution, Subdivision or Combination of Common Units. If the Partnership shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, (i) pay a dividend or make any other distribution upon the Common Units or any other limited partner interests of the Partnership payable in Common Units or Convertible Securities, or (ii) subdivide (by any split, recapitalization or otherwise) its outstanding Common Units into a greater number of units, the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to any such dividend, distribution or subdivision shall be proportionately increased. If the Partnership at any time combines (by combination, reverse split or otherwise) its outstanding Common Units into a smaller number of units, the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased. Any adjustment under this Section 4(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(b)            Adjustment to Number of Warrant Units Upon a Class D Change of Control. In the event of any Class D Change of Control, each Warrant shall, immediately after such Class D Change of Control, remain outstanding and shall thereafter, in lieu of or in addition to (as the case may be) the number of Warrant Units then exercisable under this Warrant, be exercisable for the kind and number of other securities or assets of the Partnership or of the successor Person resulting from such Class D Change of Control, with appropriate adjustment made to the number of Warrant Units and Exercise Price as required by reference to the applicable exchange ratio or other similar mechanic that provides for the allocation of consideration, if any, to the holders of Common Units in such Class D Change of Control; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (in form and substance satisfactory to the Holder) shall be made with respect to the Holder’s rights under this Warrant to ensure that the provisions of this Section 4(b) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as possible, to this Warrant in relation to any securities or assets thereafter acquirable upon exercise of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 4(b) shall similarly apply to successive Class D Changes of Control. The Partnership shall not effect any such Class D Change of Control unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor Person (if other than the Partnership) resulting from such Class D Change of Control, shall assume, by written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant and satisfactory to the Holder, the obligation to deliver to the Holder such securities or assets which, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, including the vesting provisions of Section 2, with respect to any Class D Change of Control or other transaction contemplated by the provisions of this Section 4(b), the Holder shall have the right to elect prior to the consummation of such event or transaction, to give effect to the exercise rights contained in Section 3 instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section 4(b) with respect to this Warrant.

 

7

 

 

(c)            Certain Events. If any event of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 4 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of unit appreciation rights, phantom unit rights or other rights with equity features) occurs, then the Board shall make an appropriate adjustment in the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant so as to protect the rights of the Holder in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Section 4; provided, that no such adjustment pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall decrease the number of Warrant Units issuable as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 4.

 

(d)            Certificate as to Adjustment.

 

(i)            As promptly as reasonably practicable following any adjustment of the number of Warrant Units pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4, but in any event not later than five Business Days thereafter, the Partnership shall furnish to the Holder a certificate of an executive officer setting forth in reasonable detail such adjustment and the facts upon which it is based and certifying the calculation thereof.

 

(ii)           As promptly as reasonably practicable following the receipt by the Partnership of a written request by the Holder, but in any event not later than five Business Days thereafter, the Partnership shall furnish to the Holder a certificate of an executive officer certifying the number of Warrant Units or the amount, if any, of other, securities or assets then issuable upon exercise of the Warrant.

 

(e)            Adjustment in Exercise Price. Upon any adjustment to the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Section 4 (each, a “Warrant Unit Adjustment”), the Aggregate Exercise Price upon the exercise of this Warrant thereafter shall be adjusted by multiplying the Aggregate Exercise Price applicable prior to such Warrant Unit Adjustment by a fraction: the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrants Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such Warrant Unit Adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Units issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately after such Warrant Unit Adjustment.

 

8

 

 

(f)            Notices. In the event:

 

(i)             that the Partnership shall take a record of the holders of its Common Units (or other securities at the time issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or any other distribution, to vote at a meeting (or by written consent), to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(ii)           of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Partnership; or

 

(iii)          of any Class D Change of Control;

 

then, and in each such case, the Partnership shall send or cause to be sent to the Holder at least 10 days prior to the applicable record date or the applicable expected effective date, as the case may be, for the event, a written notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the record date for such dividend, distribution, meeting or consent or other right or action, and a description of such dividend, distribution or other right or action to be taken at such meeting or by written consent, or (B) the effective date on which such Class D Change of Control or dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the date, if any is to be fixed, as of which the books of the Partnership shall close or a record shall be taken with respect to which the holders of record of Common Units (or securities at the time issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Units (or such other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Class D Change of Control or dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per unit and character of such exchange applicable to the Warrant and the Warrant Units.

 

5.            Purchase Rights. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 4 above, if at any time the Partnership grants, issues or sells any Common Units, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase units, warrants, securities or other property exclusively pro rata to the record holders of Common Units (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder shall be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder would have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Warrant Units acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Units are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.

 

6.            Transfer of Warrant. Subject to the transfer conditions referred to in the legend endorsed hereon, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, by the Holder without charge to the Holder, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Partnership at its then principal executive offices with a properly completed and duly executed Assignment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, together with funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes described in Section 3(f)(v) in connection with the making of such transfer. Upon such compliance, surrender and delivery and, if required, such payment, the Partnership shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees and in the denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant, if any, not so assigned and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Warrants may be transferred separately from Preferred Units.

 

9

 

 

7.              Holder Not Deemed a Unitholder; Limitations on Liability. Prior to the issuance to the Holder of the Warrant Units to which the Holder is then entitled to receive upon the due exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or any other distribution or be deemed the holder of limited partner interests of the Partnership for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Warrant be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a unitholder of the Partnership or any right to vote, give or withhold consent to any partnership action (whether any reorganization, issue of limited partner interests, reclassification of limited partner interests, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise), receive notice of meetings, receive dividends, distributions or subscription rights, or otherwise. In addition, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a unitholder of the Partnership, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Partnership or by creditors of the Partnership. Notwithstanding this Section 7, (i) the Partnership shall provide the Holder with copies of the same notices and other information given to the unitholders of the Partnership generally, contemporaneously with the giving thereof to the unitholders and (ii) the Partnership shall not amend or modify its Partnership Agreement in a manner adverse to any rights or benefits applicable to the Warrant Units thereunder.

 

8.              Replacement on Loss; Division and Combination.

 

(a)            Replacement of Warrant on Loss. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Partnership of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and upon delivery of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (it being understood that a written indemnification agreement with an affidavit of loss of the Holder shall be a sufficient indemnity) and, in case of mutilation, upon surrender of such Warrant for cancellation to the Partnership, the Partnership at its own expense shall execute and deliver to the Holder, in lieu hereof, a new Warrant of like tenor and exercisable for an equivalent number of Warrant Units as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed; provided, that, in the case of mutilation, no indemnity shall be required if this Warrant in identifiable form is surrendered to the Partnership for cancellation.

 

(b)           Division and Combination of Warrant. Subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of this Warrant as to any transfer or other assignment which may be involved in such division or combination, this Warrant may be divided or, following any such division of this Warrant, subsequently combined with other Warrants, upon the surrender of this Warrant or Warrants to the Partnership at its then principal executive offices, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the respective Holders or their agents or attorneys. Subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of this Warrant as to any transfer or assignment which may be involved in such division or combination, the Partnership shall at its own expense execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered in accordance with such notice. Such new Warrant or Warrants shall be of like tenor to the surrendered Warrant or Warrants and shall be exercisable in the aggregate for an equivalent number of Warrant Units as the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered in accordance with such notice.

 

10

 

 

9.             No Impairment. The Partnership shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Formation or Partnership Agreement, or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by it hereunder, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in the taking of all such action as may reasonably be requested by the Holder in order to protect the exercise rights of the Holder against dilution or other impairment, consistent with the tenor and purpose of this Warrant.

 

10.           Agreement to Comply with the Securities Act; Legend. The Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 10 and the restrictive legend requirements set forth on the face of this Warrant and further agrees that such Holder shall not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Units to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act. All Warrant Units issued upon exercise of this Warrant (unless registered under the Securities Act or the conditions for the removal of the legend set forth in Section 8.06 of the Partnership Agreement are otherwise satisfied) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction. These securities may not be sold or offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from registration thereunder, in each case in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the states or other jurisdictions, and in the case of a transaction exempt from registration, such securities may only be transferred if the transfer agent for such securities has received documentation satisfactory to it that such transaction does not require registration under the Securities Act.”

 

11.            Warrant Register. The Partnership (or the General Partner on its behalf) shall keep and properly maintain at its principal executive offices books for the registration of the Warrant and any transfers thereof. The Partnership may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Warrant is registered on such register as the Holder thereof for all purposes, and the Partnership shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, except any assignment, division, combination or other transfer of the Warrant effected in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

12.            Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given: (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or e-mail of a portable document format (pdf) document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the addresses indicated below (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 12).

 

11

 

 

If to the Partnership: NGL Energy Partners LP
6120 South Yale Avenue
Suite 805
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74316
Attention: Kurston P. McMurray, General Counsel
Facsimile: (918) 481-5896
Email: Kurston.McMurray@nglep.com
   
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   
  Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP
600 Travis St., Suite 4200
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: G. Michael O’Leary and Henry Havre
Facsimile: (713) 220-4285
Email: gmoleary@huntonak.com
Email: henryhavre@huntonak.com
   
If to the Holder: [●]
   
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   
  Kirkland & Ellis LLP
  609 Main Street
  Houston, TX 77002
  Attention: John Pitts and Julian Seiguer
  Facsimile: (713) 835-3601
  Email: john.pitts@kirkland.com
  Email: julian.seiguer@kirkland.com

 

13.            Cumulative Remedies. Except to the extent expressly provided in Section 7 to the contrary, the rights and remedies provided in this Warrant are cumulative and are not exclusive of, and are in addition to and not in substitution for, any other rights or remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

14.            Equitable Relief. Each of the Partnership and the Holder acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach by such party of any of its obligations under this Warrant would give rise to irreparable harm to the other party hereto for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by such party of any such obligations, the other party hereto shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including a restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

12

 

 

15.            Entire Agreement. This Warrant, together with the Purchase Agreement, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Warrant with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Warrant and the Purchase Agreement, the statements in the body of this Warrant shall control.

 

16.            Successor and Assigns. This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of the Partnership and the successors and permitted assigns of the Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of the Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

 

17.            No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Warrant is for the sole benefit of the Partnership and the Holder and their respective successors and, in the case of the Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Warrant.

 

18.            Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Warrant.

 

19.            Amendment and Modification; Waiver. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by the Partnership or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The Partnership shall not amend, modify or supplement, or waive any provision of, any other warrant issued concurrently with this Warrant under the Purchase Agreement (the “Other Warrants”), unless the Partnership has (i) provided 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Holder of any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any Other Warrants and (ii) if elected by the Holder, amended, modified, supplemented or waived the corresponding provision or provisions of this Warrant.

 

20.            Severability. If any term or provision of this Warrant is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Warrant or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

13

 

 

21.            Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

22.            Submission to Jurisdiction. The parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and County of New York in any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby, and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of process, summons, notice or other document by certified or registered mail to such party’s address for receipt of notices pursuant to Section 12 shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or any proceeding in such courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

23.            WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Warrant is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues and, therefore, each such party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any legal action arising out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

24.            Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Warrant delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Warrant.

 

25.            No Strict Construction. This Warrant shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted.

 

(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)

 

14

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partnership has duly executed this Warrant on the Original Issue Date.

 

  NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
       
  By:

NGL Energy Holdings LLC,

its general partner

       
       
    By:  
      Name:
      Title:

 

Accepted and agreed,

 

[HOLDER NAME]

 

 

By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Signature Page
to
Warrant Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

To [Name]:

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase represented by the Warrant to which this Exercise Agreement is attached (the “Warrant”) for, and to purchase thereunder by the payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price and surrender of the Warrant, Common Units (“Warrant Units”) provided for therein, and requests that certificates for the Warrant Units be issued as follows:

 

Name
 
 
 
Address
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Tax or Social Security No.
 
 

 

and delivered by (certified mail to the above address), or
   
  (electronically           (provide DWAC
Instructions:_______________)), or
   
  (other _______________) (specify):.

 

and, if the number of Warrant Units shall not be all the Warrant Units purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, that a new Warrant for the balance of the Warrant Units purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant be registered in the name of the undersigned Holder or the undersigned’s Assignee as below indicated and delivered to the address stated below.

 

Dated: ____________________, _____
   
Note: The signature must correspond with

 

A-1

 

 

Signature:      

 

the name of the Holder as written on the first page of this Warrant in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, unless this Warrant has been assigned.   Name (please print)
   
   
   
     
     
    Address
     
     
     
    Federal Identification or Social Security No.
     
     
    Assignee:
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

A-2

 

 

Exhibit B

 

NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
ASSIGNMENT

 

For value received                                    hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                          the within Warrant1, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney, to transfer said Warrant on the books of the within-named Partnership, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Date:    
     
Signature:    

 

Note: The above signature must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Warrant in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

 

1 For partial assignment, indicate portion assigned.

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.3

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement

 

AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 30, 2019 (this “Amendment”), to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 14, 2017 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017, Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated June 2, 2017, Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated February 5, 2018, Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement dated March 6, 2018, Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement dated May 24, 2018, Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement dated as of July 5, 2018, Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement dated as of February 6, 2019, Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement dated as of June 26, 2019, and as otherwise amended, supplemented and modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among NGL Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Parent”), NGL Energy Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrowers’ Agent”), each subsidiary of the Parent identified as a “Borrower” under the Credit Agreement (together with the Borrowers’ Agent, each, a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), each subsidiary of Parent identified as a “Guarantor” under the Credit Agreement (together with the Parent, each, a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”) Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as technical agent (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Technical Agent”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (“DBTCA”), as administrative agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) and each financial institution identified as a “Lender” or an “Issuing Bank” under the Credit Agreement (each, a “Lender” and together with the Technical Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, the “Secured Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested certain amendments to the Credit Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement solely upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Defined Terms. Unless otherwise noted herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.            Amendment to Section 1.1 (Certain Defined Terms) of the Credit Agreement. The following capitalized terms defined in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)         the defined term “Debt Incurrence Financial Ratio Requirements” is amended by deleting clause (a) in its entirety which provides “(a) the Leverage Ratio of the Credit Parties shall not be greater than 4.0 to 1.0” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(a) the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio of the Credit Parties shall not be greater than 4.75 to 1.00.”

 

 

 

 

 

(b)        the defined term “Reallocation Request” is amended by adding the following at the end of such defined term immediately following the phrase, “and specify the Reallocation Period”:

 

“; provided that as of and after the Amendment No. 9 Effective Date, the Borrowers’ Agent shall not be permitted to request any further reallocation and no further reallocation request shall be given effect on and after such date in accordance with Section 2.1(c).”

 

(c)         the defined term “Senior Secured Indebtedness” is amended by deleting to term in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, at any time, the sum of (i) Total Indebtedness and (ii) the outstanding amount of Working Capital Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans owed to Working Capital Revolving Lenders, in each case, that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Secured Obligations and which is secured by a Lien on any assets or property of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party

 

3.             Amendment to Section 1.1 (Certain Defined Terms) of the Credit Agreement. Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new defined term in its appropriate alphabetical order therein:

 

““Amendment No. 9 Effective Date” means October 30, 2019.”

 

4.            Amendment to Section 1.1 (Certain Defined Terms) of the Credit Agreement. Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following two terms “Acquisition Facility Increase” and “Working Capital Facility Increase”.

 

5.             Amendment to Section 1.2 (Accounting Terms and Determinations) of the Credit Agreement. Section 1.2(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio” in both places where it appears therein and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“Interest Coverage Ratio, Leverage Ratio, Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, or Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio”

 

6.            Amendment to Article I (Definitions) of the Credit Agreement. Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section in its proper numeric order therein:

 

“Section 1.5     Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.”

 

  2  

 

 

7.            Amendment to Section 2.1 (Commitments) of the Credit Agreement. Section 2.1(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such provision in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(c)      On and after the Amendment No. 9 Effective Date, no further Reallocation Requests shall be submitted by the Borrowers’ Agent or given effect by the Administrative Agent after such date.”

 

8.            Amendment to Section 2.4 (Increase in Total Commitments) of the Credit Agreement. Section 2.4(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting word “or” as it appears in the first sentence of such section immediately prior to the phrase “(ii) the aggregate Acquisition Facility Commitments” and inserting a comma in lieu thereof; (ii) deleting the phrase “, provided, that” as it appears immediately prior the phrase “(A) no Revolving Lender” in the first sentence of such section and inserting in lieu thereof the following, “or (iii) a combination of the Commitments for each Facility; provided that, in each case”; and (iii) deleting the parenthetical language in clause (B) of the first sentence of Section 2.4(c) and inserting in lieu thereof the following, “(each such increase, a “Facility Increase”).

 

9.            Amendment to Section 2.4 (Increase in Total Commitments) of the Credit Agreement. Section 2.4(c)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence of such section and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

A Facility Increase will result in an increase in the aggregate Commitments only with respect to the specific Facility or Facilities identified in such Facility Increase request (as applicable), and in connection with the effectiveness of each Facility Increase, Commitments in each Facility will be allocated as provided below.”

 

10.          Amendment to Section 7.1 (Indebtedness) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.1(l)(v) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “Leverage Ratio” is it appears therein immediately following the phrase “before the date of such incurrence and the maximum” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio”

 

11.           Amendment to Section 7.10 (Redemptions) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.10(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “the Leverage Ratio is less than 3.25 to 1.00” in both places where such phrase appears therein and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

“ the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio is less than 4.00 to 1.00”

 

12.           Amendment to Section 7.10 (Dividends) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.10(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the fiscal quarter (determined at the Borrowing Base Reference Time of such day) ending immediately prior to the payment of such Cash Dividend to common unit holders (or if such Cash Dividend to common unit holders is to be paid on the last day of a fiscal quarter, the last day of such fiscal quarter) is less than 4.25 to 1.00” where such phrase appears therein and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio as of the last day of the fiscal quarter (determined at the Borrowing Base Reference Time of such day) ending immediately prior to the payment of such Cash Dividend to common unit holders (or if such Cash Dividend to common unit holders is to be paid on the last day of a fiscal quarter, the last day of such fiscal quarter) is less than 5.00 to 1.00”

 

  3  

 

 

13.           Amendment to Section 7.11(a) (Financial Covenant – Leverage Ratio) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.11(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such provision in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(a)     [Reserved];”

 

14.           Amendment to Section 7.11(b) (Financial Covenant – Senior Secured Leverage Ratio) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the phrase “June 30, 2017” as it appears immediately after the phrase “Commencing with the fiscal quarter ending” at the start of such section and inserting in lieu thereof the following “September 30, 2019” and (ii) deleting the table that appears at the end of such section listing the Maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the end of specific fiscal quarters and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending

 

Maximum Senior Secured

Leverage Ratio 

9/30/2019 3.25 to 1.0
12/31/2019 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter 3.50 to 1.0

 

15.          Amendment to Section 7.11 (Financial Covenant – Interest Coverage Ratio) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.11(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the phrase “June 30, 2017” as it appears immediately after the phrase “Commencing with the fiscal quarter ending” at the start of such section and inserting in lieu thereof the following “September 30, 2019” and (ii) deleting the table that appears at the end of such section listing the Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio for the end of specific fiscal quarters and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio
9/30/2019 2.75 to 1.0
12/31/2019 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter 2.50 to 1.0

 

16.           Amendment to Section 7.11 (Financial Covenant – Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.11(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the phrase “March 31, 2019” as it appears immediately after the phrase “Commencing with the fiscal quarter ending” at the start of such section and inserting in lieu thereof the following “September 30, 2019”, (ii) deleting the phrase “Maximum Total Leverage Ratio” as it appears at the end of such section immediately after the phrase “to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such fiscal quarter end date in the table below under the heading”, and (iii) deleting the table that appears at the end of such section listing the Maximum Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio for the end of specific fiscal quarters and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

  

Fiscal Quarter Ending

 

Maximum Total Leverage

Indebtedness Ratio

9/30/2019 6.25 to 1.0
12/31/2019 5.75 to 1.0
3/31/2020 5.75 to 1.0
6/30/2020 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter 5.50 to 1.0

 

  4  

 

  

17.           Amendment to Schedule 1.1A (Revolving Credit Commitments) to the Credit Agreement. Schedule 1.1A of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Schedule in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

18.          Amendment to Exhibit D (Compliance Certificate) to the Credit Agreement. Exhibit D to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (e) of such Exhibit in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“ (e)     Provided in Annex C to this Certificate are the financial data and computations of the Leverage Ratio, all of which data and computations are true, correct and complete; provided that such financial data and computations shall evidence the Leverage Ratio was not greater than 4.50 to 1.0 as of September 30, 2019 consistent with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.11(a) as in effect on September 30, 2019.”

 

19.          Representations and Warranties; No Default. To induce the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Credit Party that is a party hereto (by delivery of its respective counterpart to this Amendment) hereby (i) represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that after giving effect to this Amendment, its representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); (ii) represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that it (x) has the requisite power and authority to make, deliver and perform this Amendment; (y) has taken all necessary corporate, limited liability company, limited partnership or other action to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, and (z) has duly executed and delivered this Amendment and (iii) certifies that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement (after giving effect to this Amendment) or will result from the making of this Amendment.

 

20.          Effectiveness of Amendments. This Amendment shall become effective upon the first date on which each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

 

(a)        Amendment Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by (i) each of the Credit Parties, (ii) the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders and, (iii) with respect to each Lender increasing its Commitment to a Facility pursuant to this Amendment, such Lender.

 

(b)        Permitted Term Indebtedness Amendment Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received an amendment to the Permitted Term Indebtedness documents, duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto required for such amendments effectiveness.

 

(c)         Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings pertaining directly to this Amendment and all documents, instruments directly incident to this Amendment shall be satisfactory to the required Lenders and their respective counsel and the Technical Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the Technical Agent may reasonably request.

 

  5  

 

 

21.           Limited Effect. Except as expressly provided hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect. The amendments contained herein shall not be construed as a waiver or amendment of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or for any purpose, except as expressly set forth herein, or a consent to any further or future action on the part of any Credit Party that would require the waiver or consent of the Lenders. Upon the execution of this Agreement by each of the parties hereto, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

22.          GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

23.           Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart hereof by facsimile or email transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

24.           Headings. Section or other headings contained in this Amendment are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.

 

25.           Guarantor Acknowledgement. Each Guarantor party hereto hereby (i) consents to the modifications to the Credit Agreement contemplated by this Amendment and (ii) acknowledges and agrees that its guaranty pursuant to Section 10.18 of the Credit Agreement is, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to the Amendment.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

  6  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  BORROWERS’ AGENT AND BORROWER:
   
  NGL ENERGY OPERATING LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
   
   
  By: /s/ Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Name: Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Title: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President
   
   
  PARENT:
   
  NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP,
  a Delaware limited partnership, in its capacity as Parent and as Guarantor
   
  By: NGL Energy Holdings, LLC, its general partner
   
   
  By: /s/ Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Name: Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Title: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement

 

   

 

  

  GUARANTORS:
   
  ANTICLINE DISPOSAL, LLC
  CENTENNIAL ENERGY, LLC
  CENTENNIAL GAS LIQUIDS ULC
  CHOYA OPERATING, LLC
  GRAND MESA PIPELINE, LLC
  NGL CRUDE CUSHING, LLC
  NGL CRUDE LOGISTICS, LLC
  NGL CRUDE TERMINALS, LLC
  NGL CRUDE TRANSPORTATION, LLC
  NGL ENERGY EQUIPMENT, LLC
  NGL ENERGY FINANCE CORP.
  NGL ENERGY HOLDINGS II, LLC
  NGL ENERGY LOGISTICS, LLC
  NGL ENERGY OPERATING LLC
  NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
  NGL LIQUIDS, LLC
  NGL MARINE, LLC
  NGL MILAN INVESTMENTS, LLC
  NGL SOUTH RANCH, INC.
  NGL SUPPLY TERMINAL COMPANY, LLC
  NGL SUPPLY WHOLESALE, LLC
  NGL WATER PIPELINES, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS DJ, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS EAGLE FORD, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS - ORLA SWD, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS PERMIAN, LLC
  TRANSMONTAIGNE LLC
  TRANSMONTAIGNE SERVICES LLC
   
   
  By: /s/ Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Name: Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Title: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement

 

   

 

  

  SECURED PARTIES:
   
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent
   
   
  By: /s/ Shai Bandner
    Name: Shai Bandner
    Title: Director
     
     
  By: /s/ Juan J. Mejia
    Name: Juan J. Mejia
    Title: Director
     
     
  DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,
  as a Lender, as Swingline Lender, as an Issuing Bank and as Technical Agent
     
     
  By: /s/ Shai Bandner
    Name: Shai Bandner
    Title: Director
     
     
  By: /s/ Juan J. Mejia
    Name: Juan J. Mejia
    Title: Director

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement

 

   

 

  

  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Jason S. York
    Name: Jason S. York
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
     
  TORONTO DOMINION BANK, NEW YORK BRANCH,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Peter Kuo
    Name: Peter Kuo
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
     
  BNP PARIBAS,
  as a Lender and Issuing Bank
     
     
  By: /s/ Redi Meshi
    Name: Redi Meshi
    Title: Vice President
     
     
  By: /s/ Christine Dirringer
    Name: Christine Dirringer
    Title: Managing Director
     
     
  ABN AMRO CAPITAL USA LLC,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Darrell Holley
    Name: Darrell Holley
    Title: Managing Director
     
     
  By: /s/ Anna C. Ferreira
    Name: Anna C. Ferreira
    Title: Vice-President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement

 

   

 

  

  PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Jonathan Luchansky
    Name: Jonathan Luchansky
    Title: Director
     
     
  MIZUHO BANK, LTD.,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Edward Sacks
    Name: Edward Sacks
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
     
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Nathan Starr
    Name: Nathan Starr
    Title: Director
     
     
  BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Sydney G. Dennis
    Name: Sydney G. Dennis
    Title: Director

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement

 

   

 

  

  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Darlene Arias
    Name: Darlene Arias
    Title: Director
     
     
  By: /s/ Houssem Daly
    Name: Houssem Daly
    Title: Associate Director
     
     
  GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ David K. Gaskell
    Name: David K. Gaskell
    Title: Authorized Signer
     
     
  CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Nupur Kumar
    Name: Nupur Kumar
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  By: /s/ Christopher Zybrick
    Name: Christopher Zybrick
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
     
  CITIZENS BANK, N.A.,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Scott Donaldson
    Name: Scott Donaldson
    Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement

 

   

 

  

  RAYMOND JAMES BANK, N.A.,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ John Harris
    Name: John Harris
    Title: Managing Director
     
     
  Banc of America Credit Products, Inc.,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
     
  MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED,
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Pilar Gonzalez
    Name: Pilar Gonzalez
    Title: Executive Director
     
     
  By: /s/ Thomas Morgan
    Name: Thomas Morgan
    Title: Associate Director

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement

 

   

 

 

EXHIBIT A

TO AMENDMENT NO. 9

 

SCHEDULE 1.1A

 

REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENTS

 

Lender   Proposed
Working Capital
Commitment Amount
    Proposed
Acquisition
Commitment Amount
    Total 
Commitment
Amount
    Percentage  
Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch     67,233,077.76       135,266,922.24       202,500,000.00       11.3128 %
Royal Bank of Canada     67,233,077.76       135,266,922.24       202,500,000.00       11.3128 %
Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch     54,782,507.81       110,217,492.19       165,000,000.00       9.2179 %
BNP Paribas     46,482,127.84       93,517,872.16       140,000,000.00       7.8212 %
ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC     43,161,975.85       86,838,024.15       130,000,000.00       7.2626 %
PNC Bank, National Association     41,501,899.85       83,498,100.15       125,000,000.00       6.9832 %
Mizuho Bank Ltd.     41,501,899.85       83,498,100.15       125,000,000.00       6.9832 %
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.     41,501,899.85       83,498,100.15       125,000,000.00       6.9832 %
Barclays Bank PLC     41,501,899.85       83,498,100.15       125,000,000.00       6.9832 %
UBS AG, Stamford Branch     30,877,413.49       62,122,586.51       93,000,000.00       5.1955 %
Goldman Sachs Bank USA     29,881,367.90       60,118,632.10       90,000,000.00       5.0279 %
Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Island Branch     29,881,367.90       60,118,632.10       90,000,000.00       5.0279 %
Citizens Bank, N.A.     24,901,139.91       50,098,860.09       75,000,000.00       4.1899 %
Raymond James Bank, N.A.     16,600,759.94       33,399,240.06       50,000,000.00       2.7933 %
Banc of America Credit Products, Inc.     16,317,280.45       15,682,719.55       32,000,000.00       1.7877 %
Macquarie Bank Limited     6,640,303.99       13,359,696.01       20,000,000.00       1.1173 %
TOTALS   $ 600,000,000     $ 1,190,000,000     $ 1,790,000,000       100 %

  

   

Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

Amendment No. 1 to Term Credit Agreement

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 30, 2019 (this “Amendment”), to the Term Credit Agreement dated as of July 2, 2019 (as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Parent”), NGL ENERGY OPERATING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), each subsidiary of Parent identified as a “Guarantor” under the Credit Agreement (together with the Parent, each, a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”), TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC, as administrative agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, NEW YORK BRANCH as initial lender (“TD Bank”), each of the financial institutions which is a signatory hereto or which may from time to time become a party hereto (individually, a “Lender” and collectively with TD Bank, the “Lenders”), and TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC, as lead arranger and bookrunner (“TD Securities” and together with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the “Secured Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested certain amendments to the Credit Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement solely upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Defined Terms. Unless otherwise noted herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.            Amendment to Section 1.1 (Certain Defined Terms) of the Credit Agreement. The following capitalized terms defined in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)            the defined term “Debt Incurrence Financial Ratio Requirements” is amended by deleting clause (a) in its entirety which provides “(a) the Leverage Ratio of the Credit Parties shall not be greater than 4.0 to 1.0” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(a) the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio of the Credit Parties shall not be greater than 4.75 to 1.00.”

 

(b)            the defined term “Senior Secured Indebtedness” is amended by deleting the term in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, at any time, the sum of (i) Total Indebtedness and (ii) the outstanding amount of Working Capital Revolving Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) and Swingline Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) owed to Working Capital Revolving Lenders (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), in each case, that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Secured Obligations and which is secured by a Lien on any assets or property of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party.”

 

 

 

3.            Amendment to Article I (Definitions) of the Credit Agreement. Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section in its proper numeric order therein:

 

“Section 1.5      Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.”

 

4.            Amendment to Section 7.10(a) (Redemptions) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.10(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “[Reserved]” and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

“Redeem (whether as a result of mandatory or optional redemption obligations or rights), purchase, retire or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the Parent’s Equity Interests or any of its Equity Interests that are not owned by a Credit Party or any wholly-owned Subsidiary thereof or any Equity Interest of the General Partner or set aside any amount for any such purpose as long as any principal amount of Term Loans remain outstanding at any time during the term of this Agreement, except for the redemption, purchase, retirement, or other acquisition by the Parent of Equity Interests in the Parent or Equity Interests in the General Partner (A) [reserved], (B) with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent issuance of new Equity Interests in the Parent or (C) made in exchange for newly issued Equity Interests in the Parent (provided that the aggregate amount of redemptions, purchases, retirements or other acquisitions of Equity Interests in the General Partner pursuant to the preceding clauses (B) and (C) shall not exceed $200,000,000 in the aggregate during the period commencing on the Restatement Effective Date (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) until the termination of this Agreement)”

 

5.            Amendment to Section 7.10(b) (Dividends) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.10(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to the payment of such Cash Dividend to common unit holders (or if such Cash Dividend to common unit holders is to be paid on the last day of a fiscal quarter, the last day of such fiscal quarter) is less than 4.25 to 1.00” where such phrase appears therein and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

the Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to the payment of such Cash Dividend to common unit holders (or if such Cash Dividend to common unit holders is to be paid on the last day of a fiscal quarter, the last day of such fiscal quarter) is less than 5.00 to 1.00”

 

6.            Amendment to Section 7.11(a) (Financial Covenant – Leverage Ratio) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.11(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such provision in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(a)      [Reserved].”

 

2

 

 

7.            Amendment to Section 7.11(b) (Financial Covenant – Senior Secured Leverage Ratio) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the phrase “3.25 to 1.00” as it appears immediately after the phrase “to be greater than” at the end of such section and inserting in lieu thereof the following “the ratio set forth in the table below under the heading “Maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” opposite the last day of such fiscal quarter:”, and (ii) inserting the following table that appears at the end of such section listing the Maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the end of specific fiscal quarters:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending Maximum Senior Secured
Leverage Ratio
9/30/2019 3.25 to 1.0
12/31/2019 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter 3.50 to 1.0

 

8.            Amendment to Section 7.11(c) (Financial Covenant – Interest Coverage Ratio) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.11(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the phrase “2.75 to 1.00” as it appears immediately after the phrase “to be less than” at the end of such section and inserting in lieu thereof the following “the ratio set forth in the table below under the heading “Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio” opposite the last day of such fiscal quarter:”, and (ii) inserting the following table that appears at the end of such section listing the Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio for the end of specific fiscal quarters:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio
9/30/2019 2.75 to 1.0
12/31/2019 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter 2.50 to 1.0

 

9.            Amendment to Section 7.11(d) (Financial Covenant – Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio) of the Credit Agreement. Section 7.11(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the phrase “Maximum Total Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” as it appears immediately after the phrase “to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such fiscal quarter end date in the table below under the heading” at the end of such section and inserting in lieu thereof the following “Maximum Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio”, and (ii) deleting the table that appears at the end of such section listing the Maximum Total Leverage Indebtedness Ratio for the end of specific fiscal quarters and inserting in lieu thereof, the following:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending Maximum Total Leverage
Indebtedness Ratio
9/30/2019 6.25 to 1.0
12/31/2019 5.75 to 1.0
3/31/2020 5.75 to 1.0
6/30/2020 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter 5.50 to 1.0

 

3

 

 

10.            Amendment to Exhibit D (Compliance Certificate) to the Credit Agreement. Exhibit D to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (e) of such Exhibit in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(e)      Provided in Annex C to this Certificate are the financial data and computations of the Leverage Ratio, all of which data and computations are true, correct and complete; provided that such financial data and computations shall evidence the Leverage Ratio was not greater than 4.50 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2019 consistent with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.11(a) as in effect on September 30, 2019.”

 

11.            Representations and Warranties; No Default. To induce the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Credit Party that is a party hereto (by delivery of its respective counterpart to this Amendment) hereby (i) represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that after giving effect to this Amendment, its representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); (ii) represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that it (x) has the requisite power and authority to make, deliver and perform this Amendment; (y) has taken all necessary corporate, limited liability company, limited partnership or other action to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, and (z) has duly executed and delivered this Amendment and (iii) certifies that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement (after giving effect to this Amendment) or will result from the making of this Amendment.

 

12.            Effectiveness of Amendments. This Amendment shall become effective upon the first date on which each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

 

(a)            Amendment Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by (i) each of the Credit Parties and (ii) the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders.

 

(b)            Existing Credit Agreement Amendment Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received a written confirmation (or other form of authenticated notice) from the Borrower or the Parent that an amendment no. 9 to the Existing Credit Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto required for such amendment’s effectiveness.

 

(c)            Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings pertaining directly to this Amendment and all documents, instruments directly incident to this Amendment shall be satisfactory to the required Lenders and their respective counsel and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

13.            Limited Effect. Except as expressly provided hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect. The amendments contained herein shall not be construed as a waiver or amendment of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or for any purpose, except as expressly set forth herein, or a consent to any further or future action on the part of any Credit Party that would require the waiver or consent of the Lenders. Upon the execution of this Agreement by each of the parties hereto, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

4

 

 

14.            GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

15.            Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart hereof by facsimile or email transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

16.            Headings. Section or other headings contained in this Amendment are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.

 

17.            Guarantor Acknowledgement. Each Guarantor party hereto hereby (i) consents to the modifications to the Credit Agreement contemplated by this Amendment and (ii) acknowledges and agrees that its guaranty pursuant to Section 10.18 of the Credit Agreement is, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to the Amendment.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

5

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  BORROWERS’ AGENT AND BORROWER:
     
  NGL ENERGY OPERATING LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
     
     
  By: /s/ Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Name: Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Title: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President
     
     
  PARENT:
     
  NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP,
     
  a Delaware limited partnership, in its capacity as Parent and as Guarantor
  By: NGL Energy Holdings, LLC, its general partner
     
     
  By: /s/ Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Name: Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Title: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement

 

 

 

  GUARANTORS:
     
  ANTICLINE DISPOSAL, LLC
  CENTENNIAL ENERGY, LLC
  CENTENNIAL GAS LIQUIDS ULC
  CHOYA OPERATING, LLC
  GRAND MESA PIPELINE, LLC
  NGL CRUDE CUSHING, LLC
  NGL CRUDE LOGISTICS, LLC
  NGL CRUDE TERMINALS, LLC
  NGL CRUDE TRANSPORTATION, LLC
  NGL ENERGY EQUIPMENT, LLC
  NGL ENERGY FINANCE CORP.
  NGL ENERGY HOLDINGS II, LLC
  NGL ENERGY LOGISTICS, LLC
  NGL ENERGY OPERATING LLC
  NGL ENERGY PARTNERS LP
  NGL LIQUIDS, LLC
  NGL MARINE, LLC
  NGL MILAN INVESTMENTS, LLC
  NGL SOUTH RANCH, INC.
  NGL SUPPLY TERMINAL COMPANY, LLC
  NGL SUPPLY WHOLESALE, LLC
  NGL WATER PIPELINES, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS DJ, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS EAGLE FORD, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS - ORLA SWD, LLC
  NGL WATER SOLUTIONS PERMIAN, LLC
  TRANSMONTAIGNE LLC
  TRANSMONTAIGNE SERVICES LLC
     
     
  By: /s/ Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Name: Robert “Trey” Karlovich III
    Title: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement

 

 

 

  SECURED PARTIES:
     
  THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, NEW YORK BRANCH
  as a Lender
     
     
  By: /s/ Wallace Wong
    Name: Wallace Wong
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
     
  TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC,
  as Administrative Agent
     
     
  By: /s/ Wallace Wong
    Name: Wallace Wong
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
     
  TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
  as lead arranger and bookrunner
     
     
  By: /s/ Marin L. Gagliardi
    Name: Marin L. Gagliardi
    Title: Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

 

NGL Energy Partners LP Closes Acquisition of Hillstone

 

Tulsa, Okla. – November 1, 2019 – NGL Energy Partners LP (NYSE: NGL) (“NGL” or the “Partnership”) announced it has closed its previously announced acquisition of all of the equity interests of Hillstone Environmental Partners, LLC (“Hillstone”) from Golden Gate Capital for approximately $600 million, subject to certain adjustments. Hillstone provides water pipeline and disposal infrastructure solutions to producers with a core operational focus in the state line area of southern Eddy and Lea Counties, New Mexico and northern Loving County, Texas in the Delaware Basin, which complements NGL’s existing Delaware Basin water franchise.

 

“Combined with our recent acquisition of Mesquite, we now have over 250,000 acres dedicated to our Delaware Basin water disposal system, with over 330,000 barrels per day of minimum volume commitments and an acreage weighted average remaining contract term of over 10 years,” stated Doug White, NGL’s Executive Vice President of Water Solutions.  “The acquired Hillstone contracts are with high-quality, investment-grade producers, including some of the largest oil and gas companies in the United States.  Our Delaware Basin water disposal system now consists of approximately 58 disposal facilities, 112 injection wells, approximately 2.8 million barrels per day of operating disposal capacity and approximately 380 miles of water disposal and transportation pipelines.  We expect over 80% of the volumes on this system to be delivered via pipeline and to continue to grow our pipeline infrastructure and interconnectivity of the system.”

 

The long-term, fee-based Delaware Basin contracts acquired through this acquisition include the following:

- 20 year Poker Lake acreage dedication, including first-call rights for water disposal covering approximately 70,000 acres, with XTO Energy, an ExxonMobil subsidiary;
- 10 year acreage dedication, including first call rights, with a leading independent exploration and production company; and
- Multiple contracts, including certain minimum volume commitments and acreage dedications, with one of the largest crude oil and natural gas exploration and production companies in the United States.

 

NGL financed this transaction utilizing $200 million of preferred equity, with the remaining balance funded under the Partnership’s revolving credit facility. The Partnership’s revolving credit facility was recently amended to re-allocate the working capital and acquisition facilities, along with certain adjustments to financial covenants, which better aligns with the Partnership’s operational strategy following the recent sale of the majority of its refined products segment. The Partnership’s revolving credit facility now has a total borrowing capacity of $1.790 billion, with $600 million allocated to the working capital facility and $1.190 billion allocated to the acquisition facility. Beginning with the period ending December 31, 2019, the Partnership will be subject to a total leverage covenant (including working capital borrowings) of 5.75x which will adjust to 5.50x on June 30, 2020, a senior secured leverage covenant (also including working capital borrowings) of 3.50x, and an interest coverage covenant of 2.50x.

 

Barclays acted as financial advisor to NGL. Winston & Strawn LLP acted as legal counsel to NGL on the Hillstone transaction. Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP served as legal counsel to NGL on the preferred equity financing transaction.

 

Analyst/Investor Call – November 8, 2019

 

Members of NGL’s management team intend to host a call to discuss the Hillstone acquisition and other current events, along with the results of its fiscal second quarter ended September 30, 2019 on Friday, November 8, 2019 at 10:00 am CST. Analysts, investors, and other interested parties may access the conference call by dialing (800) 291-4083 and providing access code 2980107. An archived audio replay of the call will be available for 7 days beginning at 1:00 pm CST on November 8, 2019, which can be accessed by dialing (855) 859-2056 and providing access code 2980107.

 

 

 

 

 

 

An updated investor presentation will be posted on NGL’s Investor Relations website at www.nglenergypartners.com/investor-relations/presentations after the filing of the Partnership’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

Forward Looking Statements

Certain matters contained in this press release include “forward-looking statements.” All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this press release may constitute forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that these expectations will prove to be correct. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain known and unknown risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to, the risk factors discussed from time to time in each of our documents and reports filed with the SEC.

 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements contained in this press release, which reflect management’s opinions only as of the date hereof. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to any forward-looking statements.

 

About NGL Energy Partners LP

NGL Energy Partners LP is a Delaware limited partnership. NGL owns and operates a vertically integrated energy business with four primary business segments: Crude Oil Logistics, Water Solutions, Liquids, and Refined Products and Renewables. For further information, visit the Partnership’s website at www.nglenergypartners.com.

 

 

NGL Energy Partners LP

Investor Relations:

 

Trey Karlovich, 918-481-1119

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

Trey.Karlovich@nglep.com

 

or

 

Linda Bridges, 918-481-1119

Senior Vice President - Finance and Treasurer

Linda.Bridges@nglep.com

 

Commercial:

Doug White, 303-815-1010

Executive Vice President - Water Solutions

Doug.White@nglep.com